ML081370161
ML081370161 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Browns Ferry |
Issue date: | 04/08/2008 |
From: | NRC/RGN-II |
To: | Tennessee Valley Authority |
References | |
50-259/08-301 | |
Download: ML081370161 (437) | |
See also: IR 05000259/2008301
Text
Final Submittal
(Blue Paper)
FINAL SIMULATOR SCENARIOS
J) tiJ({)/).5 FEl!_1< Y
cJ.. D08 -cltJ/
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-l
Facility: BFN Scenario Number: HLTS-3-1 Op-Test Number: HLT0610
Examiners: - - - - - - - - - - Operators: _
Initial Conditions:
Unit 3 has been operating for 192 days. Unit 2 has been operating for 56 days. Unit 1 has been
operating for 274 days. 3ED Diesel Generator is tagged for water jacket leakage repair. Day 2
of the LCO. Expected to be returned to service this shift. Fuelleakers on U3 are currently at
RFI 60,000. Thunderstorms are passing through the region, but no watches are in effect for the
immediate area. The 3C RFP was oscillating approximating 30 RPM during last shift, but is
now working properly and being monitored. The 3C RFP Pump is operating in automatic
in order to collect data for the next 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. A trouble shooting plan is being developed.
Turnover:
Support scheduled maintenance and testing activities. Alternate Stator Cooling Water Pumps per 3-01-
35A, Sect 6.3 per scheduled OPA.
Event Malfunction Event Event
Number Number Type* Description
1 mrf anO 1b reset N-ATC The crew will alternate Stator Cooling Water Pumps using 3-
N-BOP OI-35A.
N-SRO
1 N/A I-BOP The crew will respond to a HPCI Rupture Diaphragm pressure
TS-SRO switch PS-73-20B failure.
2 imf fw05b 100 R-ATC The crew will respond to a 3B HP FW heater isolation using
8:00 C-BOP 3-AOI-6-1.
R-SRO The crew will reduce power to r--<91 % using a recirc flow
reduction.
The crew will isolate feedwater to the 3B FW heater string.
The crew will further reduce power to <79% using a recirc
flow reduction.
3 imf swl0a C-BOP The crew will respond to a trip of the 3A Fuel Pool Cooling
C-SRO pump using 3-AOI-78-1.
TS-SRO
4 imffw13b C-ATC The crew will respond to a trip of the 3B Reactor Feedwater
C-BOP Pump (RFP) using 3-AOI-3-1 and 3-01-3.
C-SRO
5 bat M The crew will respond to a total loss of feedwater and reactor
NRCrfpactrip All scram.
6 bat M The crew will respond to a RCIC steam leak into secondary
HLTS04-1 All containment.
The crew will anticipate Emergency Depressurization or
perform Emergency Depressurization due to secondary
containment high radiation.
- (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-l
Facility: BFN Scenario Number: HLTS-3-2 Op-Test Number: HLT0610
Examiners:- - - - - - - - - Operators: _
Initial Conditions:
Unit 3 is at 79% power. 3C RHRPump is out of service. T.S 3.5.I.A.I, 3.6.2.3, 3.6.2.4, 3.6.2.5
have been entered. Unit 3 is 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> into a seven day LCO. Appendix R LCO addressed and in LCO
tracking. Loop II ofRHR has been vented within the hour in preparation for placing Torus cooling
in service. Valve 3-FCV-73-36 seal-in circuit has been disabled per step 7.6 of 3-SR-3.5.I.7
Turnover:
Continue with 3-SR-3.5 .1.7 which is in progress and is complete up to Step 7.11 (HPCI Main and
Booster Pump Set Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rated Reactor Pressure).
Alternate EHC Pumps per section 6.3 of 3-01-47A. Increase reactor power to 90% using Recirc flow (3-
GOI-IOO-I2, step 5.132) at 8 Mwe per minute.
Event Malfunction Event Event
Number Number Type* Description
N/A N-BOP The crew will alternate EHC pumps using 3-0I-47A.
2 N/A R-ATC The crew will continue with power ascension using 3-GOI-I2
R-SRO and 3-01-68.
3 imfhp08 C-BOP The crew will recognize and respond to a HPCI steam line
C-SRO break. HPCI will fail to auto isolate and must be manually
TS-SRO isolated.
The SRO will enter and execute EOI-3.
4 imfrdOla C-ATC Recognize and respond to a 3A CRD pump trip using 3-AOI-
85-3.
5 imfadOlg 40 C-BOP The crew will recognize and respond to a stuck open SRV
C-SRO using 3-AOI-I-I.
TS-SRO
6. batRRPAVIB M The crew will recognize and respond to a recirc pump high
imf cr02a 75 All vibration, dual seal failure, trip, core power oscillations and
3:00 scram.
The crew will carry out actions using EOI-I & 2 and 3-AOI-
100-1.
7 imfth22 100 M The crew will recognize and respond to a MSIV Closure and
1:30 All LOCA using EOI-I & 2.
The crew will monitor and control primary containment until
reactor water level approaches TAF.
The crew will transition to EOI C-I and perform Emergency
Depressurization to enable level restoration using low pressure
systems.
- (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-l
Facility: BFN Scenario Number: HLTS-3-3 Op-Test Number: HLT0610
Examiners: - - - - - - - - - - Operators: _
Initial Conditions:
The HPCI system is tagged out for 14 hours1.62037e-4 days <br />0.00389 hours <br />2.314815e-5 weeks <br />5.327e-6 months <br /> to repair the Auxiliary Oil Pump. It is expected back in 3
hours. Flow indicator 3-78B is out of service. Instrument Mechanics are looking for a new transmitter.
The Main Generator voltage regulator has been placed in Manual for PMs on the Automatic voltage
regulator. The spare RBCCW pump in service to Unit 2.
Turnover:
Reduce power to 95% using recirculation flow due to low system load requirements. PMs on the
voltage regulator are complete. Return the Main Generator voltage regulator to Automatic operation.
Event Malfunction Event Event
Number Number Type* Description
N/A R-ATC The ATC operator will reduce reactor power to 95% using
R-SRO recirc flow using 3-01-68.
N/A N-BOP The BOP operator will return the Main Generator voltage
N-SRO regulator to Automatic using 3-01-47.
2 ior zdihs7542a C-BOP The crew will recognize and respond to an inadvertent start of
start C-SRO the 3D Core Spray pump.
TS-SRO The SRO will address Tech Specs.
3 imfrd0718-35 R-ATC The crew will recognize and respond to a control rod drifting
C-SRO into the core using 3-AOI-85-5.
TS-SRO The SRO will address Tech Specs.
4 imf ed12a C The crew will recognize and respond to a loss of 3A 480V
All RMOVboard.
TS-SRO The SRO will address Tech Specs.
5 bat NRC/ M The crew will recognize and respond to a recirc pump trip,
HLTS10-1 All power oscillations, scram and ATWS.
6 Timed out from M The crew will recognize and respond to a fuel failure during
batch file All the ATWS recovery actions.
- (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-l
Facility: BFN Scenario Number: HLTS-3-4 Op-Test Number: HLT0610
Examiners:- - - - - - - - - Operators: _
Initial Conditions:
The unit is starting up following a refuel outage. Reactor power is at 1%. "C" RFP is uncoupled for
r-.J
performance of turbine overspeed testing. Currently at step 5.76.8 of3-GOI-IOO-IA.
Turnover: '
The 3C RFP is uncoupled and the suction and discharge valves are tagged for performance of turbine
overspeed. Currently at step 5.76.8 of3-GOI-100-1A and at step 5.6.13 of3-01-3 for warming 3B RFP.
Event Malfunction Event Event
Number Number Type* Description
none R-ATC Crew will continue to pull rods to increase power and start
N-BOP warming up 2B RFP
R-SRO
2 imfrd14a I-ATC Crew will respond to a RWM failure.
I-SRO SRO references Tech Specs.
TS-SRO
3 imf sw02a trip C-BOP Crew will respond to a RBCCW pump trip
7048FTC C-SRO Crew manually closes 70-48 after fails to auto close
4 ior zdihs468a C-BOP Crew will respond to feedwater controller malfunction which
imfth235 C-SRO results in cold water injection
5 imfth235 M Crew responds to fuel failure after cold water injection
All
6 imf cu0425 M Crew responds to a RWCU line break and scrams reactor
ior zdihs691 All before any area reaches max safe value.
null
- (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor
HlTS-3--1
Revision 0
Page 1 of 21
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE
TITLE SLOW lOSS OF HP FEEDWATER HEATING ON B STRING, 2A FPC PUMP TRIP,RFP
TRIP, lOSS OF ALL FEEDWATER, UNISOlABlE RCIC STEAM LINE BREAK,
2 OR MORE AREA RAD lEVELS ABOVE MAX SAFE.
REVISION o
DATE January 2, 2008
PROGRAM BFN Hot License Training
PREPARED BY:
erations Instructor)
REVIEWED BY: rJlA-
. Date
REVIEWED BY: I/o);f
~ DJate
(Operations Traini g Manager or Designee)
CONCURRED:
Date
VALIDATION ----~~~~~::....---~~~-=----==---_\ ' J/9IvK
BY: Date
lOGGED-IN:
(librarian) Date
TASKS liST
UPDATED: Date
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 2 of 21
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE PAGES REVIEWED
NUMBER I OF CHANGES I I AFFECTED I BY
0 Initial 01/02/2008 All RM Spadoni
1.
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 3 of 21
I. PROGRAM: BFN Licensed Operator Requalification Training
II. COURSE: License Requalification Training (Simulator Exercise Guide)
III. TITLE: SLOW LOSS OF HP FEEDWATER HEATING ON B STRING, FPC PUMP TRIP, RFP
TRIP, LOSS OF ALL FEEDWATER, UNISOLABLE RCIC STEAM LINE BREAK,
2 OR MORE AREA RAD LEVELS ABOVE MAX SAFE.
IV. LENGHT OF LESSON: 1 % to 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />
V. Training Objectives
A. Terminal Objectives
1. Perform routine shift turnover, plant assessment and routine shift operation in
accordance with BFN procedures.
2. Given uncertain or degrading conditions, the operating crew will use team skills
to conduct proper diagnostics and make conservative operational decisions to
remove equipment/unit from operation. (SOER 94-1)
3. Given abnormal conditions, the operating crew will place the unit in a stabilized condition
per normal, annunciator, abnormal, and emergency procedures.
4. Use step text procedural compliance.
B. Enabling Objectives
1. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a high pressure heater string
isolation as directed by 3-ARP-9-6A and 3-AOI-6-1A.
2. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a spurious FPC system trip and
will place the 3B pump I/S in accordance with 3-ARP-94 win 1 and 3-AOI-78-1.
3. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a RFP Trip with 3-AOI-3-1.
4. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a loss of feedwater event and
Rx SCRAM.
5. The operating crew will recognize and respond to unisolable RCIC steam line break, 2 or
more area rad levels above max safe requiring Emergency Depressurization.
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 4 of 21
VI. References: The procedures used in the simulator are controlled copies and are used in development
and performance of simulator scenarios. Scenarios are validated prior to use, and any
procedure differences will be corrected using the procedure revision level present in the
simulator. Any procedure differences noted during presentation will be corrected in the
same manner. As such, it is expected that the references listed in this section need only
contain the reference material which is not available in the simulator.
A. SOER 94-01
B. SOER 96-01
VII. Training Materials:
A. Calculator (If required)
B. Control Rod Insertion Sheet (If required)
C. Stopwatch (If required)
D. Hold Order / Caution tags (If required)
E. Annunciator window covers (If required)
F. Steam tables (If required)
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 5 of 21
VIII. Console Operator Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
1. File: bat HLTS3-1
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a) ior zlofcv712[2] on Fails 71-2 and 71-3 open
b) ior zlofcv713[2] on
c) ior zlohs712a[2] on
d) ior zlohs713a[2] on
e) ior ypovfcv712 fail_now
f) ior ypovfcv713 fail_now
g) imf rm10h (e1 :25) 30 HCU-East rad ~ 30 mr/hr
h) imf rm10j (e1 :25) 25 HCU-West rad ~ 25 mr/hr
i) Imf rm10p (e1 2:00) 50 CS/RCIC area rad 50mr/hr
j) imf DG01D D DIG Fails to Start
k) imf DG02D D DIG Trip Protective Relay Operation
I) ior zi00hS211 Od20a[1] OFF 1816 Green Light Off
m) mrf DG01 D open Opens logic breaker
n) ior zdihs718a null Fails 71-8 valve closed
2. File: bat HLTS3-1-1
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a) mmf rm1 Op 1000 6:00 RCIC rad to max in 6 mins.
b) mmf rm10h 1000 13:00 HCU-West to Max in 13 mins.
c) mmf rm10j 1000 14:00 HCU- East to Max in 14 mins.
d) imf rc09 100 7:00 RCIC steam leak
e) imf ad01 b 0 MSRV 1-19 fails closed
f) imf ad01f 0 MSRV 1-34 fails closed
g) Imfad03b MSRV 1-19 Stuck Closed
h) Imf ad03f MSRV 1-34 Stuck Closed
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 6 of 21
IX. Console Operator Instructions
B. Console Operators Manipulations
ELAP TIME PFK DESCRIPTION/ACTION
Sim. Setup rst 28 100 0h power MOC
Sim. Setup restorepref Establishes Preference Keys
HLTS3-1
Sim. Setup setup Verify Preference Keys
Sim. Setup esc Clears Popup Window
Sim. Setup F3 trg e1 MODESW Assigns trigger
Sim. Setup F4 bat HLTS3-1 see file summary
Sim. Setup manual Tag D D/G with Hold notices
ROLE PLAY: (After Stator coolant pumps alternated) As AUO, report 3-FIS-035-0065 reading 610 gpm, 3-HS-035-
0040 selected for "A" Stator Coolant pump on panel 25-114. If asked, inlet pressure is 10 psig on 3-PI-35-90.
When requested to reset local Stator F5 mrf an01 b reset Allows resetting MCR alarm
Coolant panel alarm then:
ROLE PLAY: As an 1M report that HPCI rupture diaphragm pressure switch PS-73-20B has failed low.
When directed from the Floor then: F6 imffw05b 1008:00 IB' HP heater string isolation
ROLE PLAY: If sent to investigate which valve is open, wait 2 minutes and report 3-LCV-22B light is out(B2 high
level dump)
ROLE PLAY: At ~ 79% power, as the Reactor Engineer, recommend inserting the first group of Emergency Insert
If asked to reset local Cond Demin F7 mrf an01d reset allows reset of control room alarm
alarm
After conditions stabilized or as directed F8 imf sw10a Trips 3A FPC pump
by Floor Instr.
ROLE PLAY: (If asked) As AUO, report 3-78-506, 511, & crosstie 507 are ~pen & 3-78-510 (B hx outlet) is closed
ROLE PLAY: (If asked) As RW UO, 3-FRC-78-24 is in manual & set to OOk
If asked to throttle 3-FCV-78-66 F9 lor zlohs7866a[2] on
If asked to close 3-FCV-78-66 F10 dor zlohs7866a[2]
ROLE PLAY: (If asked) As Rx Bldg AUO, report 3B pump discharge pressure is 140 psig (PI-78-16 on 9-25-16)
ROLE PLAY: If sent to inspect breaker on 3A FPC pump, report bkr was found tripped and will not test
~~~MORE FOLLOWS~~~
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 7 of 21
IX. Console Operator Instructions
G. Console Operators Manipulations (continued)
ELAP. TIME DESCRIPTION/ACTION
After FPC restored and as directed by F11 Imf fw13b Trips 3B RFP on thrust brng wear
Floor Instr.
ROLE PLAY: If sent to check 38 RFP report that there is no apparent cause but you will continue to check
When directed by Lead Examiner F12 bat rfpactrip trip a&c RFP's
If doesn't start on low level <shift>F1 imf rc02 Start of RCIC
After HPCI is in manual control and <shift>F2 imf hp07 HPCI 120V failure
injecting up to -50" or directed by Lead
Examiner then:
After 10 minutes of RCIC operations or <shift>F4 bat HLTS3-1-1 Max. Rad (2 areas in 13 mins.)
directed by Lead Examiner then:
ROLE PLAY: If directed to close RCIC valves 71-2 & 3 locally, respond that you are waiting on RadCon to enter
the Reactor building.
If decided to attempt to close valves mrf rc05k emer 71-2 to emerg
locally: mrf rc05s emer 71-3 to emerg
To return transfer switch to normal mrf rc05k norm 71-2 to norm
mrf rc05s norm 71-3 to norm
ROLE PLAY: Outside US reports that it appears to be a generic problem with RFP control oil system.
After RCIC is injecting and recovering <shift>F3 dmf fw13b Allows Crew to inject with "B" RFP
level then:
ROLE PLAY: Call the MCR and report that "8" RFP is repaired and ready for use
Terminates the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of the floor instructor:
1. All rods fully inserted
2. Reactor Water level normal
3. Emergency Depressurization
HLTS-3-1
Revision a
Page 8 of 21
x. Scenario Summary
With the unit operating at 1OO°A> , the operating crew will experience a slow loss of FW HTR level control
on the 8 high pressure heater string. Once the heater is isolated and power reduced, a trip of 3A FPC
pump will require the operator to start 38 FPC pump per 3-01-78. When plant conditions are stable the 38
Reactor Feedwater Pump will trip, the crew will respond per 3-AOI-1-3. After conditions stabilize, The
crew will experience a loss of the remaining RFPs which will cause the crew to scram and utilize RCIC for
level control. When RCIC is initiated it develops a steam leak which cannot be isolated forcing the crew to
emergency depressurize based on 2 Area Rad Monitors above maximum safe. If HPCI is used for water
level control the crew will experience a problem with the flow controller to respond in automatic.
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 9 of 21
x. Information to Floor Instructors:
A. Ensure recorders are inking and recording and ICS is active and updating.
B. Assign Crew Positions based on the required rotation.
1. SRO: Unit Supervisor
2. ATC: Board Unit Operator
3. BOP: Desk Unit Operator
C. Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or at the direction of the
Lead Examiner:
1. All rods fully inserted
2. Reactor Water level normal
3. Emergency Depressurize on 2 RADS above max safe
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 10 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 1: NOR. OPS. & HPCI PRESSURE SWITCH FAILURE
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Alternate Stator Cooling Pumps lAW OI-35A,
sect. 6.3.
-start standby pumps
-stops running pump
-coordinates local verification of system flow and
pressure
-coordinates local positioning of selector switch
Responds to Report by IMs of HPCI rupture
diaphragm pressure switch failure
(3-PS-73-20B), by relaying information to SRO.
SRO Consults Tech Spec 3.3.6.1 determines only
three pressure switches required.
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 11 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 2: Slow Loss of HP Feedwater Heating on B string
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
Crew Announces "BYPASS VALVE TO CONDENSER
NOT CLOSED"
ATC/BOP Dispatch AUO to JB 32-42 to determine which
bypass valve is open per ARP
Selects ICS screen FWHL
Announces "HEATER B2 LEVEL HIGH"
Dispatches personnel to Heater Level Controls
Verifies 3-FCV-6-95 open
Checks B2 heater shell pressure, drain flow
Announces B1 and B2 HP htr. Extraction isolation
SRO Enters 3-AOI-6-1:
Contacts Reactor Engineer
ATC/BOP Reduces power to 91 °lb rated with recirc flow (if
above)
Verifies 3B1 & 3B2 extraction valves closed
Verifies 3B1 & 3B2 MS Dr. Pump suction valves
closed
Identifies heater level still rising
SRO Directs isolating FW to B HP heater string
Directs power reduction to < 790/0 power (Mid-power
runback)
Enters 3-GOI-100-12, Power Maneuvering
Notifies Rx Eng. of Feedwater Heater isolation and
power reduction
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 12 of21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 2: Slow Loss of HP Feedwater Heating on B string (Continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Isolates FW to B HP heater string by closing 3-FCV-
3-31 and 76
Reduces Power to < 79°A> with Recirc. Flow
Monitors MT thrust bearing temps. (3-AOI-6-1A)
Closes 3-FCV-6-95
SRO Notifies ODS of reason for power reduction
ATC/BOP Notifies Chemistry & RACON
Crew Recognizes HTR level lowers as a result of isolating
the Condensate side of 3B HP HTR string (i.e. tube
leak)
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 13 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 3: Trip of 3A FPC pump
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
Crew Recognizes 3A FPC pump trip, responds per the
ATC/BOP Performs the following:
Responds to alarm FPC system abnormal 3-
ARP-9-4C win 1
Enters 3-AOI-78-1 for start of a FPC pump
Coordinates with Rx Bldg AUO and Radwaste
UO to start 3B FPC pump
Starts 3B FPC pump
Verifies discharge pressure >120 psig with
Directs RW UO and Rx Bldg AUO place
demin in service
SRO/BOP Dispatch AUO/EMs to check breaker for 3A
FPC pump
SRO -Directs restoration of system after cause is
determined
SRO Evaluate Tech. Spec. (TRM 3.9.2/3.9.3)
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 14 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 4: 3B RFPT Trip
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Announces "RFPT B Abnormal" alarm and trip
of RFPT 'B'.
Refers to ARP, 3-AOI-3-1 and 3-01-3 and take
required action
SRO Dispatches AUO to RFP to determine cause of
trip
ATC/BOP Verifies that unit stable
Verifies Rx Thermal limits
SRO Contacts maintenance to check reason for
RFPT trip
NOTE: LEAD EXAMINER notify Console Instructor when ready to trip the next RFP (i.e. next event)
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 15 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 5: 3A and 3C RFP Trip
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Recognizes 3A RFP trip and need for
reactor scram
ATC Manually scrams the reactor
-mode switch in SID
-checks power lowering
-reports all rods in
-recognizes trip of 3C RFP and informs
SRO Enters 3-EOI-1 on low reactor water level
Directs level be controlled by:
-RCIC
-CRD
-HPCI
-Enter AOI-1 00-1
ATC/BOP Utilizes RCIC for reactor water level control
Crew Recognizes radiation alarms associated
with RCIC operation
ATC/BOP Evacuates Reactor. Bldg.
SRO Enters EOI-3
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 16 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 6: RCIC STEAM LEAK
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP If HPCI is used, recognizes auto control failure and
places HPCI controller in manual
ATC/BOP Places 3B RFP I/S after notified able to reset
Crew Monitors area radiation levels
ATC/BOP Recognizes and reports area radiation alarm for RCIC
room
Recognizes and reports high area temperature for
RCIC room
Recognizes RCIC failure to isolate and attempts to
manually isolate it
SRO Directs RCIC be isolated locally
Determines has two area radiation levels above max
safe lAW EOI-3 and directs emergency
depressurization by opening 6 ADS valves (C2)
ATC/BOP Opens 6 ADS valves and recognizes 2 valves failed to
open and opens 2 additional valves
Verifies RFP discharge valves closed
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 17of21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 6: RCIC STEAM LEAK
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO Directs RPV level be maintained
between +2" and +51"
with one or more of
the following: (After emergency
depress.)
-LPCI
-Core Spray
-Condensate
ATC/BOP After emergency
depressurization maintains RPV
water level TAF and restores
level +2" to +51" with one
or more of the following:
-LPCI
-Core Spray
-Condensate
SRO After EOI-2 entered on high
SP water level or temperature
directs the following:
- H2 0 2 analyzers placed in
service
ATC/BOP Places H2 0 2 analyzers
in service
SRO Directs all available Suppression Pool cooling be placed
into service due to Suppression Pool water temperature
ATC/BOP Places all available Suppression Pool cooling into service
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 18 of21
XII. Crew Critical Tasks (If an evaluated scenario)
SAT/UNSAT
1. Maintains reactor water level above TAF
2. Anticipates Emergency depressurize and rapidly
depressurizes using BPV's to main condenser
and/or Emergency depressurize based on 2 areas
radiation above maximum safe with a primary
system discharging to secondary containment (within
5 minutes)
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 19 of 21
XIII. Scenario Verification Data
EVENT TASK# RO SR CONTROL MANIPULATION
o
1. Loss of HP Feedwater Heating 295014 3.7 3.9 817
U-068-NO-10
U-006-A8-01
S-006-A8-0 1
T-000-AD-17
2. 3A FPC pump trip
3. RFPs Trip 295001A2.01 3.7 3.7 83
U-003-A8-01
S-003-A8-01
U-003-NO-08 295001A4.02 3.9 3.7
295009G12 3.8 4.4
T-000-AD-17
4. HPCI Pressure Switch Failure U-073-AL-19 206000A2.09 3.5 3.7 85
S-000-AD-27 2.1.12 2.9 4.0
5. RCIC Leak/MSL Leak U-000-EM-10 295033 3.6 3.9 A7,814,A12,
U-000-EM-11 815,14,120
S-000-EM-10 295032 3.5 3.6
S-000-EM-12
U-000-EM-01 3.8 4.4
U-000-EM-02
U-000-EM-03 3.6 4.2
S-000-EM-01 3.5 4.1
S-000-EM-02 3.9 4.5
S-000-EM-03 3.9 4.5
U-000-EM-14 2.4.38 2.2 4.0
S-000-EM-15 295026 3.6 3.8
S-000-EM-24
T-000-AD-04
T-000-EM-09
T-000-EM-11
T-000-EM-16
HLTS-3-1
Revision 0
Page 20 of 21
SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST
SCENARIO NUMBER HLTS 3-1
9- Total Malfunctions Inserted; List: (4-8)
1) High Pressure Heater Isolation
2) 3A FPC pump trip
3) RFPT trip
4) RCIC steam leak,
5) RCIC failure to isolate (auto or manual),
L Malfunctions That Occur After EOI Entry; List: (1-4)
1) RCIC steam leak
2) RCIC isolation failure (auto or manual)
..L Abnormal Events; List (1-3)
2) 3A FPC pump trip. (AOI & ARP)
_1_ Major Transients; List: (1-2)
1) RCIC Line Break
..L EOls used; List: (1-3)
1) EOI-1
2) EOI-2
3) EOI-3
_1_ EOI Contingencies Used; List: (0-3)
1) C2
90 Run Time (minutes)
29 EOI Run Time (minutes); 30 0,lc, of Scenario EOI Run Time
L. Crew Critical Tasks
yes Technical Specifications Exercised (yes/no)
Page 21 of 21
XIV. SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
Equipment out of service/LCOs: Unit 3 has been operating for 193 days. Unit 2 has been operating
for 56 days. Unit 1 has been operating for 290 days.
3ED Diesel Generator tagged for water jacket leakage repair Day 2 of LCO. will be returned to service
this shift.
Operation/Maintenance for the Shift: Support scheduled maintenance and testing activities
Alternate Stator Cooling Water Pumps per 3-01-35A. Sect 6.3 per scheduled OPA.
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas: Fuel leakers on U3 are currently @ RFI 60.000.
Storms passing through the region. No Watches in effect fo r the immediate area.
3C RFW Pump was oscillating approximating 30 RPM during last shift. but currently working properly and
being monitored. Pump is operating in automatic to collect data for next 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. Trouble shooting
plan being developed.
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 1 OF 21
SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE
TITLE HPCI STEAMLINE BREAK, SRV FAILURE, RECIRC PUMP TRIP, DRYWELL LEAK,
EMERGENCY DEPRESSURIZATION ON LEVEL (C1)
REVISION o
DATE January 2, 2008
PROGRAM BFN Operator Training - Hot License
PREPARED BY: _~~~-+------.;;~=--_~ \ ) IZ !c8
~
REVIEWED BY:
(LOR Lead Instructor or Designee) Date
REVIEWED BY: 7~£~* (Operations Tlfaining Manager or Designee)
CONCURRED:
(Operations Superintendent or Designee'f(Required for Exam Scenarios only) Date
""-~--"'--'"" .'/ "'"
VALIDATION BY:
- -;;-r
- {;;~j~/ .c: /Lq /t)/{"
Date
LOGGED-IN:
(Librarian) Date
TASKS LIST
UPDATED: Date
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 2 OF 21
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION DESCRIPTION OF DATE PAGES REVIEWED BY
NUMBER REVISION AFFECTED
0 INITIAL 4/6/07 All
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 3 OF 21
I. Program: BFN Operator Training
II. Course: Hot License Training
III. Title: HPCI STEAMLINE BREAK, SRV FAILURE, RECIRC PUMP TRIP, DRYWELL
LEAK, EMERGENCY DEPRESSURIZATION ON LEVEL (C1)
IV. Length of Scenario: ~1 to 1 % hours
V. Examination Objectives:
A. Terminal Objective
1. Perform routine shift turnover, plant assessment and routine shift operation in accordance
with BFN procedures.
2. Given abnormal conditions, the operating crew will place the unit in a stabilized condition
per normal, abnormal, annunciator and emergency procedures.
B. Enabling Objectives:
1. The operating crew will alternate EHC pumps.
2. The operating crew will continue power ascension from ~ 79% power.
3. The operating crew will experience a HPCI steam line break during performance of 3-SR-
3.5.1.7 , HPCI Flow Rate, with a failure of HPCI to auto isolate.
4. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a safety-relief valve failed open.
5. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a high vibration and trip of 3A Recirc
pump.
6. The operating crew will recognize and respond to reactor power oscillations by scramming
the reactor.
7. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a high drywell pressure condition.
8. The operating crew will Emergency De-pressurize when in C1 before reactor water level
reaches -190".
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 4 OF 21
VI. References: The procedures used in the simulator are controlled copies and are used in development and
performance of simulator scenarios. Scenarios are validated prior to use, and any procedure differences will
be corrected using the procedure revision level present in the simulator. Any procedure differences noted
during presentation will be corrected in the same manner. As such, it is expected that the references listed
in this section need only contain the reference material which is not available in the simulator.
VII. Training Materials:
A. Calculator
B. Control Rod Insertion Sheet
C. Stopwatch
D. Hold Order/Caution tags
E. Annunciator window covers
F. Steam tables
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 5 OF 21
VIII. Console Operators Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
1. File: bat HLTS3-2
MF/RF/10R# Description
a) trg e1 MODESW Sets trigger
b) trg e2 adssrv1-22 Sets trigger
c) ior zlohs7416a[1] off Tag Out 3C RHR
d) imf rh01c
e) ior zdihs7416a null
f) mrf hw01 fast Advances all charts
g) imf th33b (e1 0) 1 2:00 B MSL break in DW
h) imf th21 (e1 5:00) 1 10:00 Recirc. line break
i) imf rd01 a (e1 10:00) 3A CRDP trip
j) imf rd01 b 3B CRDP trip
k) imf hp09 Failure of HPCI to auto isolate
I) ior zdihs718a close Fails RCIC
m) ior ypovfcv718 fail_power Keeps the 8 valve closed
n) imf rp11 (e1 1:00) MSIV logic fuse failure
0) ior zdihs261a null Prevents Fire pump A from starting
p) ior zdihs262a null B
q) ior zdihs263a null C
2. File: bat torhrc
MF/RF/10R# Description
1) ior zlohs7416a[1] off RHR C Tagout
2) imf rh01c
3) ior zdihs7416a null
3. File: bat RRPAVIB
MF/RF/10R# Description
1) imfth12a Inserts Vibration Alarm
2) imf th1 Oa (none 1: ) Fails Recirc Pump A Inboard Seal
3) imf th11 a (none 2: ) Fails Recirc Pump A Outboard Seal)
4) ior zdihs681 open Prevents Recirc Pump A Suction Valve Closure
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 6 OF 21
B. Console Operators Manipulations
ELAP. TIME PFK# DESCRIPTION/ACTION
Simulator setup rst 28 ~ 78 %Power MOC, use mid-power runback push button
'Simulator setup restorepref Establishes Function Keys
HLTS3-2
Simulator setup setup Verify Function Keys
Simulator setup esc Clears Function Key Popup
Simulator setup F3 bat HLTS3-2 See Scenario File Summary
Simulator setup manual Place suppression pool cooling in service (Loop II)
Simulator setup manual Place HO tags on '3C' RHR pump
Simulator setup manual Place TESTING/MAINT frames on Panel 9-3F, Windows 5, 11,
26 for HPCI 3-SR-3.5.1.7 complete up to step 7.11
ROLE PLAY: If asked, state that the anti-rotation collar markings are aligned.
When HPCI is at rated pressure and F4 imf hp08 Steam leak into HPCI room
flow
ROLE PLAY: AUO at HPCI quad. Reports a large steam leak on HPCI and present location is elev. 565 Rx.Bldg.
When requested, wait 2 min. then: F5 imf rd01a trips 2A CRDP
When directed by Lead Instructor F6 imf ad01g 40 Fails SRV-1-4 open
When RO cycles SRV then: F7 dmf ad01g SRV-1-4 closes
When directed by Lead Instructor F8 bat RRPAVIB Recirc Pump A high vibration, seal failure,
suction valve fails to close and power oscillations.
When dispatched to check 2A Recirc Vibration, wait 2 minutes and report back swinging 10 to 14 mils
When 'A' Recirc trips F9 dmfth12a Deletes vibration high alarm
4 min. after 2A recirc. pump trip F10 imf cr02a 75 3:00 Core power oscillations
then: and
F11 imf th22 (none 1:30) 100 Bottom head leak
When requested, wait 3 minutes F12 bat app16fg Defeats RHR injection valve timers
Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied are at the direction of the Lead Examiner.
1. RPV water level +2" to +51"
2. Drywell sprayed
3. Emergency Depressurizarion completed
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 7 OF 21
IX. Scenario Summary
Given Unit 2 at 79°/b power, the crew will alternate EHC pumps and resume power ascension to 100%. As 3-
SR-3.5.1.7, HPCI Flow Rate, is continued the crew will experience a ruptured HPCI steam line with a failure of
HPCI to automatically isolate. Manual HPCI isolation will be possible. As power ascension is continued, an
SRV fails open but can be closed as steps of 3-AOI-1-1 are performed. The crew experiences high vibration
with a subsequent trip and seal leakage on the 3A Recirc Pump resulting in high drywell pressure. When the
diesel generators automatically start the 3ED diesel generator fails to auto start but can be manually started.
Finally, the crew will Emergency Depressurizes before reactor water level reaches -190".
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 8 OF 21
Information to Floor Instructors:
A. Ensure recorders are inking and recording and ICS is active and updating.
B. Assign Crew Positions based on the required rotation.
1. SRO: Unit Supervisor
2. ATC: Board Unit Operator
3. BOP: Desk Unit Operator
C. Conduct a shift turnover with the Unit Supervisor.
D. Direct the shift crew to review the control board and take note of present conditions, alarms, etc.
E. Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied are at the request of the floor/lead
instructor/evaluator.
1. RPV water level +2" to +51"
2. Emergency Depressurizarion completed
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 9 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 1: Alternate EHC Pumps
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Receive crew briefing and walk boards down
SRO Directs BOP to alternate EHC pumps
BOP Alternates EHC Pumps in accordance with 3-01-
47A
- Starts 3B EHC Pump
psig
- Verifies 3B EHC motor amps <140
- Stops 3A EHC Pump
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 10 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
Event 2: Power Ascension continued
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO Directs power ascension per 3-GOI-100-12 and 3-
01-68
ATC Raises reactor power at 8 Mwe/minute in
accordance with 3-GOI-100-12 and 3-01-68
BOP Performs as peer checker for recirc flow changes
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 11 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
Event 3: HPCI Steam Line Break
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO Directs BOP to continue with 3-SR-3.5.1.7 at step
7.11
BOP Makes plant announcement HPCI is to be started
Responds to Reactor Bldg Hi Rad alarm per the
SRO Enters EOI-3 on High Rad. I High Temp.
BOP Determines HPCI area source of hi rad
Responds to HPCI Leak Detection Temp Hi alarm
per the ARP
Recognizes HPCI not isolated when isolation lights
are illuminated
SRO Directs HPCI manually isolated
BOP Manually isolates HPCI steam supply
Evacuates HPCI area
SRO Receives EOI-3 entry on flood level in HPCI room
BOP Notifies Rad Con and Fire Protection
Monitors for lowering temperature and radiation
levels in HPCI area
SRO Directs entry into 3-AOI-64-2B
Directs FCV-1-55 and FCV-1-56 Open
BOP Opens FCV-1-55 and FCV-1-56 Open
SRO Sends personnel to investigate
Determines unit in 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> LCO (TS 3.5.1.D - HPCI
and C RHR Inop)
Tech. Specs. 3.6.1.3, on FCV 73-2 or 73-3 when
tagged (1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />)
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 12 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
Event 4: SRV-1-22 Fails Open
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
CREW Recognizes SRV open
- Main Steam Relief Valve Open alarm
- lowering generator output
SRO Directs response per AOI-1-1
BOP Determines SRV-1-22 from acoustic monitor
BOP Places SRV-1-22 control switch from close to open
to close several times
BOP Cycles relief valve and reports SRV closed
SRO Evaluates Tech Spec operability of ADS valve.
Determines valve operable, but requests Eng.
evaluation (Functional evaluation)
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 13 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
Event 5: Recirc Vibration, Seal Leakage, Power Oscillations and Scram
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC Announces Recirc "3A" high vibration alarm
Directs AUO to Local Panel to check vibration
Monitors Recirc Pump Temperatures
SRO Contacts Reactor Engineer
Directs BUO to reduce speed of 3A RRP to
reduce vibration
ATC Reduces 3A RRP speed with peer check to clear
vibration alarm
Announces Recirc A Seal Leakage Alarm
Identifies Seal Failure via Instrumentation
Recognizes lowering pressure on Recirc Pump A
- 1 seal
SRO Directs crew to watch for signs of increased
leakage
ATC Acknowledges Recirc Pump A seal leakoff high
alarm; informs SRO; consults ARP
Recognizes lowering pressure on Recirc Pump A
outboard seal; informs SRO
Monitors drywell parameters; notes pressure and
temperature increasing; informs SRO
SRO When vibration report received or dual seal failure
is reported, directs 'A' Recirc Pump tripped
ATC Trips Recirc A and closes the discharge valve
SRO Directs actions per 3-AOI-68-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 14 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
Event 5: Recirc Vibration, Seal Leakage, Power Oscillations and Scram (Continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC Directs AUO to Recirc MG Set to monitor oil temp.
SRO Directs 'A' Recirc Isolated
ATC Notes that Recirc Pump A suction isolation valve will
not close; informs SRO
Directs AUO to close Recirc Pump suction valve
locally at Board.
Checks Power to flow map to verify in region 1
Checks APRMs and LPRMs for indication of power
oscillations
Informs SRO of Power Oscillations
SRO Directs inserting emergency shove sheet control rods
BOP Keeps SRO informed as drywell pressure
approaches 2.45 psig
SRO Directs venting per 3-01-64-1
BOP Vents per 3-01-64-1
Directs Logs person to monitor release rates
SRO Directs manual reactor scram prior to reaching
2.45psig DW pressure
SRO Directs 3-AOI-1 00-1
ATC Carry out actions of 3-AOI-1 00-1
SRO Enters EOI- 1 & 2 at 2.45 psig drywell pressure
SRO Directs venting per Appendix 12
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 15 OF 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide (Continued)
EVENT 6: MSIV CLOSURE/LOCA
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO - RPV pressure controlled 800 to 1000 psig
with one or more of the following:
- MSRV's (App 11A)
- RCIC (App 11B)
- RPV level be maintained between +2" to +51"
with one or more of the following:
-RCIC
-CRD
BOP Controls pressure 800 to 1000 psig with one or
more of the following:
- MSRV's (App 11A)
- RCIC (App 11B)
Recognizes MSIV closures
and reports to SRO.
SRO Directs determining the cause of the isolation
Directs App 8G, App 12, and H2 0 2 Analyzers in
service
BOP Performs App 8G, App 12, and Places H2 0 2
Analyzers in service
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 16 OF 21
EVENT 6: MSIV CLOSURE/LOCA (continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
ATC/BOP Attempts to maintain RPV water level +2" to
+51" with one or more of the following:
-RCIC (App 5C)
-CRD (App 58) 3-8YV-85-551
-SLC (App78)
SRO Directs SP cooling be placed in service
BOP Places SP cooling in service
SRO Directs App 8G be performed
BOP Performs App 8G
Monitors containment parameters
SRO Enters EOI-2 on DW pressure and re-enters
EOI-1 and directs the following:
- Verify all available DW coolers in service
- Venting per App 12
- H202 analyzers placed in service
SRO Directs cooldown
ATC/BOP Verify all available DW coolers in service
ATC/BOP Commences a cooldown as directed
SRO Determines cannot maintain SC pressure less
than 12 psig and directs SC sprayed
BOP Sprays suppression chamber per App 17C
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 17 OF 21
EVENT 6: MSIV CLOSURE/LOCA (continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO When SC pressure exceeds 12 psig or if
SRO determines cannot maintain DW temp.
<280 then directs the following:
- Ensures Recirc. pumps shutdown
- DW blowers secured
- DW sprayed per App 17B
ATC Trips Recirc. pumps
Secures DW blowers
Requests 16F & 16G be performed
SRO Directs DW sprays/SC sprays be
stopped when that area reaches
o psig
BOP Stops DW/SC sprays when that area reaches
o psig
SRO Directs CRD inject per App 5B
ATC Performs App 5B
Reports 3B CRDP tripped
Monitors containment parameters
SRO Monitors RPV water level, determines level is
lowering. Re-enters EOI-1 at +2" RPV level
- Directs performance of App 5B (CRD)
- Directs performance of App 7B (SLC)
Crew Monitors Drywell I PSC I and RPV water level
SRO Enters C1 at ~ -100" to - 122"
Directs ADS inhibited
ATC Closes RFP discharge valves
Reports 3A CRDP tripped
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 18 OF 21
EVENT 6: MSIV CLOSURE/LOCA (continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTION(S) SAT/UNSAT/NOTES
SRO After entering C1 align all available injection
systems for injection.
-Containment sprays terminated
When water level reaches TAF
(-162") and before -190 directs the following:
Enters C2
- Six ADS valves opened
- RPV level returned +2" to +51"
BOP When directed by US terminates
Containment Sprays and lines up RHR for
BOP Opens and verifies open 6 ADS
valves
ATC/BOP Restores RPV water level +2"
to +51" using:
-RHR
-Core Spray
-Condensate
SRO Classifies event as Site Area Emergency
(1.1-S 1)
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 19 OF 21
XII. Crew Critical Tasks
SAT/UNSAT
1) Manually isolate HPCI before 2 areas exceed
Maximum Safe Radiation or Temperature
levels.
2) Prevents ADS actuation when Rx level reaches
-120".
3) Emergency depressurizes RPV based upon not
being able to maintain reactor water level above
-162, but before reaching -190"
4) Restores I maintains water level above TAF
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HLTS-3-2
REVO
PAGE 20 OF 21
XIII. SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST
SCENARIO NUMBER HLTS-13
e Total Malfunctions Inserted; List: (4-8)
1) HPCI steam line break
2) RBCCW 3A pump trips
3) 3A Recirc. high vibration
4) 3A Recirc pump suction valve fails open and will not close
5) Failure of ADS/SRV 1-22
6) Drywell Leak
~ Malfunctions That Occur After EOI Entry; List: (1-4)
1) CRD pump 38 fails to start
2) CRD pump 3A trips
3) RCIC 71-8 fails to open
L Abnormal Events; List: (1-3)
1) SRV fails open
..L Major Transients; List: (1-2)
1) Loss of all high pressure makeup
2) Drywell Leak
~ EOls used; List: (1-3)
1) EOI-1
2) EOI-2
3) EOI-3
..L EOI Contingencies Used; List: (0-3)
1) C1
2) C2
90 Run Time (minutes)
45 EOI Run Time (minutes); 50 % of Scenario EOI Run Time
-L Crew Critical Tasks (2-5)
Yes Technical Specifications Exercised (yes/no) - Technical Requirements Manual
REVO
PAGE 21 OF 21
XIV. Shift Turnover Information
Equipment out of servtce/t.Cos: 3C RHR Pump -...._is____.;.._
out of_ ~
service. T.S ____.;..~_
3.5.1.A.1.___l_ _
3.6.2.3, 3.6.2.4, 3.6.2.5 have been entered. Unit 2 is 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> into a seven day LCO.
Appendix R LCO addressed and in LCO tracking.
Operation/Maintenance for the Shift: Unit 3 is at 79°A> power. Alternate EHC Pumps per section
6.3 of 01 47A. Increase reactor power to 90% using Recirc flow (GOI-100-12.step 5.132) at 8 Mwe.
per minute. Continue with 3-SR-3.5.1. 7 which is in progress and is complete up to Step 7.11
(HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rated Reactor
Pressure). Loop II RHR has been vented within the hour in preparation for placing Torus cooling
in service.
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas: 3-FCV-73-36 seal-in circuit has been disabled per step 7.6 of
3-SR-3.5.1.7
(
(
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Unit3
Surveillance Procedure
3-SR-3.5.1.7
HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at
Rated Reactor Pressure
Revision 0044
Quality Related
Level of Use: .Continuous Use
Effective Date: 12-17-2007
Responsible Organization: OPS, Operations
Prepared By: MICHAEL S. RICE x6934
Approved By: John T. Kulisek
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 2 of 104
Current Revision Description
Pages Affected: 18,26,33,34,35,36,71,72,73,75,96,104
Type of Change: Revision Tracking Number: 048
PCRs: 07003919
Revised the stroke time criteria for the 3-FCV-73-18 valve to have a normal stroke time
range of 0.8 to 2.2 seconds and a maximum allowable stroke time range of 3.0 seconds.
This change in accepance criteria was evaluated and approved for use per 0-TI-383
Evaluation 07-1-IST-073-337.
Added instruction to restroke 3-FCV-73-18 if initial stroke time is less than maximum
allowable but outside the normal range. (PCR 07003919)
Added instruction to contact Duty Maintenance Manager if 3-FCV-73-18 was restroked and
to record the time. Per the OM Code, the restroked valve has to be evaluated within 96
hours.
Added new Illustration 1, Process for Stroke Timing Valves Per the ASME OM Code.
Added SR key number to Attachment 1 for scheduling.
Added instruction in Attachment 5 to contact OPS immediately if any evaluation results are
found to be NOT Acceptable.
Added new Attachment 10, ASME OM Code Restroke Time Record Form. (PCR
07003919)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 3 of 104
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION 5
1.1 Purpose 5
1.2 Scope 6
1.3 Frequency 8
1.4 Applicability 8
2.0 REFERENCES 9
2.1 Technical Specifications 9
2.2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report 9
2.3 Plant Instructions 9
2.4 Plant Drawings 9
2.5 Vendor Manuals 10
2.6 Other Documents 10
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 11
4.0 PREREQUiSiTES 19
5.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED 23
5.1 Recommended Tools 23
5.2 Recommended Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) 24
6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 25
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS 27
8.0 ILLUSTRATIONS/ATTACHMENTS 72
Illustration 1: Process for Stroke Timing Valves Per ASME OM Code 73
Attachment 1: Surveillance Procedure Review Form 74
Attachment 2: HPCI Venting 76
Attachment 3: HPCI Cold Quick Start 83
Attachment 4: 3-FCV-73-18 Time Delay Adjustment 93
Attachment 5: ASME OM Code Inservice Testing Review Form 96
Attachment 6: HPCI Lube Oil Skid and Booster Pump Oil Level Settings 97
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 4 of 104
Table of Contents (continued)
Attachment 7: HFA Relay Contact Layout 98
Attachment 8: Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders for 3-
FCV-73-18 99
Attachment 9: Annunciators Affected by Surveillance Procedure
Performance 103
Attachment 10: ASME OM Code Restroke Time Record Form 104
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 5 of 104
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
A. This procedure verifies the following High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI)
System Technical Specification (Tech Spec) surveillance requirements (SR):
1. The HPCI main and booster pump set must be capable of pumping
5,000 gpm against a simulated system head corresponding to reactor
pressure in order to satisfy SR 3.5.1.7.
2. HPCI discharge piping must be vented to meet SR 3.5.1.1 in lieu of
performing 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI) for the HPCI System if deemed necessary
by the Unit Supervisor (US).
3. This surveillance performs ASME OM Code Inservice Test (1ST) Program
testing of HPCI pumps and valves in order to satisfy Tech Spec 5.5.6
program requirements.
4. This surveillance provides overlap testing of the HPCI minimum flow valve
open and close functions to demonstrate compliance with SR 3.3.5.1.2 for
Table 3.3.5.1-1 Function 3f and SR 3.3.5.1.6.
B. This procedure also verifies the following additional licensing, INPO, and Fire
Protection Report (FPR) testing requirements:
1. Time-to-rated-flow testing is performed once an operating cycle or
whenever HPCI governor control system (GCS) corrective maintenance is
performed in order to satisfy a unit startup licensing commitment. This
testing is NOT specifically required by TS or 1ST Program requirements.
2. This procedure also accomplishes overspeed trip tappet trip valve
assembly testing recommended by INPO to ensure that the trip mechanism
is NOT binding. This testing is accomplished when the HPCI turbine is
cold and then when it is warm.
3. This surveillance is utilized to verify BFN FPR testing requirements which
demonstrate HPCI function operability.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 6 of 104
1.2 Scope
A. This surveillance verifies the HPCI turbine, main and booster pump set, and
supporting equipment (e.g., gland seal condenser) are capable of delivering
5,000 gpm against a simulated system head corresponding to reactor pressure.
1. This testing is accomplished by using startup test data which
conservatively approximates the required discharge head needed to
overcome system piping resistance and produce 5,000 gpm flow. This
pressure is added to the reactor steam dome pressure and is used as the
minimum discharge head required to satisfactorily meet SR 3.5.1.7.
2. The HPCI turbine is started and system flow is throttled back to a
condensate storage tank until a 5,000 gpm flow rate is attained while
verifying that the minimum, required discharge pressure can be obtained.
B. The same venting methodology utilized in 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI) is also used in
this surveillance to provide an alternate means of venting HPCI discharge
piping to comply with SR-3.5.1.1 for the HPCI System. This venting is
performed at the discretion of the US in lieu of performing 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI).
C. This surveillance in conjunction with SRs/Sls listed as being ASME type in
Surveillance Program Matrix fully implements the ASME OM Code 1ST Program
required by Tech Spec 5.5.6.
Satisfactory completion of this surveillance verifies Tech Spec 5.5.6 compliance
for the following valves:
Valve Test Description
ISV-73-23 HPCI turbine discharge pressure monitored to ensure that
valve is sufficiently open to perform its intended function.
CKV-73-603 HPCI turbine discharge pressure monitored to ensure that
valve is sufficiently open to perform its intended function.
CKV-73-559 The minimum flow valve is opened and the discharge
pressure drop is monitored to verify that this check valve is
opening to pass bypass flow.
FCV-73-18 This fast-acting valve's closure time is monitored.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 7 of 104
1.2 Scope (continued)
D. When Tech Spec and 1ST Program testing is accomplished, the turbine is
shutdown with the system throttled to simulate a system head corresponding to
reactor pressure.
1. If time-to-rated-flow testing is required, the turbine lube oil system and
turbine casing are given sufficient time to drain and cool to ambient
temperature, respectively. Once these two conditions are met, the system
is configured for a cold, quick turbine start and manual HPCI initiation
performed.
2. The time to reach 5,000 gpm flow against a simulated system head
corresponding to reactor pressure is verified to be ~ 30 seconds.
E. This surveillance in conjunction with 3-SR-3.3.5.1.6 performs the following
BFN FPR, Volume 1, Appendix R Safe Shutdown Program (Section V - Testing
and Monitoring) testing to verify that:
1. FCV-73-18 automatically opens and remains open during turbine startup
and operation,
2. FCV-73-18 closes when a manual turbine trip is initiated from the main
control room,
3. FCV-73-30 automatically closes when HPCI flow is greater than
approximately 1250 gpm,
4. FCV-73-30 automatically opens when HPCI flow is less than approximately
700 gpm, and
5. HPCI turbine and pump set operate per design during manual turbine
startup and operation.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 8 of 104
1.2 Scope (continued)
F. This surveillance satisfies SR 3.3.5.1.5 for Table 3.3.5.1-1 Function 3f by
functionally verifying that HPCI MIN FLOW VALVE FCV-73-30 closes when
HPCI pump set is operating above approximately 1250 gpm flow.
This testing is accomplished during turbine startup. FCV-73-30 is initially
opened to provide a minimum bypass flow path. When the turbine is started,
HPCI flow rises to the recirculation flow path back to the condensate storage
tank. The rising flow closes FCV-73-30 when an approximately 1250 gpm flow
rate is reached.
This surveillance also functionally verifies that FCV-73-30 will open when HPCI
flow is reduced below approximately 700 gpm flow.
This testing is accomplished when the ASME OM Code 1ST Program testing is
almost completed. A jumper is installed to allow FCV-73-30 to open when a low
flow signal is present. HPCI turbine speed is reduced with the flow indicating
controller in manual and HPCI pump set flow is reduced by throttling FCV-73-35
in the close direction until HPCI flow drops below approximately 700 gpm.
1.3 Frequency
A. This surveillance shall be performed once every 92 days when required by plant
conditions or whenever GCS corrective maintenance is performed which could
affect the GCS function. This SR shall be performed as required to satisfy BFN
GL 89-10 Program requirements.
B. [NRC/C] [NERlC] This surveillance is to be used for post-maintenance testing to
verify HPCI operability if the Governor Control System components require
corrective maintenance. [LER 296/85003] [INPO SOER 81-013]
1.4 Applicability
The surveillance requirements of this procedure are applicable in Mode 1. Modes 2
and 3 are also applicable except when RPV steam dome pressure s 150 psig.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 9 of 104
2.0 REFERENCES
Section 3.5.1, ECCS - Operating
2.2 Updated Final Safety Analysis Report
Section 6.3, Summary Description - Core Standby Cooling Systems
Section 6.4.1, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Description
Section 6.6, Inspection and Testing
Section 7.4, Core Standby Cooling System and Instrumentation
2.3 Plant Instructions
0-01-65, Standby Gas Treatment System
3-01-73, High Pressure Coolant Injection System
3-SI-3.1.5, HPCI Pump Performance
3-SI-3.1.12, HPCI System Pump Baseline Data Evaluation
3-SI-3.2.1, ASME Section XI Valve Performance
3-SR-3.3.5.1.5(F), High Pressure Coolant Injection System Pump Minimum Bypass
Flow Indicating Switch Calibration
3-SR-3.6.2.1.1, Suppression Chamber Water Temperature Check
3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI), Maintenance of Filled HPCI Discharge Piping
0-TI-230, Predictive Monitoring Program.
0-TI-280, Calculations of Flow Transmitter Output for Use With ASME Section XI
SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing
SPP-1 0.3, Verification Program
2.4 Plant Drawings
3-47E812-1 and -2, HPCI System Flow Diagram
3-47E610-73-1 and -2, HPCI System Mechanical Control Diagram
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 10 of 104
2.4 Plant Drawings (continued)
3-45E714-1 through -4, 250V DC RMOV Bd Schematic Diagram
3-45N3675-2, Panel 9-39 Wiring Diagram
3-45N3635-19, Local Instrument Panels Connection Diagram
3-730E928-1 through 5, -7 and -8, HPCI System Elementary Diagram
2.5 Vendor Manuals
BFN-VTM-G080-9270, BFN Unit 3 - Terry Model CCS HPCI Turbine Operation and
Maintenance Manual
BFN-VTM-B580-0010, Byron Jackson Technical Instructions High Pressure Coolant
Injection Pumps
2.6 Other Documents
NRC Inspection Report 82-13
Licensee Event Report 296/85003, Inoperability of HPCI System
Licensee Event Report 259/8232, Operator Notification
STI-15, HPCI Startup Test Instruction
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Fire Protection Report, Volume 1, Appendix R Safe
Shutdown Program
INPO SOER 89-001, Testing of Steam Turbine/Pump Overspeed Trip
GE SIL No. 336 R1, Surveillance Testing Recommendations for HPCI and RCIC
Systems
TVA Program Plan Implementation of NRC Generic Letter 89-10
Memorandum from D. Baker, GENE Power Ascension Operations Manager, to
M. Bajestani, BFN Technical Support Manager, dated June 25, 1991 (RIMS R40
910716805)
PGC-007-073-0, HPCI Operation Time Required to Raise Suppression Pool
Temperature 1 deg F (R40 910629 984)
INPO SOER 81-013, Concurrent Loss of High Pressure Core Cooling Systems
NRC Information Notice 91-50, A Review of Water Hammer Events After 1985
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 11 of 104
2.6 Other Documents (continued)
GE SIL No.1 06 R2, Suppression Pool Temperature Monitoring and Control
GE SIL No. 392 R1, Improved HPCI Turbine Mechanical-Hydraulic Trip Design
NRC Information Notice 93-67, Bursting of High Pressure Coolant Injection Steam
Line Rupture Discs Injures Plant Personnel
SEOPR 96-0-073-2, HPCI Turbine Administrative Vibration Limits
NEDC-32751 P, Power Uprate Safety Analysis for the Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Units 2 and 3 (RIMS R08-980316-888)
TVA-BFN-TS-384, Technical Specification (TS) Change TS-384 Request for License
Amendment for Power Uprate Operation (RIMS R08-980316-888)
GE-NE-B13-01866-39, Summary of System Evaluations and Proposed Changes to
Design Criteria Documents (RIMS W79-980427-005)
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
A. [NRC/C] LCO 3.5.1 requires the HPCI System to be OPERABLE in Mode 1 and
Modes 2 and 3 except when RPV steam dome pressure ~ 150 psig.
1. Entry into associated LCO 3.5.1 CONDITIONS AND REQUIRED
ACTIONS is NOT initially required provided the HPCI function is
demonstrated operable no later than 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after reactor steam dome
pressure reaches rated pressure from startup.
2. However, this surveillance removes the HPCI function from service (e.g.,
trip turbine using 3-HS-73-18A) for short duration's while performing
surveillance testing.
3. Consequently, entry into LCO 3.5.1 is administratively controlled within this
surveillance by declaring the HPCI function temporarily inoperable during
testing and verifying that LCO 3.5.1 CONDITIONS AND REQUIRED
ACTIONS have been met including tracking HPCI function inoperability in
Narrative Logs. [NCO 89-0216-002]
B. If maintenance other than what is provided in this surveillance procedure
becomes necessary, a work order should be generated.
C. Consult Attachment 9 for Panel 3-9-3 annunciators which will alarm during
performance of this surveillance.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 12 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
D. HPCI turbine operation below 2,400 rpm for extended periods except during
turbine startup and shutdown can result in inadequate oil pressure from the
turbine driven oil pump, higher system vibration, excessive exhaust line check
valve wear, or overheating of turbine driven oil pump when operating at low rpm
with auxiliary oil pump (AOP) running.
E. Suppression pool temperature will rise approximately 1°F every three minutes
during testing of HPCI System.
The temperature must NOT be allowed to exceed 105°F and must be returned
to ~ 95°F within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after securing the HPCI Turbine as required by
LCO 3.6.2.1. The suppression pool temperature shall be monitored every
5 minutes and recorded in accordance with 3-SR-3.6.2.1.1, Suppression
Chamber Water Temperature Check.
F. Pressure suppression chamber (PSC) water shall NOT be used as the HPCI
water supply to perform this test because of its lower quality and the potential
water hammer risk when PSC water level is NOT high enough to swap HPCI
suction to the PSC.
G. The suppression pool shall be maintained at -5.5 to -2 inches as indicated by
3-LI-64-54A or 3-LI-64-66 on Panel 3-9-3.
H. Personnel stay time in HPCI Room during HPCI System operation should be
minimized if excessive exposure to noise, heat, or radiation is anticipated.
I. HPCI AOP operation should be minimized when HPCI System is in standby
readiness or following HPCI System shutdown. When AOP is operating,
turbine stop valve is held full open. If HPCI System is then manually or
automatically initiated, a HPCI turbine overspeed trip or high steam line flow
isolation may occur.
J. A radiation work permit (RWP) may be required for all personnel located in the
HPCI Room participating in the performance of this SR. RADCON shall be
consulted prior to turbine roll in order to determine the appropriate RWP
requirements.
K. Corrective Action shall be dispositioned in accordance with SPP-8.1, Conduct
of Testing.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 13 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
L. HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 must be verified in AUTO mode
of operation with flow setpoint at 5,000 gpm if an automatic HPCI initiation
occurs during performance of this surveillance.
The HPCI flow controller 3-FIC-73-33 is a "FLOW X10" controller, 5000 gpm on
the controller digital display will read 500. The steps in this procedure which list
a flow value will be displayed as follows" flow as read on the digital display
followed by the actual flow in gpm" i.e. a flow of 1250 gpm is shown as "125
(1250 gpm)" a flow of 5000gpm is shown as "500 (5000 gpm).
M. The risk of steam emission to the surrounding area rises if a rupture disk breaks
during initial startup of turbine. Therefore, the number of personnel in HPCI
Room should be minimized until stable operation is achieved.
N. The identification number and calibration date for new test equipment, along
with step numbers for which it was used, shall be noted in the remarks
Section of Surveillance Procedure Review Form if during performance of this
surveillance it becomes necessary to change test equipment.
O. The HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE 3-FCV-73-30 will NOT open automatically
when low system flow is sensed unless a HPCI initiation signal is present.
P. HPCI pump and bearing temperatures should be monitored periodically using
HPCI/RCIC/RFWTEMPERATURES 3-TR-73-54 on Panel 3-9-47 or ICS to
ensure that temperatures are stable or NOT rising rapidly. Turbine shutdown
should be initiated if any oil temperature reading exceeds 155°F or any other
unsatisfactory oil condition is observed by personnel located in the HPCI Room.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 14 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
Q. [NRC/C] The HPCI System will be placed in configurations that make it susceptible
to overspeed tripping and motive steam loss should an initiation signal occur
when one of the following conditions is present:
1. When HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is cycled open, the
GCS ramp generator will time out in approximately 12-13 seconds. If HPCI
System receives an automatic initiation signal after the ramp generator
times out and is reset by closure of turbine stop valve, a turbine overspeed
or a high steam line flow isolation may occur.
2. Manipulations of mechanical overspeed trip assembly (e.g., verifying
freedom of movement) may result in closure of turbine stop valve at a time
when it is required to be open for turbine operation.
3. Placing HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 in manual mode or
changing its flow setpoint may NOT permit HPCI System to automatically
achieve design flow in the event of an automatic initiation.
4. Manual initiation of a turbine trip using 3-HS-73-18A will prevent turbine
stop valve from opening while trip push-button is depressed.
Since the above conditions may lead to a HPCI overspeed trip or loss of steam
supply if a HPCI initiation should occur during surveillance testing, the HPCI
System will be administratively removed from operable service to ensure that
RPV injection capability is maintained at all times when surveillance testing
could result in an overspeed condition of the HPCI turbine. [NCO 89-0216-002]
R. HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 operation should be observed for
visual and/or audible signs of a fast opening/closing transient during turbine
startup. Site Engineering and/or Mechanical Maintenance must be notified if
this type of transient occurs in order to evaluate the need for balance chamber
adjustments.
S. [II/F] Prior to initiating HPCI System and adding heat energy to suppression
chamber, the Unit Supervisor will evaluate need of placing Residual Heat
Removal System in suppression pool cooling mode to avoid the possibility of
thermal stagnation during sustained heat additions. [11-8-91-129]
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 15 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
T. The BFN ASME OM Code Ten Year Program for monitoring pump flow and
total developed head requires the use of measuring instruments capable of
+/- 2°Jb accuracy at full scale (FS) and having a maximum range which does NOT
exceed three times the maximum, expected process value. This accuracy
requirement is implemented for HPCI flow measurements by directly measuring
output of HPCI flow transmitter using the Integrated Computer System (ICS).
Existing local HPCI pump set suction and discharge pressure gages satisfy
ASME OM Code accuracy and range requirements and do NOT require
substitution with more accurate instrumentation.
Turbine speed indication (SI-73-51) on Panel 9-3 exceeds the 20/0 FS accuracy
requirement based on a review of two, as-found calibration checks performed
over a three year period. However, HPCI tachometer drift problems have made
it necessary to utilize local, hand held M&TE instrumentation (e.g., stroboscope)
to ensure that accurate turbine speed settings are established for ASME OM
Code purposes.
U. The ASME OM Code data recorded by this surveillance should be reviewed
and recorded in accordance with 3-SI-3.1.5 within 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> of completion of this
surveillance.
v. ASME OM Code data collection requires that HPCI pump set be operated at a
predetermined flow rate and speed when discharge pressure readings are
taken. While the flow rate may be adjusted anywhere within the allowable
range specified (e.g., 4950 to 5050 gpm), UO must attempt to maintain the flow
rate as close as possible to midrange. This ensures that discharge pressure
readings do NOT vary significantly due to operating point changes from
performance to performance of this surveillance unless an actual deficiency
exists. UO must also ensure that turbine speed is adjusted as close as possible
to ASME OM Code test value of 3,800 rpm within the range 3790 to 3810 rpm.
Averaging techniques are acceptable.
W. Any control room ICS console may be utilized for collecting ICS data specified
by this surveillance. If ICS console originally selected fails to operate properly
during surveillance performance, another ICS console(s) may be used for
completion of test activities provided failure is isolated to console in use. If an
alternate ICS console(s) is used, then change(s) shall be noted in post-test
remarks Section of Attachment 1.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 16 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
X. HPCI System ICS startup transient data may be displayed and printed as
follows:
1. PRESS CANC key on ICS console keyboard.
2. SELECT GROUP.
3. SELECT MODIFY NON SYSTEMS GROUP.
4. SELECT test group to be modified (e.g., Test 15).
5. ENTER the following HPCI data points using F6 key to select fields:
FIELD POINT ID
03 73-31
06 73-33
09 73-51
12 DIG027
6. DELETE remaining data points from group by selecting Field 15 and
repeatedly pressing ENTER key until remaining data points are removed.
7. PRESS F3 to save group redefinition.
8. PRESS F1 to display group.
9. SELECT OT'HER GROUP FNCTS.
10. SELECT GROUP GRAPH 4 PTS ON 1 PLOT (Selection #4).
11. PRESS F2 to continue.
12. SETUP desired start data and time usinq F3 key.
13. SETUP time axis resolution of 1 minute per graticule.
14. PRESS Print Screen key to print plot of transient startup data.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 17 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
Y. Pressure switch 3-PS-73-47A controls AOP operation and resets at
approximately 35 psig lowering oil pressure.
AOP Operation causes 3-CKV-73-708 to close and the main, gear-driven oil
pump discharge pressure rises to its dead head value. This action causes
3-PS-73-47A to initiate at approximately 92 psig rising oil pressure which in turn
stops the AOP. The AOP will continue cycling on and off in this manner until the
main, gear-driven oil pump slows sufficiently to prevent initiation of
3-PS-73-47A.
Z. 3-FCV-73-6A and 3-FCV-73-6B close during HPCI turbine operation disabling
the drain path for inlet condensing pot (3-MCP-73-5).
Isolation of the drain path will eventually result in filling the inlet condensing pot
and HPCI TURBINE INLET DRAIN POT LEVEL HIGH 3-LA-73-5 (3-XA-55-3F,
window 26) will alarm. This is an expected condition and will NOT result in
turbine damage because steam flow into the turbine will prevent any excessive
accumulation of condensate in the inlet piping.
AA. 3-FCV-73-18 should be monitored for one continuous smooth action from full
closed to full open position.
The monitoring may be performed by either local visual line of sight, video
camera or video recorder, to ensure that once the 3-FCV-73-16 valve is opened
and Auxiliary Oil pump starts, the valve does NOT behave erratically (i.e.,
suddenly opening then closing and finally ramping open). (BFNPER 99-04221)
BB. During Starting, shutdown and tripping of the HPCI Turbine a second operator
should be utilized to assist in monitoring alarms and parameters for abnormal
conditions.
CC. Local vibration readings of the HPCI turbine and pump bearings (using portable
M&TE) may be obtained during each performance of this SR.
DO. Caution tags are available as prerequisites and are placed in Attachment 3 to
ensure that plant personnel do NOT operate these components prior to
completion of time-to-rated-flow testing.
EE. The Critical Steps warning represents a step or series of steps for an activity
which requires additional focus, attention, and increased awareness. The
Operator performing these steps for the activity needs to ensure the Unit
Supervisor and other Control Room staff are aware of the evolution. PEER
checks are required for this activity and short briefs need to be made prior to
performing the evolution. Included in the briefs are worst case scenario and
contingencies.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 18 of 104
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
FF. Step 7.0[21] serves to verify that the mechanical overspeed trip tappet
assembly is functioning properly and NOT binding when the HPCI turbine is at
its nominal, design operating temperature, and the overspeed trip automatic
reset time is approximately 4-6 seconds based on available turbine rpm
coastdown data and GE SIL 392 R1 recommendations.
GG. The discharge flow verification can be affected by how much air has been
introduced into the system and the fact that the discharge line is vented
for 1 minute through a closed drain prior to the discharge flow verification. The
most opportune time for this check is when the vent valve is opened when the
initial flow can be seen due to the turbulence initially created with the sightglass
empty.
Sight glass flow indication can be verified by any of the following: (Flashlight
should be used to assist in determination.)
1. Initial turbulence or bubbles seen through the sightglass when the
3-HS-73-63 push-button is depressed, followed by the sight glass filling
and the bubbles dissipating.
2. This occurs very fast therefore the operator must be monitoring prior to
depressing 3-HS-73-63.
3. Flowing water seen in sightglass
4. Lowering temperature gradient over the Ten minute period as seen by the
performance of Attachment 2 Step 1.0[23], if 3-FCV-73-45 is determined to
be seated.
5. Rising temperature over the Ten minute period as seen by the
performance of Attachment 2 Step 1.0[23], if 3-FCV-73-45 is determined to
have leakage.
HH. When timing the 3-FCV-73-18 valve, the 3.0 second requirement is such a tight
tolerance that using a stopwatch does NOT leave room for any errors. The use
of a Yokogawa recorder may be used as desired by System Engineering.
The Yokogawa Recorder can be connected in Panel 3-9-3 or Panel 3-9-39.
Only one location is required for testing, but may be connected to both for
additional data as required. System Engineering should determine the location
to be used. The Preferred location is Panel 3-9-3 for consistency and
communication. System Engineering will determine the location to be used.
II. When using the Yokogawa Recorder for measuring 3-FCV-73-18,
communications and countdown methods are to be established to ensure
recorders are on prior to operating the valve.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 19 of 104
Date
NOTES
1) Section 4.0 through Step 7.0[7], sets up the HPCI Surveillance for the Dynamic Run.
These steps may be performed up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> prior to the actual HPCI turbine
operation. Care should be given to all LCO entries. The latest revision of this
surveillance should be re-verified.
2) If this test continues for more than one shift, a Pre-job brief will be required for all new
personnel involved.
4.0 PREREQUISITES
[1] VERI,FY this copy of 3-SR-3.5.1. 7 is the most current revision.
[2] VERIFY the HPCI System is in a standby readiness
configuration in accordance with 3-01-73, High Pressure
Coolant Injection System.
[3] VERIFY the Reactor steam dome pressure is ~ 950 psig and
~ 1040 psig.
[4] VERIFY at least 2 turbine bypass valves full open (N/A if Main
Turbine is on-line).
[5] IF ICS will be utilized to collect HPCI flow rate data, THEN
CHECK that no gross instrument channel failure is present by
noting 'that HPCI flow rate on the ICS-displayed (single value
display (SVD 73-33) or the HPCI System mimic.), is within
100 gpm of flow rate indicated on HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33.
[6] VERIFY the following Operations personnel as a minimum are
available to perform this procedure. (This does NOT include
IV's or multiple shift performance or Peer Checking
requirements.)
UO: 2
AUO: 4
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure .Page 20 of 104
Date
4.0 PREREQUISITES (continued)
[7] NOTIFY each organization listed below.
REQUEST the number of Qualified personnel from each
organization to be available to support and perform their
associated activity: (If possible give a possible time reference
when personnel will be required.)
A. RADCON (1) will be available to
- Determine RWP requirements
- Will be available to monitor for airborne
contamination and radiation levels in the HPCI Room
during the startup and operation 'of the HPCI Turbine.
B. Electrical Maintenance (3 EM's) will be available to
- Turbine/main pump speed readings using hand held
instrumentation locally in the HPCI Room during the
Startup and Operation of the HPCI Turbine.
- Install jumper for Min Flow Valve.
- Installation of Yokogawa Recorder for 3-FCV-73-18 if
used.
C. Mechanical Maintenance (2 MM's) will be available to:
prior to securing the Aux Oil Pump
- Adjust 3-PCV-073-0501
- Perform MPI-O-073-TRB001 if required.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 21 of 104
Date
4.0 PREREQUISITES (continued)
[8] CONTACT System Engineer or Duty Maintenance Manager to
determine if the following are to be performed:
[8.1] RECORD below if local vibration readings of HPCI pump
bearings using portable M&TE (Step 7.0[15.10]) are
required:
YES / NO (Circle one)
[8.2] RECORD below if verification of Time To Achieve Rated
Flow And Pressure is required: (Normally performed
once every two years after the refueling outage.)
YES / NO (Circle one)
[9] IF local vibration readings of HPCI pump bearings using
portable M&TE are NOT required, THEN
N/A Step 7.0[15.10]; (Otherwise N/A this step).
[10] IF verification of time to achieve rated flow is required, THEN
VERIFY that a Caution Order and associated tags have been
prepared to control operation of HPCI AUXILIARY OIL
PUMP 3-PMP-73-47 and HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV
3-FCV-73-35. (Otherwise N/A)
[11] CHECK that a control room ICS console display is available to
monitor HPCI discharge pressure, flow, and manual initiation
status as a function of time; (REFER TO Step 3.0W and 3.0X).
(N/A if ICS is NOT available)
[12] PLACE "TESTING/MAINTENANCE" alarm window frame(s)
around the alarm windows listed in Attachment 9.
[13] CONTACT System Engineering to determine the following:
[13.1] CHECK the Timing Method to be used for 3-FCV-73-18.
STOPWATCH 0 YOKOGAWA RECORDER 0
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 22 of 104
Date
4.0 PREREQUISITES (continued)
[14] CHECK the Location(s) were the Yokogawa Recorder are to
be installed. (N/A if Yokogawa Recorders are NOT used.)
Panel 3-9-3 D Panel 3-9-39 D
[15] IF Yokogawa Recorders are to be used, THEN
NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance to install the Recorders per
Section 1.0 of Attachment 8 in the location(s) determined by
System Engineering. (Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 23 of 104
5.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED
5.1 Recommended Tools
- (1) Banana jack jumper
pump oil levels
- Tape
- Screwdriver for lifting leads.
- Crescent wrench for adjusting lube oil pressures.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 24 of 104
Date
5.2 Recommended Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE)
NOTE
The equipment data listed below may NOT be available at the time this procedure starts.
The data listed below may be collected at a later time but prior to using the equipment to
ensure calibrations requirements are met.
[1] ENTER information where required. Vibration M&TE accuracy
and frequency response range are controlled by the BFN
Vibration Program and have been verified to meet the listed
requirements. VERIFY required range and accuracy for
remaining M&TE by reviewing calibration sheets.
Recommended Frequency
Parameter Instrument (or Required Required Response Calibration
Measured equivalent instrument) Range Accuracy Range Due Date M&TE 10
MC Instruments Digital
Probe Tachometer
(Model 112) +/- 2% of
5428.6 rpm
Speed calibrated N/A
OR minimum
range
(Model No. 444)
CSI Model 2100 series +/-5% of
21.11-1000 Hz
Vibration vibration meter or N/A calibrated
minimum
equal range
(Local) digital or
N/A +/- 1 second N/A N/A
analog stopwatch
(MCR) digital or analog
N/A +/- 1 second N/A N/A
stopwatch
Time Yokogawa Recorder
(Panel 3-9-3 if used
for 3-FCV-73-18)
Yokogawa Recorder
(Panel 3-9-39 if used
for 3-FCV-73-18)
Omega Model HH22
digital thermometer 50°F to
Temperature 300°F +/- 1 of N/A
(surface and area air
minimum
temps are required)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 25 of 104
6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. Responses which fail to meet the acceptance criteria stated below shall
constitute unsatisfactory surveillance procedure results and require immediate
notification of Unit Supervisor (US) at time of failure.
The following acceptance criteria shall be demonstrated as required by this
surveillance:
1. HPCI System is vented from high POINT VENT by observing continuous
water flow from vent when venting is performed at US discretion in lieu of
3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI).
2. HPCI pump set delivers 5,000 gpm flow at a minimum discharge pressure
110 psi above reactor pressure.
3. [NRC/C] The HPCI System achieves 5,000 gpm flow at a minimum discharge
pressure 110 psi above reactor pressure within 30 seconds from a cold,
non-oil-primed, turbine quick start. (Only required following a refueling
outage or anytime maintenance affects Governor Control System
operation.) [LER 296/85003]
4. The differential pressure developed by the HPCI pump set shall be
~ 1034 psid and ~ 1201 psid when HPCI pump set is operating at
4950-5050 gpm flow and 3790-3810 rpm main pump speed.
5. HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE FCV-73-30 shall open when HPCI flow
rate lowers.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 26 of 104
6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
6. The following valves shall comply with ASME OM Code Inservice Test
(1ST) acceptance criteria stipulated below:
Valve Acceptance Criteria
3-FCV-73-18 Valve shall close within 3.0 seconds or less when a
close signal is present.
3-ISV-73-23 Valve shall open sufficiently to perform its intended
function by noting that turbine exhaust pressure does
NOT exceed 40 psig when turbine is operating at or
near rated conditions.
3-CKV-73-559 Valve shall open sufficiently to perform its intended
function by noting at least a 70 psi drop in the HPCI
pump set discharge pressure when HPCI PUMP MIN
FLOW VALVE 3-FCV-73-30 is opened while HPCI
pump set is operating at or near rated conditions.
3-CKV-73-603 Valve shall open sufficiently to perform its intended
function by noting that turbine exhaust pressure does
NOT exceed 40 psig when turbine is operating at or
near rated conditions.
B. Steps which determine the above criteria are designated by (AC) next to initial
blank.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 27 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS
[1] CHECK that the following initial conditions are satisfied:
A. Precautions and limitations in Section 3.0 have been
reviewed.
B. Prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 are met.
C. The following annunciators are RESET:
3-LA-73-5 (3-XA-55-3F, window 26)
- HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED 3-ZA-73-18 (3-XA-55-3F,
window 11)
(3-XA-55-3F, window 5)
3-LA-73-8A (3-XA-55-3F, window 33)
D. The following indicating lights are EXTINGUISHED:
- HPCI AUTO INIT 3-IL-73-59
- HPCI AUTO ISOL LOGIC A 3-IL-73-58A
- HPCI AUTO ISOL LOGIC B 3-IL-73-58B
- HPCI TURBINE TRIP RX LVL HIGH 3-IL-73-18B
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 28 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
This surveillance will make HPCI INOP.
[2] PERFORM the following:
[2.1] The US and Unit Operator (UO) have been provided with
copies of this SR.
[2.2] UO has reviewed surveillance test scope including wire
lifts and jumper placements.
[2.3] OBTAIN permission from US to perform this
surveillance.
US
[2.4] [NRC/C] NOTIFY UO that this surveillance is commencing.
[RPT 82-16, LER 259/8232]
[3] RECORD date and time started, reason for test, and plant
conditions on Attachment 1, Surveillance Procedure Review
Form.
[4] VERIFY that suitable means of communication (e.g., hand
held radios, plant telephone system) will be available between
Main Control Room, HPCI Room, and HPCI vent station.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 29 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Step 7.0[7.5] may be performed in parallel with remaining surveillance steps up to
Step 7.0[11] at the discretion and direction of US.
[5] VENT the HPCI discharge piping.
VERIFY the HPCI discharge piping has been vented within the
last 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> by one of the following:
[5.1] VERIFY 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI) has been performed within
the last 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. (N/A if 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI) has NOT
been performed.)
[5.2] VENT the HPCI discharge piping by performing
Attachment 2. (N/A if 3-SR-3.5.1.1 (HPCI) has been
performed.)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 30 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Three AUOs will be required in HPCI Room for performance of lube oil checks and
one Mechanical Maintenance available to adjust 3-PCV-073-501.
2) A crescent wrench may be required to position lube oil system stopcock valves.
[6] PERFORM the following lube oil system and control/stop valve
checks and adjustments:
[6.1] CHECK the following oil levels locally:
Attachment 6.
- Oil level in HPCI booster pump inboard and
outboard bearing oil sight glasses is per
Attachment 6.
[6.2] PERFORM the following:
- [NRC/C] REVIEW Step 3.0Q for additional background
information regarding HPCI System removal from'
operable service. [NCO 89-0216-002]
- IF Yokogawa Recorder(s) will be used to time
3-FCV-73-18, THEN
VERIFY installation of recorders in the location(s)
specified in Step 4.0[13] per Attachment 8.
(Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 31 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[6.3] IF HPCI System is Operable, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[6.3.1] VERIFY HPCI System may be removed from
operable service.
US
[6.3.2] DECLARE HPCI System inoperable.
US
[6.3.3] ENTER appropriate LCO information into Narrative
log.
US
NOTES
1) The TEST push-button 3-HS-73-47B is located in the HPCI Room at a local control
station on the south wall near the AOP.
2) Initial timing of 3-FCV-73-18 must be performed during the FIRST start of the Aux Oil
Pump with the oil system cold and de-pressurized.
3) Coordination between the operator starting the aux oil pump and the operator timing
the 3-FCV-73-18 valve must be performed to ensure proper timing.
4) Step 7.0[6.4] and Step 7.0[6.5] should be reviewed prior to starting the HPCI Aux Oil
Pump. These steps may be signed off after completion of Step 7.0[6.5].
[6.4] SIMULTANEOUSLY PERFORM the following:
- DEPRESS and HOLD the HPCI AUX OIL
PUMP 3-HS-073-0047B TEST push-button until
Step 7.0[6.15].
AND
- START the local STOPWATCH.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 32 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[6.5] WHEN Initial movement of local stem is observed on
HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18, THEN
STOP the stop watch, and RECORD the time below:
seconds
NOTE
A time exceeding 13 seconds for turbine stop valve to begin opening may indicate a
problem with function of stop valve or lube oil system.
[6.6] VERIFY initial movement for turbine stop valve to begin
opening is less than 13 seconds.
IF recorded time is greater than 13 seconds, THEN
CONTACT Systems Engineering to determine if
diagnostic maintenance activities are required prior to
proceeding with testing.
[6.7] CHECK that HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 indicates OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights.
[6.8] CHECK that HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE
3-FCV-73-19 indicates OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-19
position indicating lights.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 33 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
[NER/C] Step 7.0[6.9] verifies the turbine stop valve closing function using a Yokogawa
Recorder. Starting the recorder should be prior to operating the valve. Therefore a
countdown method or other method should be established between the Recorder Operator
and the Operator at Panel 3-9-3. must be ready to measure closure time of 3-FCV-73-18
since this is a fast acting valve. These steps may be signed off after completion of
Step 7.0[6.9.4]. [INPO SOER 89-001]
[6.9] IF a Yokogawa Recorder is to be used to measure
3-FCV-73-18, THEN
MEASURE closure time of HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 by performing following:
(Otherwise N/A)
[6.9.1] NOTIFY the Recorder Operator to start the
Yokogawa Recorder on the desired point of the
countdown.
[6.9.2] DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI TURBINE TRIP
3-HS-73-18A until Step 7.0[6.9.4].
[6.9.3] [NRC/C] WHEN HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 is CLOSED as indicated by 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights, THEN
STOP the Recorder and RECORD closure time
below: [Appendix R]
3-FCV-73-18 CLOSURE TIME (SEC)
NORMAL MEASURED MAXIMUM
0.8 - 2.2 3.0
A. VERIFY the stroke time recorded is less than
or equal to the maximum value listed. _ _(AC)
[6.9.4] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE TRIP, 3-HS-73-18A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 34 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[6.9.5] CHECK HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 indicates OPEN after a short time
delay by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating
lights.
[6.9.6] IF the stroke time measured in step 7.0[6.9.3] is
less than or equal to the maximum listed but outside
the normal range, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
A. RECORD on Attachment 10 the initial
measured stroke time from step 7.0[6.9.3]
above.
B. RESTROKE and TIME 3-FCV-073-0018 and
RECORD the restroke time on Attachment 10.
C. VERIFY the restroke time recorded on
Attachment 10 is less than or equal to the
maximum value listed. _ _(AC)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 35 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
[NER/C] Step 7.0[6.10] verifies the turbine stop valve closing function using a stopwatch. The
stopwatch must be ready to measure closure time of 3-FCV-73-18 since this is a fast acting
valve. These steps may be signed off after completion of Step 7.0[6.10.3]. [INPO SOER 89-001]
[6.10] IF a stopwatch is to be used to measure 3-FCV-73-18,
THEN
MEASURE closure time of HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 by performing the following:
(Otherwise N/A)
[6.10.1] MEASURE closure time of HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 by performing the following
substeps simultaneously:
- DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI TURBINE TRIP
3-HS-73-18A until Step 7.0[6.10.3].
AND
- START stopwatch at same time trip
push-button is depressed.
[6.10.2] [NRC/C] WHEN HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 is CLOSED as indicated by 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights, THEN
STOP stopwatch and RECORD closure time below:
[Appendix R]
3-FCV-73-18 CLOSURE TIME (SEC)
NORMAL MEASURED MAXIMUM
0.8 - 2.2 3.0
A. VERIFY the stroke time recorded is less than
or equal to the maximum value listed. _ _(AC)
[6.10.3] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE TRIP 3-HS-73-18A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 36 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[6.10.4] CHECK HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 indicates OPEN after a short time
delay by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating
lights.
[6.10.5] IF the stroke time measured in step 7.0[6.10.2] is
less than or equal to the maximum listed but outside
the normal range, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
A. RECORD on Attachment 10 the initial
measured stroke time from step 7.0[6.10.2]
above.
B. RESTROKE and TIME 3-FCV-073-0018 and
RECORD the restroke time on Attachment 10.
C. VERIFY the restroke time recorded on
Attachment 10 is less than or equal to the
maximum value listed. _ _(AC)
NOTE
The removal of the Yokogawa Recorders may be performed in conjunction with the
remainder of the procedure.
[6.11] IF a Yokogawa Recorder was used to measure
3-FCV-73-18, THEN
NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance to REMOVE the
Yokogawa Recorders per Section 2.0 of Attachment 8:
(Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 37 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
The next section verifies free movement of turbine overspeed trip tappet trip valve
assembly prior to turbine operation. The trip knob reset action occurs automatically after a
variable time delay with no operator action required.
[6.12] VERIFY free movement of turbine overspeed trip tappet
trip valve assembly as follows:
[6.12.1] LIFT and HOLD HPCI TURBINE MECH TRIP VLV
3-XCV-073-0018 trip knob until Step 7.0[6.12.3].
[6.12.2] CHECK HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 closes by observing 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights.
[6.12.3] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE MECH TRIP VLV
3-XCV-073-0018 trip knob.
[6.12.4] CHECK HPCI TURBINE MECH TRIP VLV
3-XCV-073-0018 is reset by observing 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights and noting that HPCI
TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 reopens.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 38 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
The Target values and ranges in the table below are for information only. If the target is
NOT met, then surveillance testing may proceed with concurrence from Systems
Engineering and Unit Supervisor. 3-PCV-073~0501 may be adjusted by Mechanical
Maintenance to ensure target values are met. Adjustments should be documented in the
Post-Test remarks.
[6.13] CHECK that HPCliube oil pressures listed below are
within the desired range:
Parameter/Indicator Indicated Target
Value
& EGR PRESS INDR psig ~ 15 psig
3-PI-073-0506
JOURNAL BRG SUPPLY psig ~ 10 psig
3-PI-073-0508
SUPPLY PRESS INDR psig ~ 10 psig
3-PI-073-0510
SPEED REDUCER SPLY psig ~ 20 psig
3-PI-073-0509
OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE
psig 36-40 psig
3-PI-073-0501A
HPCI OIL FILTER INLET
PRESS IND. psig 85-90 psig
3-PI-073-0053A
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 39 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
The trip knob reset action occurs automatically after a variable time delay with no operator
action required.
[6.14] TEST the HPCI Turbine Mechanical Trip Valve as
follows:
[6.14.1] VERIFY HPCI GOVERNOR CONTROL VALVE
CLOSURE BOOSTER VALVE 3-SHV-73-0707
one-half (1/2) turn open.
1st
2nd
[6.14.2] LIFT and HOLD HPCI TURBINE MECH TRIP VLV
3-XCV-073-0018 trip knob until Step 7.0[6.14.4].
[6.14.3] ADJUST the HPCI TURB OIL INLET THR VLV
FOR 3-PCV-073-0018C, 3-THV-73-714 as required
to obtain:
18-20 psig as indicated on HPCI MECH TRIP VLV
INLET PRESS 3-PI-073-0018B.
[6.14.4] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE MECH TRIP VLV
3-XCV-073-0018 trip knob.
[6.14.5] CHECK that HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 is OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-18
position indicating lights.
[6.14.6] CHECK that HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE
3-FCV-73-19 is OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-19
position indicating lights.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 40 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
After releasing the AUX OIL PUMP 3-HS-073-0047B TEST push-button in Step 7.0[6.15],
ALLOW at least one minute for oil to drain back to oil tank before performing
Step 7.0[6.18].
[6.15] RELEASE the HPCI AUX OIL PUMP 3-HS-073-0047B
TEST push-button.
[6.16] CHECK HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18
closes by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating lights.
[6.17] CHECK HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE
3-FCV-73-19 closes by observing 3-ZI-73-19 position
indicating lights.
NOTE
During the performance of Step 7.0[6.18], close coordination will be required. REVIEW
Step 7.0[6.18] though Step 7.0[6.21] for clear understanding of the operation of
3-FCV-73-18 and 3-FCV-73-19 upon Aux Oil Pump start.
[6.18] AFTER at least one minute from performing
Step 7.0[6.15], DEPRESS and HOLD the HPCI AUX OIL
PUMP 3-HS-073-0047B TEST push-button until
Step 7.0[6.21].
[6.19] VISUALLY CHECK that turbine control valve
3-FCV-73-19 approaches or reaches the full open
position while the turbine stop valve 3-FCV-73-18 is
closed.
[6.20] VISUALLY CHECK that when the turbine stop valve
3-FCV-73-18 begins to open, the turbine control valve
3-FCV-73-19 is initially driven in the closed direction,
then reverses and proceeds to the full open position
again.
[6.21] RELEASE the HPCI AUX OIL PUMP 3-HS-073-0047B
TEST push-button.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 41 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Suppression pool temperature shall be monitored every 5 minutes in accordance with
3-SR-3.6.2.1.1, Suppression Chamber Water Temperature Check, when heat is being
added to suppression pool.
2) Step 7.0[7] thru Step 7.0[12] is performed in preparation of the HPCI Turbine start.
A pre-job brief should be considered at this time.
[7] CALCULATE the Minimum HPCI Main Pump Discharge
Pressure as follows:
[7.1] RECORD pretest suction pressure and thrust bearing
temperature below:
Indicated Acceptable
Parameter/Indicator Value Range
HPCI PUMP SUCT PRESS
psig 2 10 psig
3-PI-073-0028B (3-25-50)
TEMP 3-TE-73-54F (ICS) of N/A
OR 3-TE-73-54F (3-9-47)
[7.2] RECORD reactor pressure indicated by REACTOR
WIDE RANGE PRESS A 3-PI-3-54 on Panel 3-9-5
below and in Step 7.0[7.3]:
Indicated Value Acceptance Criteria
2,950 psig
psig ~ 1040 psig
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 42 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
The basis for determining the minimum, HPCI main pump discharge pressure is derived
from startup testing performed by STI-15. Specifically, discharge pressure was measured
at 100 psig above reactor pressure for successful injection at rated flow. A 10 psig margin
has been added to this measured value based on engineering judgment to arrive at
110 psig value utilized by this SR.
[7.3] CALCULATE minimum HPCI main pump discharge
pressure required as indicated below:
Reactor Pressure = ---------
psig
(Step 7.0[7.2])
+ 110
(See Note)
Min Disch Press = -------------
psig
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 43 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[7.4] RECORD minimum HPCI main pump discharge
pressure calculated in Step 7.0[7.3] in the following
steps:
Step 7.0[13.1]
Step 7.0[14.2]
Step 7.0[17.1]
Attachment 3 (if required)
Step 1.0[17]
Step 1.0[19.2]
[7.5] VERIFY calculation performed in Step 7.0[7.3] is correct
AND pressure value obtained has been correctly
recorded in steps specified by Step 7.0[7.4].
IV
NOTE
Starting the HPCI turbine with HWC in service and flow is NOT at a reduced rate may result
in a higher than Normal Radiation Levels.
[8] VERIFY HWC Flow is at the Desired Setpoint or removed from
service as required by Radcon.
[9] PERFORM the following
- VERIFY the M&TE equipment is available and ready to
support HPCI operation.
- VERIFY 3-SR-3.6.2.1.1, Suppression Chamber Water
Temperature Check has been commenced.
- VERIFY RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling per 3-01-74
as determined by the Unit Supervisor.
[10] START Standby Gas Treatment System (SGTS) in
accordance with 0-01-65, Standby Gas Treatment System.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 44 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[11] ALIGN HPCI System for a manual start by performing the
following steps:
[11.1] CHECK HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
is in AUTO and SET to control at 500 (5,000 gpm).
IF required, THEN
DEPRESS AUTO operation mode transfer switch and
ADJUST setpoint using Setpoint up/down keys.
[11.2] PLACE HPCI STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER by
placing 3-HS-73-10A to START.
[11.3] VERIFY 3-FCV-73-36, using HPCI/RCIC CST TEST
VLV 3-HS-73-36A, is OPEN.
[11.4] OPEN 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST TEST
VLV, 3-HS-73-35A.
WARNING
[NER] Failure of both HPCI steam exhaust piping rupture discs during turbine startup and
operation will result in a process steam release into HPCI Room. This release raises the
risk of personnel injury until steam line isolation occurs. Therefore, personnel in HPCI
Room should minimize stay time in close proximity to rupture disc cage assembly. [IE 93-67]
11**Startcd** CriticaIStep($)
[12] START the HPCI turbine by performing the following:
[12.1] [NER] VERIFY communication is established with
Operations personnel in HPCI Room. [IE 93-67]
[12.2] [NER] REQUEST Operations personnel in HPCI Room, to
ensure that all unnecessary personnel have exited HPCI
Room. [IE 93-67]
[12.3] [NER] ANNOUNCE HPCI turbine startup over plant public
address system. [IE 93-67]
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 45 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[12.4] PLACE HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 3-HS-73-47A to
START.
[12.5] OPEN 3-FCV-73-30, using HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW
VALVE, 3-HS-73-30A.
NOTES
1) Personnel Monitoring the 3-FCV-73-18 valve for smooth operation must pay close
attention to valve travel from the time 3-FCV-73-16 is opened until 3-FCV-73-18 is full
open and stable.
2) Smooth operation for 3-FCV-73-18 is a continuous operation from full close to full
open without erratic movement. Sound can be used to assist in determining operation
of valve. (i.e., The Valve slams open suddenly and then closed and then ramps open
is NOT smooth operation.)
[12.6] ENSURE personnel are ready to monitor 3-FCV-73-18
for smooth operation.
NOTIFY the personnel monitoring that the next step will
open 3-FCV-73-18.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 46 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) During the startup of the HPCI Turbine a second operator should be utilized to monitor
for abnormal conditions and alarms.
2) The HPCI Turbine parameters should be monitored during HPCI startup. This will
ensure proper response of the control systems. If HPCI pumps suction pressure
causes an auto swap of the HPCI suction valves from CST to the torus, then the HPCI
Turbine should be tripped.
3) REVIEW Step 7.0[12.8] to ensure actions occur when 3-FCV-73-16 opens.
CAUTIONS
1) If HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV 3-FCV-73-16 fails to fully open, then the
governor control system ramp generator will time out and HPCI turbine speed,
discharge pressure, or flow will be lower than expected.
DO NOT RE-ATTEMPT to open HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV 3-FCV-73-16
unless HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is closed using HPCI TURBINE
TRIP 3-HS-73-18A. Failure to observe this caution will result in a turbine overspeed
trip if 3-FCV-73-16 is opened with the ramp generator timed out.
2) During the startup of the HPCI Turbine, the flow indication will remain high during the
transient until the Governor Control System stabilizes the HPCI Flow to the desired
setpoint.
- The response time of the Governor Control System is slow. Therefore flow
should NOT be adjusted until the system has stabilized. During this time the
operator should monitor the speed indication for proper operation of the Governor
Control.
- The Ramp Generator will cause the Turbine Speed to rise at a steady rate until
the Signal Converter circuit takes control and lowers the speed to stabilize the
flow at the desired setpoint.
3) Starting the HPCI turbine with HWC in service and without the flow being at a reduced
rate may result in higher than Normal Radiation Levels.
[12.7] OPEN 3-FCV-73-16, using HPCI TURBINE STEAM
SUPPLY VLV, 3-HS-73-1.6A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 47 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[12.8] OBSERVE that the following actions occurs:
- HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP starts.
- [NRC/C] HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18
opens by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating
lights. [Appendix R]
- HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE 3-FCV-73-19
partially or fully opens by observing 3-ZI-73-19
position indicating lights.
- [NRC/C] HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE
3-FCV-73-30 closes when HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 indicates
approximately ~ 125 (~ 1250 gpm) flow. [Appendix R]
- HPCI turbine speed rises to greater than 2400 rpm
as indicated on HPCI TURBINE SPEED 3-SI-73-51.
3-FCV-73-6A and 3-FCV-73-6B close by observing
3-ZI-73-6A and 3-ZI-73-6B position indicating lights.
- HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP stops as turbine
speed rises.
[12.9] VERIFY Smooth operation of 3-FCV-73-18 and mark
results below.
Yes 0 No 0
- IF the Answer above is "NO", THEN
NOTIFY System Engineer to initiate a WO and
proceed with test. (Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 48 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[12.10] VERIFY RESET the following annunciators:
(3-XA-55-3F, window 5)
- HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED 3-ZA-73-18 (
3-XA-55-3F, window 11)
- HPCI TURBINE GLAND SEAL DRAIN PRESSURE
HIGH 3-PA-73-46 (3-XA-55-3F, window 14)
3-PA-73-47 (3-XA-55-3F, window 19)
[12.11] VERIFY system flow, discharge pressure, and turbine
speed are stable prior to performing the next step.
II End of Critical Step($)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 49 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) PAUSE periodically as HPCI discharge pressure approaches the desired test pressure
to allow HPCI system flow, discharge pressure, and turbine speed to stabilize.
BFPER 00-003572-000
2) Due to discharge pressure indicator failures, speed should be monitored NOT to
exceed 4200 rpm to minimize exceeding design discharge pressure.
[13] WHILE maintaining HPCI Turbine Speed less than 4200 rpm,
ADJUST HPCI Pump Discharge Pressure as follows:
[13.1] [NRC/C] SLOWLY THROTTLE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI
PUMP CST TEST VLV, 3-HS-73-35A, as necessary,
until the followinq are achieved:
- HPCI PUMP DISCH PRESS as indicated on
3-PI-73-31A is
psig
(Step 7.0[7.3])
- Discharge flow steadies at or above 500
(5,000 gpm) as indicated by HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33. [Appendix R]
[13.2] [NRC/C] CHECK HPCI Room for evidence of steam, oil,
and gland seal condenser leaks.
[13.3] REQUEST RADCON to monitor radiation and
contamination levels to ensure either has NOT risen
significantly. [RPT-82-13]
[13.4] VERIFY system flow, discharge pressure, and turbine
speed are stable prior to performing the next step.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 50 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Steps 7.0[14.1],7.0[14.2] and 7.0[14.3] may be performed concurrently.
CAUTION
HPCI main/booster pump bearing temperatures shall NOT be allowed to exceed 155°F.
[14] MONITOR and OBTAIN the following data:
[14.1] MONITOR the following HPCI turbine and pump set
temperatures using HPCI/RCIC/RFW TEMPERATURES
3-TR-73-54 on Panel 3-9-47 or ICS to verify
temperatures are NOT rising rapidly.
CHECK that no temperature exceeds 155°F:
PARAMETER INST CHANNEL
HPCI OIL COOLER DISCH 3-TE-73-54A
HPCI TURB HP BRG OIL 3-TE-73-54D (Gov End)
HPCI TURB LP BRG OIL 3-TE-73-54E (Cplg End)
HPCI TURB THRUST BRG 3-TE-73-54F
HPCI PUMP INBOARD BRG 3-TE-73-54G
HPCI PUMP OUTBOARD BRG 3-TE-73-54H
~ HPCI SPEED INCREASER 3-TE-73-54J
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 51 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[14.2] RECORD following data:
Indicated Acceptable
Parameter/I nd icator Value Range
HPCI SYSTEM FLOW
gpm ~ 5,000 gpm
3-FIC-73-33 or ICS
HPCI PUMP DISCH PRESS ~
psig
3-PI-73-31A (Step 7.0[7.3])
HPCI TURBINE SPEED
rpm ~ 2,400 rpm
3-SI-73-51
3-PI-73-21A
psig < 40 psig
REACTOR WIDE RANGE ~ 950 psig
psig
PRESS A 3-PI-3-54 ~ 1040 psig
_ _(AC)
[14.3] RECORD following data:
Indicated Acceptable
Parameter/Indicator Value Range
HPCI PUMP SUeT Press
psig ~ 10 psig
3-PI-73-28A
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 52 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[15] OBTAIN ASME OM Code data for HPCI main and booster
pump set as follows:
[15.1] PLACE HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
in MANUAL as follows:
DEPRESS the MANUAL operation mode transfer switch
on 3-FIC-73-33.
[15.2] ADJUST HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
MANUAL operation lever, until approximately 3800 rpm
on HPCI TURBINE SPEED 3-SI-73-51.
[15.3] ADJUST HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
MANUAL operation lever, to achieve 3790 to 3810 rpm
turbine speed, using hand held tachometer.
RECORD final turbine speed below:
[15.4] VERIFYHPCI test condition flow rate as follows:
[15.4.1] IF ICS is utilized to obtain HPCI flow rate data,
THEN
CHECK that no gross instrument channel failures
have occurred by noting that ICS-displayed HPCI
flow rate is within 100 gpm of flow rate indicated on
HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33.
(Otherwise N/A)
[15.4.2] THROTTLE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST
TEST VLV, 3-HS-73-35A to obtain either of the
following:
- An ICS display reading of 4950 to 5050 gpm.
- 495 to 505 (4950 to 5050 gpm) as indicated on
- HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 53 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[15.5] ALLOW HPCI pump set to operate until steady-state
conditions are achieved, THEN
VERIFY conditions of Steps 7.0[15.3] and 7.0[15.4] are
met.
NOTE
The indicator on 3-PI-73-31 B may oscillate due to pump generated pressure pulses.
Should this condition exist, an average between the predominate high and low readings
should be recorded as the indicated value.
[15.6] OBTAIN the HPCI pump data as follows:
[15.6.1] On Panel 3-LPNL-25-0050
PERFORM the following:
A. OBSERVE 3-PI-73-31 B, while performing the
following to verify unobstructed
instrumentation.
CLOSE and OPEN PANEL ISOL VLV TO
3-PI~73-31 B, 3-PISV-73-9013 several times.
B. IF required to stabilize 3-PI-73-31 B indicator,
THEN
THROTTLE PANEL ISOL VLV TO
3-PI-73-31 B, 3-PISV-73-9013, as required to
stabilize 3-PI-73-31 B. (Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 54 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) The HPCI pump set differential pressure is very sensitive to minor turbine speed and
pump set flow adjustments. Therefore, it is anticipated that the UO will be required to
make minor speed and flow rate adjustments in order to properly establish the ASME
OM Code operating point.
2) HPCI pump discharge pressure has no required range because it is a function of pump
speed and flow.
[15.6.2] COMPLETE following table entries stipulated
below:
Indicated Required
Parameter/Indicator Value Value
HPCI SYSTEM FLOW gpm 4,950-
3-FIC-73-33 or ICS 5,050 gpm
HPCI MAIN PUMP DISCH psig SEE
PRESS 3-PI-073-0031 B CAUTION
HPCI TURBINE SPEED rpm 3790-3810
HAND-HELD rpm
TACHOMETER
HPCI TURB EXH PRESS psig ~ 40 psig
3-PI-73-21A
REACTOR WIDE RANGE psig ~ 950 psig
PRESS A 3-PI-3-54
~ 1040 psig
HPCI PUMP SUCTION psig ~ 10 psig
PRESS 3-PI-073-0028B
_ _(AC)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 55 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Calculation independent verification (IV) consists of verifying arithmetic for accuracy and
arithmetic inputs have been properly transferred between the steps within the surveillance.
IV is NOT required to verify pressure data recorded at local instrument rack is correct.
[15.7] CALCULATE HPCI pump set differential pressure as
follows:
[15.7.1] Using applicable data recorded in Step 7.0[15.6.2],
CALCULATE HPCI pump set differential pressure:
Discharge Pressure (3-PI-73-31 B) psig
Suction Pressure (3-PI-73-28B) psig
Differential Pressure = psid
[15.7.2] VERIFY that the differential pressure calculated is
~ 1034 and ~ 1201 psid. _ _(AC)
[15.7.3] INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY HPCI pump set
differential pressure calculation is correct.
IV
[15.7.4] IF acceptance criteria is NOT met at
Step 7.0[15.7.2], THEN
NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor that the Unit 3 HPCI
pump is INOPERABLE due to low or high
differential pressure (N/A otherwise).
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 56 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) The HPCliube oil system oil filter inlet pressure minus outlet pressure shall NOT be
greater than 12 psi.
2) The target values and ranges in the table below are for information only. If the target
is NOT met, the out of range readings should be observed periodically to ensure that
the readings are NOT changing at a rate that could result in loss of oil pressure.
3) The data gathered in the following steps may be obtained concurrently with the
vibration data at Step 7.0[15.10].
[15.8] RECORD the following process data values obtained
locally at HPCI turbine:
Parameter/Indicator Indicated Target Value
Value
& EGR SUPPLY PRESS psig ~ 13 psig
INDR 3-PI-73-506
JOURNAL BRG SUPPLY psig ~ 8 psig
3-PI-73-508
SUPPLY PRESS INDR psig ~ 8 psig
3-PI-73-510
SPEED'REDUCER SPLY psig ~ 18 psig
3-PI-73-50'9
HPCI MAIN OIL PUMP
DISCH PRESS INDR psig 105-110 psig
3-PI-73-505
HPCI OIL FILTER INLET
psig SEE NOTE 1
PRESS INDR 3-PI-73-53A
HPCI OIL FILTER OUTLET
psig SEE NOTE 1
PRESS INDR 3-PI-73-53B
HPCI OIL SUPPLY PRESS
psig 36-40 psig
INDICATOR 3-PI-73-501A
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 57 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[15.9] At the HPCI turbine skid:, CHECK Local HPCI Oil
Temperature 3-TI-073-1152 indication does NOT exceed
155°F.
RECORD the HPCI Oil Temperature in the table below.
Parameter/lnst Channel Indicated Value
3-TI-073-1152
[15.10] OBTAIN HPCI turbine and pump set vibration levels and
RECORD data in table below: (N/A if NOT required)
VIBS Point Measured Value
CH in/sec
CV in/sec
CA in/sec
DH in/sec
DV in/sec
DA in/sec
EH in/sec
EV in/sec
FV in/sec
GH in/sec
GV in/sec
HH in/sec
HV in/sec
HA in/sec
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 58 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Steps 7.0[16.1] through 7.0[16.6] may be repeated to obtain accurate pressure drop
readings.
2) Two personnel that will be used to install jumpers on Panel 3-9-39 may be dispatched
at this time.
3) Opening 3-FCV-73-30 while HPCI pump set is operating at design flow will result in a
considerable rise in HPCI Room noise as flow in minimum flow line rises. This is an
expected condition which should be noted.
[16] PERFORM the following minimum flow function testing:
[16.1] RECORD below HPCI pump discharge pressure
measured in HPCI Room by 3-PI-73-31 B on Instrument
Rack 3-25-50:
HPCI Pump Disch Press psig
[16.2] NOTIFY Operations personnel in HPCI Room to monitor
HPCI pump discharge pressure measured by
3-PI-73-31 B on Instrument Rack 3-25-50 when HPCI
MIN FLOW VALVE 3-FCV-73-30 reaches open position.
[16.3] OPEN 3-FCV-73-30 as follows:
MOMENTARILY PLACE HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW
VALVE, 3-HS-73-30A in the OPEN position.
[16.4] RECORD below the lowest HPCI pump discharge
pressure measured in HPCI Room by 3-PI-73-31 B on
Instrument Rack 3-25-50.
HPCI Pump Disch Press psig
[16.5] CHECK HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE 3-FCV-73-30
has re-closed after stroking full open.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 59 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Calculation independent verification (IV) consists of verifying arithmetic for accuracy and
arithmetic inputs have been properly transferred between the steps within the surveillance.
IV is NOT required to verify pressure data recorded at local instrument rack is correct.
[16.6] PERFORM the following to calculate the change in HPCI
pump set discharge pressure
[16.6.1] CALCULATE change in HPCI pump set discharge
pressure as stipulated below:
Initial Discharge Pressure psig
(Step 7.0[16.1])
Lowest Discharge Pressure psig
(Step 7.0[16.4])
Discharge Pressure Change = psig
[16.6.2] INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY pressure drop
calculation performed in above is correct.
IV
NOTE
Verification that discharge pressure change meets the acceptance criteria stipulated in
following step provides positive confirmation that HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW CHECK VALVE
3-CKV-73-559 has opened sufficiently to perform its intended desiqn function.
[16.7] CHECK that discharge pressure change recorded in
Step 7.0[16.6] is ~ 70 psig. _ _(AC)
[16.8] ADJUST HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
MANUAL operation lever, until a turbine speed of
approximately 3000 rpm is indicated by HPCI TURBINE
SPEED 3-SI-73-51.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 60 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Installation of the following jumper simulates the presence of a HPCI initiation signal which
allows the minimum flow valve to open on low flow.
[16.9] PLACE jumper across 3-RLY-073-23A-K24
Contacts 11-12 in Panel 3-9-39.
REFER TO Attachment 7.
1st
2nd
CAUTION
Throttling HPCI flow in the following step will result in the minimum flow valve opening.
This will cause rapid filling of the torus. Therefore, UO should ensure that jumper is
removed and minimum flow valve closed as quickly as possible to minimize torus filling.
[16.10] THROTTLE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST
TEST VLV, 3-HS-73-35A until HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 indicates approximately
70 (700 gpm).
[16.11] [NRC/C] CHECK that HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE
3-FCV-73-30 is OPEN. [Appendix R] _ _(AC)
[16.12] REMOVE jumper placed across 3-RLY-073-23A-K24
Contacts 11-12 in Panel 3-9-39.
1st
2nd
[16.13] THROTTLE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST
TEST VLV, 3-HS-73-35A until HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33, indicates between 400
and 500 (4000 and 5000 gpm).
[16.14] VERIFY CLOSED 3-FCV-73~30 using HPCI PUMP MIN
FLOW VALVE, 3-HS-73-30A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 61 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[16.15] VERIFY HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
setpoint flow is within 50 gpm of indicated flow utilizing
setpoint up/down key adjustments.
[16.16] DEPRESS AUTO operation mode transfer switch on
HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33.
AND
ADJUST HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
setpoint using Setpoint up/down keys to 500
(5,000 gpm).
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 62 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Time To Achieve Rated Flow And Pressure will be performed by Attachment 3
following the HPCI Turbine Trip if required. The following steps will adjust the
3-FCV-73-35 to the required position and will have a Caution Order placed to control
the desired position.
2) Adjustments made in Step 7.0[17] should allow time for the system to stabilize prior to
making further adjustments. This may require several attempts to ensure both
conditions in Step 7.0[17] are met.
3) Due to discharge pressure indicator failures, speed should be monitored NOT to
exceed 4200 rpm to minimize exceeding design discharge pressure.
[17] IF Time To Achieve Rated Flow And Pressure is to be
performed (REFER TO Step 4.0[8]), THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[17.1] WHILE maintaining HPCI Turbine Speed less than
4200 rpm, THROTTLE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP
CST TEST VLV, 3-HS-73-35A, as necessary, until the
following conditions are met:
- HPCI PUMP DISCH PRESS 3-PI-73-31A reads
psig
(Step 7.0[7.3])
- HPCI discharge flow steadies at or above 500
(5,000 gpm) as indicated by HPCI SYSTEM
FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 63 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) [NRC/C] CONSULT Step 3.0Q for additional background information regarding HPCI
System removal from operable service. [NCO 89-0216-002]
2) The intent of Step 7.0[18] is to depress and hold the trip push-button for thirty seconds,
verify the alarms, close 3-FCV-73-16, observe the aux. oil pump starts, then release
the push-button.
3) During the HPCI Turbine trip a second operator should be utilized to monitor for
abnormal conditions and alarms.
4) HPCI PUMP DISCH FLOW LOW 3-FA-73-33 (3-XA-55-3F, window 5) needs to be
verified prior to 3-FCV-73-16 becoming full close.
[18] PERFORM the following steps to shutdown HPCI turbine:
[18.1] VERIFY HPCI System has been declared inoperable
and ENTER appropriate LCO information into Narrative
log as required.
US
[18.2] DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI TURBINE TRIP
3-HS-73-18A until Step 7.0[18.8] is performed.
[18.3] 'WAIT 30 seconds and OBSERVE following
annunciators are in ALARM:
- [NRC/C] HPCI TURBINE TRIP'PED 3-ZA-73-18
(3-XA-55-3F, window 11). [Appendix R]
(3-XA-55-3F, window 5).
[18.4] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-16, using HPCI TURBINE STEAM
SUPPLYVLV,3-HS-73-16A.
[18.5] OBSERVE HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP starts as
turbine slows.
[18.6] OBSERVE HPCI TURBINE SPEED 3-SI-73-51, reading
lowers to approximately zero.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 64 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[18.7] VERIFY HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV
3-FCV-73-16 is closed.
[18.8] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE TRIP, 3-HS-73-18A.
[18.9] RECORD below and on Attachment 3 (if required) the
time of HPCI Turbine shutdown:
Time
[18.10] On Panel 3-LPNL-25-0050, OPEN or VERIFY OPEN
PANEL ISOL VLV TO 3-PI-73-31 B, 3-PISV-73-9013.
[19] VERIFY RESET the following annunciators:
- HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED (3-XA-55-3F, window 11)
[20] VERIFY HPCI STM LINE CNDS INBD/OUTBD DR VLVS
3-FCV-73-6A and 3-FCV-73-6B are OPEN by observing
3-ZI-73-6A and 3-ZI-73-6B position indicating lights.
NOTES
1) Step 7.0[21] should be reviewed prior to performance to ensure proper operation of
system.
2) Two people are needed to perform the 3-FCV-73-18 time delay test.
[21] PERFORM the following at HPCI turbine:
[21.1] Using the 3-FCV-73-18 valve stem position, CHECK
HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is OPEN.
[21.2] LIFT and IMMEDIATELY RELEASE HPCI TURBINE
MECH TRIP VLV 3-XCV-73-18 trip knob.
[21.3] Using the 3-FCV-73-18 valve stem position, CHECK
HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 closes.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 65 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[21.4] START the stop watch when HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE, 3-FCV-73-18 is full closed.
[21.5] STOP the stop watch when the HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 begins to open
RECORD time delay.
Time seconds
[21.6] IF the 3-FCV-73-18 time delay in Step 7.0[21.5] is NOT
within 4-6 seconds, THEN
PERFORM Attachment 4, 3-FCV-73-18 TIME DELAY
ADJUSTMENT. (Otherwise N/A.)
[22] IF time to achieve rated flow and pressure is to be verified
(REFER TO Step 4.0[8]), THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A this section)
[22.1] PERFORM Attachment 3.
[22.2] WHEN Attachment 3 is completed, THEN
CONTINUE in this procedure.
[23] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-35 using HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV,
3-HS-73-35A.
[24] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-36, using HPCI/RCIC CST TEST VLV,
3-HS-73-36A.
[25] CHECK HPCI PUMP MIN F,LOWVALVE 3-FCV-73-30 is
CLOSED.
[26] CHECK HPCI PUMP INJECTION VLV 3-FCV-73-44 is
CLOSED.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 66 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[27] VERIFY HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 is in
AUTO position.
IF required, THEN
DEPRESS AUTO operation mode transfer switch.
[28] VERIFY HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33 is set
to control at 500 (5,000 gpm).
IF required, THEN
ADJUST setpoint using Setpoint up/down keys.
NOTES
1) Care must be exercised to ensure that HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN 3-DRV-073-0703 is
cleaned with a clean rag and solvent to remove any impurities/contaminants that could
make their way into oil sample.
2) Pipe dope/sealant shall NOT be utilized for reinstallation of HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN
3-DRV-073-0703 pipe plug. This material is NOT required and serves only to,
contaminate oil samples.
3) Site Engineering will review and evaluate oil sample analysis as required per CI-130 to
determine if a Work Order is required to correct an oil quality deficiency.
[29] OBTAIN an Oil Sample with the Aux Oil Pump still running to
ensure thorough mixing as follows.
[29.1] OBTAIN two, one liter sample bottles from Chemistry
Lab for obtaining HPCI lube oil sample.
MM
[29.2] REMOVE pipe plug from HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN
3-DRV-073-0703.
MM
[29.3] OPEN HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN 3-DRV-073-0703 and
REMOVE two, one liter HPCliube oil samples.
MM
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 67 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[29.4] LABEL the first bottle of lube oil as FLUSH and LABEL
the second bottle of lube oil as SAMPLE.
MM
NOTES
1) Care must be exercised to ensure that HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN 3-DRV-073-0703 is
cleaned with a clean rag and solvent to remove any impurities/contaminants that could
make their way into oil sample.
2) Pipe dope/sealant shall NOT be utilized for reinstallation of HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN
3-DRV-073-0703 pipe plug. This material is NOT required and serves only to
contaminate oil samples.
3) Site Engineering will review and evaluate oil sample analysis as required per CI-130 to
determine if a Work Order is required to correct an oil quality deficiency.
[29.5] CLOSE HPCI OIL TANK DRAIN 3-DRV-073-0703 and
REINSTALL pipe plug in end of valve housing.
1st MM
2nd MM
[29.6] DELIVER HPCI lube oil bottle labeled SAMPLE to
Chemistry Lab for analysis and HPCI lube oil bottle
labeled FLUSH for disposal and RECORD delivery time
below:
Date Time
MM
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 68 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
HPCI TURBINE SPEED 3-SI-73-51 could indicate zero rpm while turbine shaft is still
rotating. The auxiliary oil pump should NOT be stopped until visual confirmation is made
by personnel that turbine speed is zero.
[30] PERFORM the following after allowing approximately
15 minutes to pass after turbine shutdown:
[30.1] STOP HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP and RETURN
3-HS-73-47A to AUTO position.
[30.2] STOP HPCI STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER and
RETURN 3-HS-73-10A to AUTO position.
[30.3] CHECK HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is
CLOSED by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating
lights.
[30.4] CHECK HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE
3-FCV-73-19 is CLOSED by observing 3-ZI-73-19
position indicating lights.
[31] EXIT HPCI System LCO by updating Narrative log.
US
[32] IF SGTS is no longer required, THEN
SHUT DOWN SGTS. REFER TO 0-01-65, Standby Gas
Treatment System. (Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 69 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) The following independent verifications are performed to ensure compliance with
SPP-10.3. First party verifications have already been performed previous to this step
and, therefore, have NOT been duplicated.
2) The independent verifications of the following step may be performed in any order.
3) If a deficiency(s) is identified during performance of the independent verifications in the
following step, the independent verifier shall stop and notify the Unit Supervisor
immediately for further instructions prior to correcting the deficient condition(s).
4) Successful completion of the following IVs returns HPCI System to its standby
readiness configuration.
[33] INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY on Panel 3-9-3:
[33.1] VERIFY HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV
3-FCV-73-16 is CLOSED.
IV
[33.2] VERIFY HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV 3-FCV-73-35 is
CLOSED.
IV
[33.3] VERIFY HPCI/RCIC CST TEST VLV 3-FCV-73-36 is
CLOSED.
IV
[33.4] VERIFY HPCI PUMP MIN FLOW VALVE 3-FCV-73-30
is CLOSED.
IV
[33.5] VERIFY HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE 3-FCV-73-44
is CLOSED.
IV
[33.6] VERIFY HPCI STEAM LINE INBD DRAIN VLV
3-FCV-73-6A is OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-6A position
indicating lights.
IV
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 70 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[33.7] VERIFY HPCI STEAM LINE OUTBD DRAIN VLV
3-FCV-73-6B is OPEN by observing 3-ZI-73-6B position
indicating lights.
IV
[33.8] VERIFY HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is
CLOSED by observing 3-ZI-73-18 position indicating
lights.
IV
[33.9] VERIFY HPCI TURBINE CONTROL VALVE
3-FCV-73-19 is CLOSED by observing 3-ZI-73-19
position indicating lights.
IV
[33.10] VERIFY HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
is in AUTO and set to control at 500 (5,000 gpm).
IV
[33.11 ] VERIFY HPCI STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER
3-HS-73-10A is in AUTO.
IV
[33.12] VERIFY HPCI AUXILIAR-Y OIL PUMP 3-HS-73-47A is in
AUTO.
IV
[34] INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY in the Auxiliary Instrument Room:
[34.1] IF Attachment 3 was performed, THEN
VERIFY no jumper is installed across
3-RLY-073-23A-K47 Contacts 1-2 in Panel 3-9-39.
(Otherwise N/A.)
IV
[34.2] VERIFY no jumper is installed across
3-RLY-073-23A-K24 Contacts 11-12 in Panel 3-9-39.
IV
[35] At Panel 3-LPNL-25-50 in the HPCI room,
INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY PANEL ISOL VLV TO
3-PI-73-31 B, 3-PISV-73-9013, is OPEN.
IV
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 71 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
NOTE
ALLOW approximately one hour to pass before checking HPCI lube oil skid reservoir level
to ensure that oil in system has drained sufficiently to provide an accurate level reading.
[36] AFTER approximately one hour from HPCI Turbine shutdown:
PERFORM the following inspections:
- VERIFY HPCliube oil skid reservoir level is per
Attachment 6.
- CHECK oil level in HPCI booster pump inboard and
outboard bearing oil sight glasses is per Attachment 6.
[37] IF a Yokogawa Recorder was used to measure 3-FCV-73-18,
THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
- VERIFY Attachment 8 is completed.
- ATTACH the Chart Paper used for Timing the
3-FCV-73-18 to this procedure.
[38] IF restroking of 3-FCV-073-0018 was required during this
surveillance performance, (i.e., restroke time was recorded on
Attachment 10), THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A this step)
[38.1] NOTIFY Duty Maintenance Manager to:
- OBTAIN a copy of Attachment 10 for delivery to the
ASME 1ST Program owner.
AND
- CONTACT the Duty System Engineer to notify
ASME 1ST Program owner for evaluation of test
results.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 72 of 104
Date
7.0 PROCEDURE STEPS (continued)
[38.2] RECORD time below
Time: - - - - - " - -
[39] COMPLETE Attachment 1, Surveillance Procedure Review
Form, up to Unit Supervisor Review.
[40] NOTIFY UO that this surveillance is complete.
[41] NOTIFY US that this surveillance is complete.
8.0 ILLUSTRATIONS/ATTACHMENTS
Illustration 1 - Process for Stroke Timing Valves Per ASME OM Code
Attachment 1: Surveillance Procedure Review Form
Attachment 2: HPCI Venting
Attachment 3: HPCI Cold Quick Start
Attachment 4: 3-FCV-73-18 Time Delay Adjustment
Attachment 5: ASME OM Code Inservice Testing Review Form
Attachment 6: HPCI Lube Oil Skid and Booster Pump Oil Level Settings
Attachment 7: HFA Relay Contact Layout
Attachment 8: Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders For 3-FCV-73-18
Attachment 9 - Annunciators Affected By Surveillance Procedure Performance
Attachment 10 - ASME OM Code Restroke Time Record Form
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 73 of 104
Illustration 1
(Page 1 of 1)
Process for Stroke Timing Valves Per ASME OM Code
CORRECTIVE STROKE TIME
DECLARE VALVE .-----..1
ACTION COMPLETE t------II VALVE PER SR
INOPERABLE AND
INITIATE
CORRECTIVE
ACTION
ENGINEERING
REVISE REFERENCE
STROKE TIME AND
INITIATE
PROCEDURE
CHANGE' RESTROKE TIME WITHIN
MAXIMUM LIMIT?
ENGINEERING
RESTROKE TIME DOCUMENTS
WITHIN NORMAL CAUSE OF STROKE
RANGE?
TIME VARIANCE
TEST STROKE TI ME
ACCEPTABLE?
ENGINEERING
INITIATES ANY
PROVIDE RESTROKE
ENGINEERING
TIME DATA TO
REQUIRED
EVALUATES STROKE CORRECTIVE
ENGINEERING
TIME WITHIN 96 HOURS ACTIONS
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 74 of 104
Attachment 1
(Page 1 of 2)
Surveillance Procedure Review Form
REASON FOR TEST: DATEITIME STARTED
D Scheduled Surveillance DATEITIME COMPLETED
D System Inoperable (Explain in Remarks) PLANT CONDITIONS
D Maintenance (WO No. - - - - - - -
D Other (Explain in Remarks)
PRE-TEST REMARKS:
PERFORMED BY:
Initials Name (Print) Name (Signature)
(Test Dir/Lead Perf)
(Test Dir/Lead Perf)
Delays or Problems (If yes, explain in POST-TEST REMARKS)? DYes DNo
Acceptance Criteria Satisfied? DYes DNo
If the above answer is no, the Unit Supervisor shall
determine if an LCO exists. LCO DYes DNa
UNIT SUPERVISOR
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Date- - - - -
INDEPENDENT REVIEWER (OPS) Date
------
SCHEDULING COORDINATOR Date
POST-TEST REMARKS:
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 75 of 104
Attachment 1
(Page 2 of 2)
Surveillance Procedure Review Form
Continuation Page
PERFORMED BY:
Initials Name (Print) . Name (Signature)
POST-TEST REMARKS (Continued):
The SR Key number is a Cross Reference only and is not part of the procedure. Key # 3352A I
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 76 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 1 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS
NOTES
1) The HPCI vent station is located on Elevation 565' of the Reactor Building near column
lines at R16-N..
2) This attachment requires IV of valves at the vent station.
3) A digital thermometer or equivalent device may be obtained from Hot Tool Room.
WARNING
The HPCI vent line piping may contain hot feedwater. Care shall be taken when working
around this potentially hot piping due to the possibility of a burn hazard existing.
[1] VERIFY the following valve positions from 3-PNL-9-3:
- HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE 3-FCV-73-44 is
CLOSED.
CLOSED.
CLOSED.
- HPCI PUMP DISCHARGE VALVE 3-FCV-73-34 is OPEN.
[2] VERIFY CNDS SPLY TO SAFETY SYSTEMS 3-SHV-002-705
is LOCKED OPEN, locally at Elevation 541.5' of the
NEquadrant of the Reactor Building.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 77 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 2 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[3] VERIFY the following valve positions from 3-PNL-9-6:
OPEN by noting 3-ZI-2-167 position indicating lights on
Panel 3-9-6.
3-FCV-2-166 is OPEN by noting 3-ZI-2-166 position
indicating lights on Panel 3-9-6.
[4] THROTTLE HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT SOV,
3-SHV-073-0552, approximately four turns open.
[5] PLACE thermometer probe on unpainted portion of vent line
piping near HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT,
3-FSV-073-0062.
[6] DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI HIGH POINT VENT PUMP
DISCH, 3-HS-073-0062, until Step 1.0[8].
[7] AFTER 60 seconds, THEN
MONITOR surface temperature of vent line piping near
3-FSV-73-62 and RECORD temperature below.
Temperature of
[8] RELEASE HPCI HIGH POINT VENT PUMP DISCH,
3-HS-073-0062.
[9] REMOVE thermometer probe.
[10] CHECK the surface temperature recorded in Step 1.0[7] of this
attachment is less than 255°F.
[11] CLOSE HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT SOV,
3-SHV-073-0552.
[12] OPEN 3-FCV-73-36, using HPCI/RCIC CST TEST VLV,
3-HS-73-36A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 78 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 3 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[13] OPEN 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV,
3-HS-73-35A.
CAUTION
While opening HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE 3-FCV-73-44, HPCI discharge piping
pressure must be monitored using 3-PI-73-31A on Panel 3-9-3. If discharge pressure
readings equal or exceed a nominal value of 55 psig, HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE
3-FCV-73-44 shall be promptly closed and the Unit Supervisor contacted for additional
instructions prior to proceeding with venting since this condition may indicate a gross failure
of HPCI TESTABLE CHECK VLV 3-FCV-73-45.
[14] OPEN 3-FCV-73-44, using HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE,
3-HS-73-44A.
[15] MONITOR HPCI PUMP DISCH PRESS, 3-PI-73-31A on
Panel 3-9-3.
[16] IF HPCI PUMP DISCH PRESS, 3-PI-73-31A, exceeds 55 psig,
THEN
PERFORM the following: (N/A this section if 55 psig is NOT
exceeded.)
[16.1] CLOSE the HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE,
3-FCV-73-44.
[16.2] NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor contacted for additional
instructions prior to proceeding with venting.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 79 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 4 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
CAUTION
A sight glass blowout potential exists while performing the next steps. Stand clear of the
flow sight glass when first depressing 3-HS-73-63. If sight glass blows out or minimal flow
cannot be observed, this may indicate HPCI TESTABLE CHECK VLV 3-FCV-73-45
leakage.
[17] OPEN HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT SOV,
3-SHV-073-0551.
[18] PLACE thermometer probe on unpainted portion of vent line
piping near HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT,
3-FSV-073-0063.
[19] STATION personnel near the HIGH POINT VENT TELL-TALE
SIGHT GLASS, 3-FG-073-0513. (REFER TO Step 3.0GG and
the caution above.)
[20] VERIFY personnel involved in the venting have reviewed and
understands the indications and response that can be used by
Step 3.0GG, during the performance of Step 1.0[22].
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044.
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 80 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 5 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTES
1) Steps 1.0[21] thru Step 1.0[23] should be performed concurrently to ensure flow is
observed in the sightglass.
2) If a steady flow of water cannot be observed from tell-tale sight flow indicator, HPCI
System must be declared inoperable.
CAUTIONS
1) [NRC/C] If vent line surface temperature is > 240°F, STOP and CONTACT the Unit
Supervisor for additional instructions prior to proceeding in the procedure.
2) A high surface temperature of > 240°F may indicate excessive feedwater leakage past
HPCI TESTABLE CHECK VLV 3-FCV-73-45. [NRC Information Notice 89~080]
[21] DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI HIGH POINT VENT TELL TALE,
3-HS-073-0063, until Step 1.0[24] of this attachment.
[22] CHECK that HPCI System is properly vented by observing a
steady flow of water in the HIGH POINT VENT TELL-TALE
SIGHT GLASS, 3-FG-073-0513. _ _(AC)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 81 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 6 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[23] MEASURE vent line surface temperature near HPCI HIGH
POINT TELL-TALE VENT, 3-FSV-073-0063 and RECORD
below surface temperature at the time intervals indicated:
Time Temp (OF) Time Temp (OF)
1 min 6 min
2 min 7 min
3 min 8 min
4 min 9 min
5 min 10 min
[24] RELEASE HPCI HIGH POINT VENT TELL TALE,
3-HS-073-0063.
[25] REMOVE thermometer probe.
[26] CHECK that Step 1.0[23] of this attachment, peak vent line
surface temperature is less than 240°F.
[27] CLOSE HPCI HIGH POINT TELL-TALE VENT SOV,
3-SHV-073-0551.
[28] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-44, using HPCI PUMP INJECTION VALVE,
3-HS-73-44A.
1st
2nd
[29] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-35, using HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV,
3-HS-73-35A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 82 of 104
Attachment 2
(Page 7 of 7)
HPCI Venting
Date
1.0 HPCI VENTING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[30] INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY at Reactor Building Elevation 565':
3-SHV-073-0552 is CLOSED.
IV
3-SHV-073-0551 is CLOSED.
IV
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 83 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 1 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTIONS
1) HPCI TURBINE SPEED, 3-SI-73-51, may indicate zero rpm while turbine shaft is still
rotating. The auxiliary oil pump should NOT be stopped until visual confirmation is
made locally by personnel that turbine speed is zero.
2) ALLOW approximately 15 minutes to elapse following HPCI turbine shutdown before
stopping HPCI PACKING EXHAUSTER to ensure removal of noncondensibles from
the HPCI turbine.
[1] RECORD time and date of turbine shutdown from
Step 7.0[18.9]:
Date Time
[2] PERFORM the following after allowing approximately
15 minutes to pass after turbine shutdown:
[2.1] VERIFY turbine speed is zero.
[2.2] PLACE HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP, 3-HS-73-47A, to
STOP and RETURN TO AUTO position.
[2.3] STOP HPCI STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER by placing
3-HS-73-10A to STOP and RETURN TO AUTO position.
[3] EXIT HPCI System LCO by updating Narrative log.
us
[4] IF SGTS is no longer required, THEN
STOP SGTS in accordance with 0-01-65, Standby Gas
Treatment System. (Otherwise N/A)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 84 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 2 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTES
1) The purpose of placing a caution tag on 3-FCV-73-35 and AOP is to alert the operator
that if AOP is run after turbine shutdown period has begun, turbine shutdown period
will have to begin again after AOP is stopped. This is to ensure that a non-oil primed,
cold, quick start time-to-rated flow test is performed.
2) If 3-FCV-73-35 is moved from position obtained during Step 7.0[17], this surveillance
may have to be reperformed. The position of 3-FCV-73-35 simulates reactor pressure
during the non-oil-primed, cold, quick start time-to-rated flow test.
3) The automatic and manual functions of 3-FCV-73-35 and AOP are NOT affected by
placement of caution tags.
[5] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-36, using HPCI/RCIC CST TEST VLV
3-HS-73-36A.
[6] PLACE caution tags on HPCI PUMP CST TEST VLV,
3-FCV-73-35 and HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP control room
and local hand-switches to restrict manual operation of these
components.
RECORD Caution Order number below:
Caution Order No:
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 85 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 3 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTES
1) The 16 hour1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> wait period is based upon empirical data obtained by GE-San Jose and
provides sufficient time for the HPCI lube oil system to completely drain back to the
2) Empirical data obtained by GE - San Jose has demonstrated that a HPCI turbine
temperature which is within 25°F of ambient will show no observable variation in its
.start time from a completely cold turbine and may be considered cold.
3) Ambient, HPCI Room temperature may be obtained using either an analog or digital
temperature gage. HPCI TURB THRUST BRG temperature is recorded by
HPCI/RCIC/FW MISC TEMPERATURE 3-TR-73-54 on Panel 3-9-47 as Point
TE-73-54F.
4) Based upon temperature data from previous surveillance performances, time for HPCI
turbine to reach a cold condition is approximately 36-48 hours.
[7] VERIFY that at a minimum of 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> have elapsed since
time and date recorded in Step 1.0[1].
[8] CHECK that HPCI TURB THRUST BRG temperature has
returned to within 25°F of the ambient, HPCI Room
temperature.
[9] RECORD below time, date and temperatures present when
performance of this surveillance was resumed.
Date Time
HPCI Turb Thrust HPCI Room Ambient
Brg Temperature Temperature
OF -----
OF
(3-TE-73-54F) (Portable M&TE)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 86 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 4 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[10] REMOVE caution tags placed on HPCI PUMP CST TESTVLV
3-FCV-73-35 and HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP hand-switches
in Step 1.0[6].
[11] OPEN 3-FCV-73-36 using HPCI/RCIC CST TEST VLV
3-HS-73-36A.
NOTES
1) Placing a jumper across Contacts 1-2 of 3-RLY-073-23A-K47 allows for immediate
start of HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP when 3-HS-73-47A is placed in START. This is
necessary to simulate an immediate start of the HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP that
occurs during an actual HPCI initiation on high drywell pressure or low-low RPV water
level.
2) 3-RLY-073-23A-K47 is located on Panel 3-9-39. Opening back of Panel and facing
backs of relays, this relay is located on third row of relays from bottom and is third
relay from right.
[12] PLACE jumper across 3-RLY-073-23A-K47 Contacts 1-2 in
Panel 3-9-39. REFER TO Attachment 7.
1st
2nd
[13] START or VERIFY started SGTS in accordance with 0-01-65,
[14] START HPCI STEAM PACKING EXHAUSTER by placing
3-HS-73-10A to START.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 87 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 5 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTES
1) During the startup of the HPCI Turbine a second operator should be utilized to monitor
for abnormal conditions and alarms.
2) The HPCI Turbine parameters should be monitored during HPCI startup. This will
ensure proper response of the control systems. If HPCI pumps suction pressure
causes an auto swap of the HPCI suction valves from CST to the torus, then the HPCI
Turbine should be tripped.
WARNING
[NER] Failure of both HPCI steam exhaust piping rupture discs during turbine startup and
operation will result in a process steam release into the HPCI Room. This release raises
the risk of personnel injury until steam line isolation occurs. Therefore, personnel in the
HPCI Room should minimize stay time in close proximity to the rupture disc cage
assembly. [IE 93-67]
[15] PERFORM the following prior to HPCI turbine startup:
[15.1] [NER] VERIFY communication is established with
Operations personnel in HPCI Room. [IE 93-67]
[15.2] [NER] REQUEST Operations personnel in HPCI Room
ensure that all unnecessary personnel have exited HPCI
Room. [IE 93-67]
[15.3] [NER] ANNOUNCE HPCI turbine startup over plant public
address system. [IE 93-67]
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 88 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 6 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTE
Step 1.0[16] may be signed off after the completion of Step 1.0[17].
CAUTIONS
1) If HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV 3-FCV-73-16 fails to fully open, then the
governor control system ramp generator will time out and HPCI turbine speed,
discharge pressure, or flow will be lower than expected.
2) DO NOT REATTEMPT to open HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV 3-FCV-73-16
unless HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is closed using HPCI TURBINE
TRIP push-button 3-HS-73-18A. Failure to observe this caution will result in a turbine
overspeed trip if 3-FCV-73-16 is opened with the ramp generator timed out.
11**Start()fCritical.*$tep($)
[16] [NER/C] SIMULTANEOUSLY PERFORM the following sub-steps
in order to accomplish a cold, non-oil-primed, quick start of the
HPCI turbine: [INPO SOER 81-013] [GE SIL 336 R1]:
[16.1] PLACE HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP, 3-HS-73-47A to
START.
[16.2] OPEN 3-FCV-73-16, using HPCI TURBINE STEAM
SUPPLY VLV, 3-HS-73-16A.
[16.3] START stopwatch.
11**iEnct** OfYrifiCalSfep(S)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 89 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 7 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[17] WHEN HPCI SYSTEM FLOW/CONTROL 3-FIC-73-33
indicates 2 500 (2 5,000 gpm) discharge flow and HPCI PUMP
DISCH PRESS 3-PI-73-31A indicates a pump discharge
pressure
psig, THEN
(Step 7.0[7~3])
STOP the stopwatch.
NOTE
Steps 1.0[18] thru 1.0[20] should be performed in parallel with remaining surveillance steps
to allow for turbine shutdown in order to limit heat addition to the suppression pool.
[18] RECORD below time taken to reach rated flow and pressure
measured in Step 1.0[17]:
seconds
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 90 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 8 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[19] IF ICS transient startup data is available, THEN
PERFORM the following. (Otherwise N/A the following
substeps)
[19.1] REVIEW ICS group tabular trend display data obtained
for HPCI discharge pressure, flow, and manual initiation
status.
[19.2] RECORD below time span from HPCI manual initiation
to when HPCI flow was 5,000 gpm with a discharge
pressure:
psig
(Step 7.0[7.3])
seconds
[19.3] CHECK that time recorded is less than or equal to
30 seconds. _ _(AC)
[20] IF ICS transient startup data is NOT available, THEN
CHECK that time recorded in Step 1.0[18] is less than or equal
to 30 seconds. (Otherwise N/A) (AC)
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 91 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page 9 of 10)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
NOTES
1) [NRC/C) Consult Step 3.0Q for additional background information regarding HPCI
System removal from operable service. [NCO 89-0216-002]
2) The intent of Steps 1.0[21] through 1.0[28] is to depress and hold the trip push-button
for thirty seconds, verify the alarms, close 3-FCV-73-16, observe the aux. oil pump
starts, then release-the push-button.
3) During the HPCI Turbine trip a second operator should be utilized to monitor for
abnormal conditions and alarms.
4) HPCI PUMP DISCH FLOW LOW 3-FA-73-33 (3-XA-55-3F, window 5) needs to be
verified prior to 3-FCV-73-16 becoming full close.
[21] VERIFY HPCI System has been declared inoperable and
ENTER appropriate LCO information into Narrative log as
required.
US
11.$tartC:>f** pritical$t~p(§)
[22] DEPRESS and HOLD HPCI TURBINE TRIP 3-HS-73-18A
until Step 1.0[28].
[23] WAIT 30 seconds and OBSERVE the following annunciators
are in ALARM:
- HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED 3-ZA-73-18 (3-XA-55-3F,
window 11)
(3-XA-55-3F, window 5)
[24] CLOSE 3-FCV-73-16, using HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY
VLV,3-HS-73-16A.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 92 of 104
Attachment 3
(Page to of to)
HPCI Cold Quick Start
Date
1.0 HPCI COLD QUICK START INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
[25] OBSERVE HPCI AUXILIARY OIL PUMP starts as turbine
slows.
[26] OBSERVE HPCI TURBINE SPEED 3-SI-73-51 reading lowers
to approximately zero.
[27] VERIFY HPCI TURBINE STEAM SUPPLY VLV 3-FCV-73-16
is closed.
[28] RELEASE HPCI TURBINE TRIP 3-HS-73-18A.
[29] RESET the following annunciators:
- HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED 3-ZA-73-18 (3-XA-55-3F,
window 11)
(3-XA-55-3F, window 5)
[30] VERIFY HPCI STM LINE CNDS INBD/OUTBD DR VLVS
3-FCV-73-6A and 3-FCV-73-6B are OPEN by observing
3-ZI-73-6A and 3-ZI-73-6B position indicating lights.
[31] REMOVE jumper across 3-RLY-073-23A-K47 Contacts 1-2 in
Panel 3-9-39. (Otherwise N/A)
1st
2nd
[32] RETURN TO Step 7.0[22.2] in the procedure.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 93 of 104
Attachment 4
(Page 1 of 3)
3-FCV-73-18 Time Delay Adjustment
Date
1.0 3-FCV-73-18 TIME DELAY ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS
NOTES
1) The following steps record the initial and final position of 3-SHV-73-712 to track the
adjustments performed.
2) Turning the valve closed causes a slower reset time and opening the valve causes a
faster reset time.
3) Step 1.0[3] may be performed multiple times to achieve a 4-6 second reset time for
HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18.
4) Two people are needed to perform the 3-FCV-73-18 time delay test.
[1] DETERMINE the as-found position of 3-SHV-73-712 as
follows:
CLOSE 3-SHV-73-712 and RECORD the number of turns
valve was opened.
As-Found Turns Open
[2] RETURN 3-SHV-73-712 to its original position as follows:
OPEN 3-SHV-73-712 the number of turns open recorded in
Step 1.0[1] of this attachment.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 94 of 104
Attachment 4
(Page 2 of 3)
3-FCV-73-18 Time Delay Adjustment
Date
1.0 3-FCV-73-18 TIME DELAY ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS
(continued)
NOTE
The following steps should be reviewed prior to performance of Step 1.0[3.3] to ensure
proper operation of system.
[3] PERFORM the following until a 4-6 second reset time is
achieved for HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18.
[3.1] ADJUST 3-SHV-73-712 to try and achieve a 4-6 second
reset time. (REFER TO Note above.)
[3.2] Using the 3-FCV-73-18 valve stem position, CHECK that
the HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is
OPEN.
[3.3] LIFT and IMMEDIATELY RELEASE HPCI TURBINE
MECH TRIP VLV 3-XCV-73-18 trip knob.
[3.4] OBSERVE the 3-FCV-73-18 valve stem position to
CHECK that the HPCI TURBINE STOP VALVE
3-FCV-73-18 closes.
[3.5] START the stop watch when the HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 is full closed.
[3.6] STOP the stop watch when the HPCI TURBINE STOP
VALVE 3-FCV-73-18 begins to open.
[4] VERIFY 3-FCV-73-18 time delay is within 4-6 seconds.
RE-PERFORM Step 1.0[3] of this attachment.
[5] RECORD the final 3-FCV-73-18 time delay.
Time seconds
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 95 of 104
Attachment 4
(Page 3 of 3)
3-FCV-73-18 Time Delay Adjustment
Date
1.0 3-FCV-73-18 TIME DELAY ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS
(continued)
[6] RECORD the Final number of turns open for 3-SHV-73-712,
by adding or subtracting the adjustments made in Step 1.0[3]
to the initial position recorded in Step 1.0[1] of this attachment.
Number of turns open
[7] RETURN TO Step 7.0[22] in the procedure.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 96 of 104
Attachment 5
(Page 1 of 1)
ASME OM Code Inservice Testing Review Form
N/Aor
Valves Tested Acceptable Not Acceptable Not Tested
3-FCV-73-18 o o D
(Step 7.0[6.9.3] or Step 7.0[6.10.2])
3-ISV-73-23 (Step 7.0[14.2]) D D D
3-CKV-73-559 (Step 7.0[16.7]) D D D
3-CKV-73-603 (Step 7.0[14.2]) D D D
N/A or
HPCI Pump Acceptable Not Acceptable Not Tested
Differential Pressure D D D,
(Step 7.0[15.7.2])
Date Received:
IF any evaluation results are found to be NOT Acceptable, THEN Date
CONTACT OPS immediately. (Otherwise, N/A)
ASME OM Code data enter in 3-SI-3.1.5 and 3-SI-3.2.1
ANII Reviewer Date
REMARKS:
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 97 of 104
Attachment 6
(Page 1 of 1)
HPCI Lube Oil Skid and Booster Pump Oil Level Settings
NIPPLE
t----,.....-----r----......-----(TYP 2 PLCS)
SKID -----SiGHT GLASS
I----------i - ** - . . ** - OIL LEVEL
....----BEARING HOUSING NIPPLE
rSIGHT GLASS
I I
141/2"
TO
15 1/2"
- -. -- -j- -OIL LEVEL
1 1/2"
TO
2"
HPCI LUBE OIL TANK HPCI BOOSTER PUMP
SIGHT GLASS SIDE VIEW SIGHT GLASS SIDE VIEW
(TYP 2 PLCSl
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 98 of 104
Attachment 7
(Page 1 of 1)
HFA Relay Contact Layout
FRONT
1
e
8 6 2
GENERAL ELECTRIC
RELAY
TYPE HFA
REAR
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 99 of 104
Attachment 8
(Page 1 of 4)
Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders for 3-FCV-73-18
Date
1.0 INSTALLATION OF THE YOKAGAWA RECORDER.
[1] IF the Yokogawa will be connected in Panel 3-9-3, THEN
CONNECT the YOKOGAWA as follows: (Otherwise N/A)
- For relay 3-RLY-23A-K31
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals 88-90 and
88-87.
- For 3-ZS-73-18A
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals 88-90 and
88-91.
- For 3-HS-73-18A
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals AA-69 and
AA-70.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 100 of 104
Attachment 8
(Page 2 of 4)
Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders for 3-FCV-73-18
Date
1.0 INSTALLATION OF THE YOKAGAWA RECORDER. (continued)
[2] IF the Yokogawa will be connected in Panel 3-9-39, THEN
CONNECT the YOKOGAWA as follows: (Otherwise N/A)
- For relay 3-RLY-23A-K31
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals 88-85 and
88-86.
- For 3-ZS-73-188
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals CC-25 and
CC-26.
- For 3-HS-73-18A
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals 88-11 and
88-12.
- For 3-PCV-73-188
CONNECT 1 Channel across Terminals CC-31 and
CC-32.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 101 of 104
Attachment 8
(Page 3 of 4)
Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders for 3-FCV-73-18
Date
2.0 REMOVING OF THE YOKAGAWA RECORDER.
[1] IF the Yokogawa was installed in Panel 3-9-3, THEN
REMOVE the Yokogawa Channels from the following
terminals: (Otherwise N/A )
- Channel across Terminals 88-90 and 88-87
1st
2nd
- Channel across Terminals 88-90 and 88-91
1st
2nd
- Channel across Terminals AA-69 and AA-70
1st
2nd
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 102 of 104
Attachment 8
(Page 4 of 4)
Installation and Removal of Yokogawa Recorders for 3-FCV-73-18
Date
2.0 REMOVING OF THE YOKAGAWA RECORDER. (continued)
[2] IF the Yokogawa was installed in Panel 3-9-39, THEN
REMOVE the Yokogawa Channels from the following
terminals: (Otherwise N/A )
- Channel across Terminals 88-85 and 88-86
1st
2nd
- Channel across Terminals CC-25 and CC-26
1st
2nd
- Channel across Terminals 88-11 and 88-12
1st
2nd
- Channel across Terminals CC-31 and CC-32
1st
2nd
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 103 of 104
Attachment 9
(Page 1 of 1)
Annunciators Affected by Surveillance Procedure Performance
Panel Location Description Location
3-9-3 HPCI PUMP DISCH FLOW LOW 3-FA-73-33 3-XA-55-3F
Window 5
3-9-3 HPCI TURBINE TRIPPED 3-ZA-73-18 3-XA-55-3F
Window 11
3-9-3 HPCI TURBINE INLET DRAIN POT LEVEL HIGH 3-XA-55-3F
3-LA-73-5 Window 26
This Attachment provides the UO with a listing of Main Control Room alarms that will be
affected by performance of this SR. This Attachment is for information only.
BFN HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set 3-SR-3.5.1.7
Unit 3 Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at Rev. 0044
Rated Reactor Pressure Page 104 of 104
Attachment 10
(Page 1 of 1)
ASME OM Code Restroke Time Record Form
VALVE UNID NORMAL MEASURED MEASURED MAXIMUM
STROKE INITIAL STROKE RE-STROKE ALLOWED STROKE
TIME (SEC) TIME (SEC) TIME (SEC) TIME (SEC)
3-FCV-073-0018
0.8 - 2.2 3.0
(OPEN)
(
(
(
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Unit 3
General Operating Instruction
3-GOI-100-12
Power Maneuvering
Revision 0031
Quality Related
Level of Use: Reference Use
Effective Date: 12-01-2007
Responsible Organization: OPS, Operations
Prepared By: William Fuller
Approved By: John Kulisek
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 2 of 29
Current Revision Description
Type of Change: Corrective Action Tracking Number: 034
PERs 961778,126211,116666,132198
PCRs 07004255, 07004297
The primary reason for this revision is to help minimize unplanned radiological exposures to
plant personnel during normal pJant operations. Because the performance of this procedure
does carry risks for such events, the following changes are made.
- The procedure is revised to identify points in the procedure requiring Radiation
Protection notification to ensure any needed radiological controls are implemented to
prevent unintended radiological exposure during a reactor startup. The previous
revision contained steps requiring logging of Radiation Protection technician's name
and also contained a signature line for the Radiation Protection supervisor, if needed.
These logging and signature lines are removed from the procedure and their function
replaced by the new Appendix A, added to the procedure.
- The function of Appendix A is to ensure proper communication between Operations
and Radiation Protection, and that Radiation Protection is allowed sufficient
opportunity to implement any needed radiological controls. A set of instructions is
included with Appendix A to insure proper data entry and control of any applicable
radiological protection hold points. The appendix is designed to encompass Radiation
Protection notifications from this GOI and also those initiated in any support procedure
implemented by this GOL
- P&L Step 3.7, Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection Hold
Points (RPHPs), is added to provide information regarding how Radiation Protection
Notifications and Radiological Protection Hold Points are to be controlled. The P&L
also addresses the function of Appendix A. ,
The above changes are all primarily administrative in nature. Other changes to the
procedure are as follows:
- Illustration 1 is changed to remove reference to specific reactor thermal limit values.
The thermal limits values frequently change. The change for this revision is to
reference the 0-TI-248 section by title for the limits.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 3 of 29
Table of Contents
1.0 PURPOSE 4
2*.0 REFERENCES 4
2.1 Technical Specifications 4
2.2 Technical Requirements Manual-TRM 5
2.3 Final Safety Analysis Report 5
2.4 Plant Instructions 5
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents 6
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 8
3.1 General 8
3.2 Reactivity 8
3.3 Technical Specifications 9
3.4 Condensate System Limits at Normal Steady-StateOperations 9
3.5 Reactor Feedwater Pumps limits at Normal Steady-State Operations 9
3.6 Downpowering Of Nuclear Units Under Low System Load Conditions 10
3.7 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection Hold
Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER
116666] 11
4.0 PREREQUiSiTES 14
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS 15
Illustration 1: Reactor Thermal Limits 26
Illustration 2: Reactor Thermal Power Versus Ultimate Heat Sink
Temperature Limit 27
Appendix A: Radiation Protection Notifications 28
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 4 of 29
1.0 PURPOSE
This instruction provides precautions and limitations, prerequisites and procedural
steps for power maneuvering between approximately 50% and 1Ooo~ power.
The following are examples of conditions that may require use of this procedure:
- Load Following, as requested by TVA Operations Duty Specialist (ODS)
- Control rod pattern adjustment
- Control rod testing
- Removing and/or returning a Recirc pump to service
- Maintenance of plant equipment, such as Reactor Feed Pumps, Condensate or
Condensate Booster Pumps, Circulating Water Pump, Condenser Waterbox,
etc., that are required to support full power operations.
2.0 REFERENCES
Section 3.1, Reactivity Control Systems.
Section 3.1.3, Control Rod Operability.
Section 3.1.6, Rod Pattern Control.
Section 3.2.1 , Average Planar Linear Heat Generation Rate (APLHGR).
Section 3.2.2, Minimum Critical Power Ratio (MCPR).
Section 3.2.3, Linear Heat Generation Rate (LHGR).
Section 3.3.1.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.8.2, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Electric Power Monitoring.
Section 3.4.1, Recirculation Loops Operating.
Section 3.4.2, Jet Pumps.
Section 3.4.6, RCS Specific Activity.
Section 3.7.5, Main Turbine Bypass System.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 5 of 29
2.1 Technical Specifications (continued)
Section 5.2.2, Unit Staff.
Section 5.4, Procedures.
Section 5.5, Programs and Manuals.
2.2 Technical Requirements Manual-TRM
TRM Section 3.1, Reactivity Control.
TRM Section, 3.3.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
TRM Section 3.3.4, Control Rod Block instrumentation.
TRM Section 3.3.5, Surveillance Instrumentation.
TRM Section 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry.
2.3 Final Safety Analysis Report
Chapter 3.0, Reactor.
Chapter 4.0, Reactor Coolant System.
Chapter 7.0, Control And Instrumentation.
Chapter 10.0, Auxiliary Systems.
Chapter 13.0, Condu,ct of Operations.
2.4 Plant Instructions
3-AOI-1 00-1, Reactor Scram.
3-GOI-100-12A, Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and
Reductions in Power During Power Operations.
3-01-2, Condensate System.
3-01-2A, Condensate Demineralizers System.
3-01-3, Reactor Feedwater System.
3-01-68, Reactor Recirculation System.
3-01-85, Control Rod Drive System.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 6 of 29
2.4 Plant Instructions (continued)
3-01-92B, Average Power Range Monitoring System.
3-01-92C, Rod Block Monitoring System.
3-SR-3.1.3.5(A), Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check.
3-SR-3.3.1.1, Core Thermal Hydraulic Stability.
3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO), Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation.
3-SR-3.4.1 (DLO), ReactorRecirculatlon System Dual Loop Operation.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(A), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional Test.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(B), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional Test.
OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations.
SPP-2.2, Administration of Site Technical Procedures.
SPP-10.3, Verification Program.
SPP-10.4, Reactivity Management Program.
0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer.
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents
BWROG-94078, BWR Owner's Group Guidelines for Stability Interim Corrective
Action.
GE SIL 380, BWR Core Thermal Hydraulic Stability.
INPO SER 89-006, Withdrawal of Safety Rod Group Out of Sequence.
INPO SER 91-024, Inadequate Control of Reactivity Changes During a Plant
Shutdown Results in an Unplanned Plant Transient.
INPO SER 92-008, Reactivity Management Expectations During Plant Shutdowns.
INPO SER 92-19, Power Oscillations at Boiling Water Reactors.
NRC Bulletin 88-07, Supplement 1, Power Oscillations in Boiling Water Reactors.
NRC Generic Letter 94-02, Long-Term Solutions and Upgrade of Interim Operating
Recommendations for Thermal-Hydraulic Instabilities in Boiling Water Reactors.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 7 of 29
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents (continued)
NRC Information Notice 92-74, Power Oscillation at Washington Nuclear Power
Unit 2.
NRC Notice of Violation 94-24.
NSRB Item A258-4, Review procedures to preclude an event similar to SER 24-91,
inadequate control of reactivity changes during plant shutdown results in unwanted
Scram Frequency Reduction Committee Item SFRC-17, G-20-1 and 2.
T.A. Keys Memorandum to K.L. Welch, Use of Increased Core Flow (ICF) at Browns
Ferry Nuclear Plant (L32 920709 801).
Letter from O. D. Kingsley to W. J. Museler, DOWNPOWERING OF NUCLEAR
UNITS UNDER LOW SYSTEM LOAD CONDITIONS, March 1, 1996 (AOO 960226
150).
TVA-BFN-TS-384, Technical Specification (TS) Change TS-384 Request for License
Amendment for Power Uprate Operation (R08-980316-888).
NEDC-32751 P, Power Uprate Safety Analysis for the Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Units 2 and 3 (R08-980316-888)
GE-NE-B13-01866-39, Task Report 39 Summary of System Evaluations and
Proposed Changes to Design Criteria Documents (W79-980427-005).
LETTER TVAPUR- PROC-98003, Turbine Stop Valve and Turbine Control Valve
Surveillance Test Procedures (W79 980622-001).
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 8 of 29
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
3.1 General
A. While performing this procedure, plant conditions/status changes such that the
Unit Supervisor determines they are outside the scope of this procedure, he/she
may transition to 3-GOI-1 00-12A or 3-GOI-1 00-1A, as appropriate.
3.2 Reactivity
A. [INPO/C] Activities that can directly affect core reactivity are of a critical nature and
require strict procedural compliance, along with conservative actions. [INPO SER
89-006]
B. [NSRB/C] Reactivity can be added without moving control rods due to changing
plant conditions (such as lowering moderator temperature, lowering Xenon
concentration, rising reactor pressure, and rising feedwater flow) especially at
low power. Awareness of these conditions and monitoring core instrumentation
for these changes is required. [A258-4]
C. Reactor Engineering should be contacted to monitor flux shaping prior to all
power reductions.
D. [QAlC] SPP-10.4 requires approval of the Plant Manager or his designee prior to
any planned operation with the following reactivity control equipment bypassed
unless bypassing of this equipment is specifically allowed within approved
procedures:
2. Rod Block Monitor
3. Average Power Range Monitors
4. Integrated Computer System [ISE-NPS-92-R01]
5. OPRM Trip Function
E. Power Maneuvering Recommendations will be made by Reactor Engineering
(REFER TO 0-TI-248 for more detailed information.)
F. Refer to 0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer, for Feedwater Temperature Graph
and Power To Flow Map.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 9 of 29
3.3 Technical Specifications
A. When the Reactor Recirculation System is operating in single loop operation,
3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO) is required to be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering single
loop operations to ensure the requirements of Tech Specs 3.4.1 are met.
B. [NRC/C] Core Thermal-Hydraulic Stability, is required by 3-SR-3.3.1.1.1 to be
verified outside Regions I, II & III. when OPRM's are INOP. [NCO 940245010]
C. Whenever Forebay Temperature is >92.5°F, as indicated on 2-TS-27-144,
Unit 3 power is required to be derated to within the limits shown in Illustration 2,
per Tech Specs 3.7.1.2.
3.4 Condensate System Limits at Normal Steady-StateOperations
A. [IIIC] Condensate flow should always be maintained within the following limits,
using 3-FC-2-29 in BAL if possible, to prevent Condensate Pump damage:
1. One Condensate Pump operation, greater than 1.5 X 106 Ibm/hr but less
than 6.25 x 106 Ibm/hr.
2. Two Condensate Pump operation, greater than 3.0 X 106 Ibm/hr but less
than 12.5 x 106 Ibm/hr.
3. Three Condensate Pump operation, greater than 4.5 X 106 Ibm/hr but less
than 15.0 x 106 Ibm/hr. [11-8-91-158]
B. Normal maximum line current to Condensate Pump Motors should not exceed
118 amps steady-state operations.
C. Normal maximum line current to' Condensate Booster Pump Motors should not
exceed 225 amps steady-state operations.
D. Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS
BYPASS, 3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel
adjusting this valve locally are required to be in direct communication with the
Control Room. Evolutions resulting in changes in condensate/feedwater flow
(condensate/booster pump start, feedwater pump start, changes in reactor
power, feedwater flow, steam flow, etc.) will affect flowrates through
3-FCV-002-0190, steam-jet air-ejector condenser(s), steam packing exhauster
condenser, and off-gas condenser. 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 should be
maintained between 2 X 106 Ibm/hr and 3 X 106 Ibm/hr.
3.5 Reactor Feedwater Pumps limits at Normal Steady-State
Operations
A. Individual Reactor Feedpump speed should be less than 5050 RPM.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 10 of 29
3.6 Downpowering Of Nuclear Units Under Low System Load
Conditions
A. Due to having five nuclear units in an operating status, the frequency of
downpowering units under low system load conditions is expected to rise. The
following communications process will be used to coordinate downpowering a
unit at BFN under low load conditions:
1. The Electrical System Operator (ESO) will anticipate the potential need to
downpower nuclear units as far in advance as reasonable, normally one to
two days. The ESO will inform the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS) of
this potential need.
2. The ODS will notify the Browns Ferry Shift Manager that a potential need
to downpower exists.
3. The Shift Manager will notify the Operations Superintendent who will notify
the Operations Manager and Duty Plant Manager.
4. BFN will initiate a telecon with other operating nuclear units and senior
nuclear corporate management (normally, Senior Vice President, Nuclear
Operations, or, President, TVA Nuclear and Chief Nuclear Officer) to
formulate a contingency plan. The plan will address which units are to be
downpowered based on existing plant conditions, the reduction capability
of each unit, time to reach reduced power as well as return to full power,
and the preferred order for downpowering.
5. The contingency plan will be communicated to the appropriate site
management and Shift Manager for the impacted units as well as the
transmission/power supply organization.
6. The ESO will notify the designated Shift Managers approximately two to
four hours before the need to actually downpower. The Shift Manager will
notify the Operations Superintendent of any actual downpower.
7. Any change to unit status that would impact the agreed upon contingency
plan will cause the telecon to be reconvened with all affected parties and a
revised contingency plan developed. This will be initiated by the site
management who identifies the need to revise the plan.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 11 of 29
3.7 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection
Hold Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER 116666]
A. This General Operating Instruction initiates processes that cause a change in
area radiation levels in the plant. Generally, the procedure is used to reduce
power to some predetermined level, and then, after the purpose of the power
reduction is satisfied, the unit is returned to full power operation. The impact on
radiation levels in the plant is somewhat dependent of the purpose of the power
reduction, but generally plant radiation levels follow reactor power down and
then rise as the unit is returned to full power operation. The performance of this
procedure, in addition to the various other procedures used, carries the risk of
unintended radiological exposures and also radiation levels that warrant
changes in High Radiation Area or Locked High Radiation Area Controls.
Depending upon the extent of the power reduction, this GOI relies on System
Operating Instructions (support procedures) for system alignments required for
the various process systems. Many of these alignments can and do result in
changing the radiological impacts for the areas affected by the alignments.
Therefore, an increase in area monitoring may be required to determine
expected dose rates for areas that might require plant personnel to be present.
As the Unit is returned to full power operation, the risk of unintended radiation
exposures is increased if plant personnel remain in affected areas.
B. To reduce the probability of unintended radiation exposures, the following
controls are established by this procedure:
1. Radiological Protection Hold Points (RPHPs) are pre-established at
appropriate locations in this GOI and in the support procedures. The
function of RPHPs is to allow Radiation Protection to help ensure no
unintended radiological exposures occur as the result of a system
configuration change or raising reactor power. This may require holding at
the point identified in the procedure until verifying personnel are not in an
area before continuing in the procedure. These RPHPs also allow a
determination as to whether actions are required to relax or implement
RCI-17, Control of High Radiation Areas and Very High Radiation Areas,
controls.
2. The Radiation Protection notification steps have an (R) placed in the step
initial line, which means these steps can NOT be omitted 'unless the action
associated with the step is not performed, or the Radiation Protection
notification requirements are currently satisfied for the action, or the step
allows the notification to be N/A'd as determined by the Unit Supervisor.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 12 of 29
3.7 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection
Hold Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER 116666]
(continued)
3. An Appendix (Appendix A, Radiation Protection Notifications) is provided to
record Radiation Protection notifications, RPHPs, and release of RPHPs,
as necessary. The instructions for Appendix A are used to identify the
appropriate required logging of Radiological Protection entries. The primary
function of the appendix is to ensure proper communication with Radiation
Protection personnel and that they are allowed sufficient opportunity to
implement needed radiological controls.
4. Radiation Protection notification steps that require a RPHP are clearly
worded that an RPHP is in effect. For these steps, it should be made clear
to Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect so that they understand
that a signature on Appendix A will be necessary.
Radiation Protection notification steps that are not identified as RPHP
steps are considered courtesy notification steps to Radiation Protection.
These steps serve the purpose of informing Radiation Protection of
evolutions that are about to be implemented that may impact plant
radiological conditions and allow them to respond or "get their ducks in a
row". None of these steps imply that a hold in the procedure is necessary
unless Radiation Protection identifies one may be necessary at some point
after the notification is made. In many cases, the courtesy notifications are
related to an RPHP notification that will be reached later in the procedure.
These courtesy steps may also inform Radiation Protection that a system
has been returned to normal, has been shutdown, or a pump that was
previously started, is now shutdown. This information may be useful to
Radiation Protection for determining if area surveys should be performed
due to changing radiological conditions in an area. The courtesy
notification steps generally require an entry of the notification in the NOMS
narrative log, but mayor may not require Appendix A entry by operations,
depending upon expected radiological impact of the associated
evolution(s).
C. Because this procedure may be implemented to recover from system operation
problems and/or allow maintenance on plant equipment that may not be
operating correctly, there are a multitude of scenarios that can occur while the
procedure is in effect. If, at any time while performing this procedure, or while
performing a support procedure, Radiation Protection personnel, or Unit
Operator, Unit Supervisor, or other knowledgeable shift member identifies the
need for a RPHP, then the following is performed:
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 " Rev. 0031
Page 13 of 29
3.7 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection
Hold Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER 116666]
(continued)
1. "RPHP" is written to the left of the affected procedure step number (this
Gal or the support procedure). If the RPHP is identified for a support
procedure, then RPHP is placed to the left of the step in this GOI that
initiates the support procedure.
2. Appropriate notifications made to Radiation Protection personnel, as
necessary.
3. The instructions for Appendix A are to be used to identify the appropriate
required logging of Radiological Protection entries.
D. Removal of any Radiation Protection Notification from this procedure requires
Operations Management and Radiation Protection Management approval
unless the action(s) related to the notification is also removed.
Removal or addition of any procedure actions that require Radiation Protection
notification requires that Radiation Protection be notified.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 14 of 29
4.0 PREREQUISITES
[1] Reactor in MODE 1 with power greater than SODA>.
Initials Date Time
Performed by:
Name (Print) Initials
Reviewed by:
Shift Manager Signature Date
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 15 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS
NOTES
1) [NRC/C) Sequential completion is preferred in Section 4.0[1] unless unit conditions
dictate otherwise and the Unit Supervisor approves. [IR 84-45]
2) [NRC/C) Those steps preceded by an (R) are required for all power maneuvers and can
not be omitted unless provided for in the procedure. [IR 84-45]
3) [NRC/C) Those steps not preceded by an (R) may be signed off as NA for all power
maneuvers and initialed by the Unit Supervisor as appropriate. [IR 84-45]
4) Initials are NOT required after the step is reached where power reduction is terminated
up to the step where power ascension is commenced. These steps may be marked
N/A.
[1] REVIEW all Precautions and Limitations listed in Section 3.0.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[2] VERIFY Prerequisite listed in Section 4.0 is satisfied.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[3] NOTIFY Operations Duty Specialist (ODS) and/or Chattanooga Load
Coordinator of impending power reduction.
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 16 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
During the power reduction, Radiation Protection should be kept informed of systems or
equipment removed from service, significant power changes, and other actions or
conditions that may impact radiological control areas.
[4] NOTIFY Radiation Protection of purpose for power reduction, the target
power level (see above note), and RECORD time Radiation Protection
notified in NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[4.1] VERIFY appropriate data recorded on Appendix A in accordance with
Appendix A instructions.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[5] IF this instruction was entered due to a Recirc Pump startup or shutdown,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
- N/A Step 5.0[6] through Step 5.0[11].
- ENTER 3-GOI-1 00-12 at Step 5.0[12].
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 17 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[6] IF power is being reduced(less than 100/0) for any of the following reasons:
(N/A if entering 3-GOI-100-12 to recover from a Recirc Pump Trip or power
reduction of >10 01b)
- Weekly Control Rod Exercise
- Main Turbine Valve Testing
- Ultimate Heat Sink temperature >92.5°F
PERFORM the following:
[6.1] REDUCE Recirculation flow. REFER TO 3-01-68.
Initials Date Time
[6.2] MAINTAIN Reactor thermal power within the limits shown on
Illustrations 1, 2, ICS, and 0-TI-248 as appropriate.
Initials Date Time
[6.3] WHEN desired to raise power after testing is complete, THEN
PERFORM the following as directed by Unit Supervisor. (N/A
Steps 5.0[7] through 5.0[19].
- RAISE Recirculation flow. REFER TO 3-01-68.
- MAINTAIN thermal power within limits shown on Illustrations 1, 2,
ICS, and 0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer.
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 18 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[7] IF required for power maneuvering, THEN
PERFORM the following as directed by Reactor Engineer using
3-SR-3.'1.3.5(A). (N/A if entering 3-GOI-100-12 to recover from a Recirc
Pump Trip)
A. OBTAIN the Control Rod Movement Data Sheet.
B. ALIGN control rods.
(R)
Initials Date Time
Reactor Engineer
NOTE
Refer to Illustration 1, ICS and/or 0-TI-248 for Reactor Thermal Limits.
[8] REDUCE reactor power by a combination of control rod insertions and core
flow changes, as recommended by Reactor Engineer.
REFER TO 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) and 3-01-68. (N/A if entering 3-GOI-1 00-12 to
recover from Recirc Pump Trip)
(R)
Initials Date Time
[9] PERFORM the following while reducing Reactor power:
(N/A if entering 3-GOI-100-12 to recover from a Recirc Pump Trip)
[9.1] MONITOR Core thermal limits using Illustration 1, ICS, and/or 0-TI-248.
Initials Date Time
[9.2] MONITOR Power reduction on Nuclear Instrumentation.
(R)
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 19 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
When operating with less than the full complement of condensate pumps, condensate
booster pumps, and/or reactor feedpumps, careful monitoring of motor amp limitations,
feedpump speed limitations, and reactor vessel makeup capacity should be performed.
This should include discussion between shift operating crews for contingency actions (e.g.
tripping one of the remaining Recirc Pumps) should any remaining Condensate/Feedwater
pumps trip.
NOTE
A condensate pump, condensate booster pump, and/or a reactor feedpump may be
removed from service at less than 85% power to support maintenance activities as directed
by the Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor.
[10] WHEN Reactor power is less than 85°A> , THEN
PERFORM the following: (N/A if entering 3-GOI-1 00-12 to recover from a
Recire Pump Trip).
[10.1] SHUT DOWN one of three Reactor Feedpumps, as directed by the
Shift Manager or Unit Supervisor. REFER TO 3-01-3. (N/A if NOT
performed.)
Initials Date Time
[10.2] REMOVE Condensate Demineralizers as desired. REFER TO 3-01-2A.
(N/A if NOT performed.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 20 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS"
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally is required to be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[10.3] MAINTAIN flow between 2 x 1061bm/hr and 3 x 106 Ibm/hr on SJAE/OG
CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42 using COND SPE BYPASS FLOW
CONTROL, 3-HS-2-190A. REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
[10.4] SHUT DOWN one of three Condensate Booster Pumps, as directed by
Shift Manager or Unit Supervisor. REFER TO 3-01-2. (N/A if NOT
performed.)
Initials Date Time
[10.5] SHUT DOWN one of three Condensate Pumps, as directed by Shift
Manager or Unit Supervisor. REFER TO 3-01-2. (N{A if NOT
performed.) ,
Initials Date Time
NOTE
Duration of out of service time for remaining equipment should be taken into consideration
in the Step 5.0[10.6] evaluation.
[10.6] REQUEST Reactor Engineering to evaluate the need to lower Control
Rod Line (as a contingency) should the remaining Condensate or
Feedwater Pumps trip during time period pumps will be out of service.
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 21 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[11] IF necessary to continue power reduction to approximately 50%, THEN
REDUCE Reactor power by combination of control rod insertions per
3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) and core flow changes per 3-01-68, as recommended by
Reactor Engineer and directed by Unit Supervisor. (N/A if NOT performed or
if entering 3-GOI-1 00-12 to recover from a Recirc Pump Trip)
Initials Date Time
[12] IF Reactor Power is required to be lowered for Recirc Pump start-up or
shut down, THEN
LOWER Reactor Power to desired range required by 3-01-68.
(Otherwise N/A).
Initials Date Time
[13] IF continued power reduction is necessary (typically below approximately
50% power) and the Unit Supervisor determines reduction is outside scope of
this procedure, THEN
EXIT this procedure and PERFORM 3-GOI-100-12A. (Otherwise N/A)
Initials Date Time
NOTE
Illustration 1 provides Reactor thermal limits.
[14] REVIEW Precaution & Limitations. REFER TO Section 3.0.
(R) _
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 22 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[15] WHEN desired to restore Recirc System to dual loop operation, THEN
PERFORM the following: (N/A if Recirc System is already in dual loop
operation)
[15.1] RESTORE Recirc System to dual loop operation. REFER TO 3-01-68,
Recirc Pump Startup.
Initials Date Time
[15.2] NOTIFY Reactor Engineering to perform 3-SR-3.4.1 (DLO)
and O-TI-248, as necessary.
Initials Date Time
[16] BEFORE raising reactor power, NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP
is in effect for intentions to raise reactor power level, and RECORD time
Radiation Protection notified in NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[16.1] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A in
accordance with Appendix A instructions.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[17] WHEN desired to restore Reactor power, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[17.1] RESTORE Reactor power using control rod withdrawals in combination
with core flow changes, as recommended by Reactor Engineer and
directed by Unit Supervisor. REFER TO 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) and 3-01-68.
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 23 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in Condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally is required to be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[18] WHEN Reactor power is approximately 70 0/0, THEN
PERFORM the following as directed by Unit Supervisor:
[18.1] PLACE additional condensate demineralizers in service to support
starting third Condensate Pump, Condensate Booster Pump, and
Reactor Feedpump. REFER TO 3-01-2A. (N/A if NOT performed)
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
When operating with less than the full complement of condensate pumps, condensate
booster pumps, and/or reactor feedpumps, careful monitoring of motor amp limitations,
feedpump speed limitations, and reactor vessel makeup capacity should be observed.
NOTE
A Condensate pump, Condensate booster pump, and/or a Reactor feedpump may be
returned to service between 70 0h and 85°h power following maintenance activities as
directed by the Shift Manager or Unit Supervisor.
[18.2] START third Condensate Pump. REFER TO 3-01-2.
(N/A if NOT performed.)
Initials Date Time
[18.3] START third Condensate Booster Pump. REFER TO 3-01-2.
(N/A if not performed.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 24 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[18.4] MAINTAIN flow between 2 x 1061bm/hr and 3 x 1061bm/hr on SJAE/OG
CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42 using COND SPE BYPASS FLOW
CONTROL, 3-HS-2-190A. REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
[18.5] PLACE third Reactor Feedpump in service. REFER TO 3-01-3. (N/A if
NOT performed.)
Initials Date Time
[19] IF desired to raise power with only two(2) Reactor feedpumps in service,
THEN
RAISE Reactor power, as desired, maintaining each Reactor feedpump less
than 5050 RPM. (N/A if NOT performed)
Initials Date Time
[20] WHEN desired to restore Reactor power to 100 % , THEN
PERFORM the following as directed by Unit Supervisor and recommended by
the Reactor Engineer:
- RAISE power using control rods or core flow changes.
REFER TO 3-SR-3.3.5(A) and 3-01-68.
- MONITOR core thermal limits (Illustration 1).
Initials Date Time
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 25 of 29
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NAME (print) INITIALS
Performed by:
Reviewed by:
Shift Manager Date
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 26 of 29
Illustration 1
(Page 1 of 1)
Reactor Thermal Limits
Administrative Reactor Thermal Limits for MFLPD, MFLCPR, MAPRAT, and CTP (MWt) are
listed in 0-TI-248, Appendix for Administrative Limits. These limits should be reviewed with
Reactor Engineer.
Monitoring of core thermal limits at the following frequencies is recommended:
A. Following completion of planned power rises with control rods or recirc flow.
B. Following any unexpected power change.
C. Once every two hours during steady state operation.
If core mqnitoring software becomes unavailable, the Shift Manager and Reactor Engineer
are required to determine the appropriate frequency for monitoring core thermal limits using
the backup core monitoring computer taking into consideration current core conditions and
margin to thermal limits. Power changes should not normally be made without the core
monitoring software being available.
Maximum steady-state power averaged over 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is 3458 MWt. However, the reactor
should not be operated such that the steady state power (as indicated by 30 min avg, 1 hr
avg, or 2 hr avg) is above 3458 MWt.
Minor variations in process parameter inputs to the process computer may result in individual
edits or indications above 3458 MWt while true steady state core thermal power is
~3458 MWt. Normal variation is within 5 MWt of steady-state core thermal power. Running
averages (from core thermal power summary on the nuclear heat balance display) are not as
sensitive. The following g+uidance is provided:
RESULT (MWt) GUIDANCE
> 3463 REDUCE power.
3458 to 3463 ALLOW time for recent perturbations to
settle. Evaluate trend. IF the trend indicates
steady state core thermal power will be
above 3458, THEN
REDUCE power.
> 3458(any running average) REDUCE power.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 27 of 29
Illustration 2
(Page 1 of 1)
Reactor Thermal Power Versus Ultimate Heat Sink Temperature Limit
101 :
...
100
100 :
\ Unacceptable ....
..-..
0~
""-'
Ir-
ev
~
99
\99 01
~
c;
0
0..
E I!:i- __
\
\
Ir- ._.L_II-
ev * ~L:L:~J- LClUle
..c:
I-
Ir-
0
......, 98
u
cu
ev
0:::
97
-. )) 96.3
96
91 92 93 94 95
RHRSW Forebay Inlet Temperature (degrees F)
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 28 of 29
Appendix A
(Page 1 of 2)
Radiation Protection Notifications
INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPENDIX A DATA ENTRY
This appendix provides record of Radiation Protection notifications, RPHPs, and required
signatures made during the performance of this Gal. Each notification step in this procedure,
or in any referenced support procedure, that requires Appendix A be entered requires the
following instructions to be used to complete the appropriate parts of the data entry page.
Copies are made as needed to support this data entry.
A. Ops ENTER name of the Radiation Protection Representative notified with date and time
of notification. Time of notification is also required in NOMS narrative log.
B. Ops ENTER step number (including Section number) associated with notification
requirement. If the notification is directed from a support procedure, then enter the
procedure number and current revision number
C. For all RPHP notifications, Radiation Protection DETERMINE if the RPHP is required to
prevent unintended exposures and/or to implement RCI-17, Control of High Radiation
Areas and Very High Radiation Area controls. IF RPHP is identified in a support
procedure to this GOI, THEN DETERMINE if an RPHP is also necessary for the Gal.
CONFER with Operations, as necessary.
D. For each identified procedure RPHP, Radiation Protection Supervisor's signature is
required to release the RPHP for the action associated with affected step. This signature
signifies one of two conditions: [SOER 01-1, Tech Spec 5.7, BFN PER 126211]
1. Radiation Protection actions are completed to prevent unintended exposures
and/or RCI-17 requirements have been met and any personnel working within
affected areas are on an appropriate RWP for the anticipated radiological
conditions.
2. No actions were necessary because appropriate controls were already in place.
E. WHEN the use of this procedure is completed, FORWARD copies of the completed
appendix pages to the Radiation Protection Supervisor.
If, while performing this procedure, or while performing a support procedure, Radiation
Protection personnel, Unit Operator, Unit Supervisor, or other knowledgeable shift member
identifies the need for a RPHP, then "RPHP" is written to the left of the affected procedure
step number (this GOI or the support procedure. If the RPHP is identified for a support
procedure, then RPHP is also placed to the left of the step in this GOI that initiates the
support procedure and then A through E above is performed, as applicable.
BFN Power Maneuvering 3-GOI-100-12
Unit 3 Rev. 0031
Page 29 of 29
Appendix A
(Page 2 of 2)
Name Of Radiation Protection Person Notified: _
Date: / / - - - Time: - - - - - - -
Step# Procedure: (if not this procedure) Rev: _
RPHP Required by Ol? _ _(V) _ _(N) RPHP Required For Gal? _ _(V) __(N)
RCI-17 Controls Necessary? _ _(V) _ _(N)
Radiation Protection Supervisor Signature for Release
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date: / _ Time: - - - - - - -
Comments:
Name Of Radiation Protection Person Notified: _
Date: / / - - - Time: - - - - - - -
Step# Procedure: (if not this procedure) Rev: _
RPHP Required by Ol? _ _(V) _ _(N) RPHP Required For Gal? _ _(V) __(N)
RCI-17 Controls Necessary? _ _(V) _ _(N)
Radiation Protection Supervisor Signature for Release
- - - - - - - - - - - - - Date: - - - - / - - - Time: _
Comments:
FORWARD copies of the completed appendix pages to the Radiation Protection
Supervisor.
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 1 of 22
SIMULATOR EXERCISE GUIDE
TITLE POWER REDUCTION, CORE SPRAY 2D PUMP INADVERTANT START,
RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP, REACTOR POWER OSCILLATIONS, ATWS WITH
MSIVS OPEN
REVISION o
DATE January 2, 2008
PROGRAM BFN Operator Training - HLT
NOTE: Provide examiners with copy of 2-01-99 section 8.3
Also provide copy of 0-01-578 Illustration 3
.
PREPARED BY:
erations Instructor)
REVIEWED BY: N!.,4
OR Lead Instr ctor or Designee)
REVIEWED BY:
VALIDATION
BY:- Date
LOGGED-IN:
(Librarian) Date
TASKS LIST
UPDATED: Date
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 2 of 22
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISIONISROAGE LOG
REVISION DESCRIPTION OF DATE PAGES REVIEWED BY
NUMBER REVISION AFFECTED
0 INITIAL 04/01/07 All
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 3 of 22
I. PROGRAM: BFN Operator Training
II. COURSE: Examination Guide
III. TITLE: POWER REDUCTION,CORE SPRAY SR FAILURE, RECIRCULATION PUMP
TRIP, REACTOR POWER OSCILLATIONS, ATWS WITH MSIVS OPEN
IV. LENGTH OF LESSON: 1 to 1 % hours
V. Training Objectives
A. Terminal Objective
1. Perform routine shift turnover, plant assessment and routine shift operation in
accordance with BFN procedures.
2. Given uncertain or degrading conditions, the operating crew will use team skills to
.conduct proper diagnostics and make conservative operational decisions to remove
equipment/unit from operation. (SOER 94-1 and SOER 96-01)
3. Given abnormal conditions, the operating crew will place the unit in a stabilized
condition per normal, abnormal, annunciator, and emergency procedures.
B. Enabling Objectives
1. Theoperatinq crew will recognize and respond to an inadvertent start of a Core
Spray pump and determine required actions per Technical Specifications.
2. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a recirculation pump trip with
reactor power oscillations in accordance with 3-AOI-68-1.
3. The operating crew will recognize and respond to CRD pump 3A trip per 3-AOI-
85-3.
4. The operating crew will recognize and respond to an ATWS in accordance with
EOI-1 and C-5.
5. The operating crew will recognize and respond to loss of 3A 480v RMOV board
and determine required actions per Technical Specifications
6. The operating crew will recognize and respond to high radiation in accordance
with EOI-3.
HLT8-3-3
Revision 0
Page 4 of 22
VI. References: The procedures used in the simulator are controlled copies and are used in development
and performance of simulator scenarios. Scenarios are validated prior to use, and any
procedure differences will be corrected using the procedure revision level present in the
simulator. Any procedure differences noted during presentation will be corrected in the
same manner. As such, it is expected that the references listed in this section need only
contain the reference material which is not available in the simulator.
VII. Training Materials: (If needed, otherwise disregard)
A. Calculator
B. Control Rod Insertion Sheet
C. Stopwatch
D. Hold Order / Caution tags
E. Annunciator window covers
F. Steam tables
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 5 of 22
IX. Console Operation Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
1. File: bat HLTS3-3
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) imffw26b 0 IB' FW flow failure
2) bat tohpci Tags out HPCI
3) imfth23 (e3 0) 2.5 15:00 Fuel failure
4) imf rp08a RPS A1 scram failure
5) imf rp08b RPS A2 scram failure
6) trg e1 CSD Set trigger e1 to file CSD
7) trg e2 CSDHS Set trigger e2 to file CSDHS
8) trg e3 MODESW Set trigger e3 to file MODESW
9) trg e1= dor zdihs7542a Trigger e1 initiates command
10) trg e2= ior zloil7542 on Trigger e2 initiates command
11) imf tc02 0 Fails Bypass valves closed
2. File: bat HLTS3-3-1
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) imfth03a (none 10:00) Trips 2A Recirc. pump
2) imf th03b Trips 2B Recirc. pump
3) imf cr02a 65 10:00 Power Oscillations
4) batatws90 90°A> Hydraulic ATWS
5) Imf tc01 (e35:00) Fail bypass valves closed 5 min after
mode sw
3. File: bat HLTS3-3-2
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1 mrf ed27 rackin Rackin alternate feeder for 2A RMOV bd
2 mrf ed09 alt Transfer 2A RMOV bd to alternate
3 bat NRC/HLTS1 0-3 (none 1:00) Initiate file NRC/HLTS10-3
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 6 of 22
IX. Console Operation Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
3. File: bat HLTS3-3-3
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1 mrf rpO 1 reset Reset RPS A
2 mrf rp09 reset Reset RPS A Gross Failure alarm
4. File bat tohpci
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) ior ypomtrglesh fail_cn_po Tag gland seal exhauster
ior ypovfcv733a close 73-3 close
2) ior ypovfcv733 fail_now Tag FCV 73-3
ior ypovfcv7316 fail_now Tag FCV 73-16
3) ior ypovfcv7381 fail_now Tag FCV 73-81
4) ior zdihs7347a ptl Tag HPCI Aux oil pump
5) ior zohs7347a[1] off
6) imf hp05 HPCI trip
5. File bat app01f
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) mrf rp13a byp Bypasses automatic scrams
2) mrf rp13b byp (Appendix 1F)
6. File bat xferrmov2a
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1 mrf ed27 rackin Rackin alternate feeder for 2A RMOV bd
2 mrf ed09 alt Transfer 2A RMOV bd to alternate
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 7 of 22
IX. Console Operation Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
7. File batapp02
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) mrf rp12a test Bypasses ARI
2) mrf rp12b test (Appendix 2)
8. File batapp08ae
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) mrf rp06a byp Bypasses MSIV isolation on low
2) mrf rp06b byp RPV water level (Appendix 8A)
3) mrf rp06c byp
4) mrf rp06d byp
5) mrf rp14a byp Bypasses Rx Bldg ventilation
6) mrf rp14b byp isolation on low RPV level
9. File batatws90
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
1) imf rd17a SDV level switch failure
2) Imfrd17b
3) imf rd09a 90 90% hydraulic ATWS
4) Imf rd09b 90
10. File bat sdvtd
MF/RF/IOR DESCRIPTION
a) dmf rd17a Deletes SDV level switch failure
b) dmfrd17b
c) imf rd17a (none 7:00) Inserts level switch failure after 7
minutes
d) imf rd17a (none 7:00)
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 8 of 22
IX. Console Operation Instructions
B. Console Operator Manipulations
ELAP TIME DESCRIPTION/ACTION
Sim.Setup reset 28 100% MOC
Sim. Setup restorepref HLTS3-3 Establishes Function Keys
Sim. Setup setup Verify Function Keys
Sim. Setup esc Clears Function Key Popup
Sim.Setup F3 See scenario file summary (bat HLTS3-3)
Sim.Setup manual Tag out HPCI. Hang out of service cover
on "B" FW Flow Indicator
Sim.Setup manual HPCI AOP and SPE pumps in PTL. Place
Main Generator Voltage Regulator in
Manual
ELAP TIME PFK DESCRIPTION/ACTION
2 minutes after Unit at 950/0 power F4 Core Spray pump 3D start
ior zdihs7542a start
If lockout light does not illuminate when CS F5 Illuminates lockout light
pump stopped, then lor zloil7542 on
2 minutes after Tech Specs addressed for F6 Control Rod xx-xx drifting in.
CS pump imf rd07 xx-xx
3 minutes after 3B CRD pump in service F7 Trip 3A 480v RMOV board normal feeder
imf ed12a
ROLE PLAY: When sent to investigate board loss, Report the breaker on the 480v SID bd feeding the normal feeder
is tripped and will not re-close
When requested to transfer board F8 Transfer RMOV board 3A to alternate
bat xferrmov2a
If requested to place A RPS normal F9 Resets A RPS and gross failures
bat HLTS3-3-3
If requested to place A RPS on xfmr F10 Place A RPS on xfmr
mrf rp04 a
~MORE FOLLOWS~
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 9 of 22
IX. Console Operation Instructions
B. Console Operator Manipulations
ELAP TIME PFK DESCRIPTION/ACTION
If requested to reset gross failures F11 Resets gross failures
mrf rp09 reset
If requested to secure A and B SBGT F12 Stops SBGT trains A and B
bat sgt_stop
Reset local RWCU panel <shift>F1 mrf an01e reset
3 minutes after Tech Specs for RMOV <shift>F2 Initiates Recirc pump trips and power
board addressed bat HLTS3-3-1 oscillations. ATWS
After scram inserted <shift>F3 SDV switches enabled
batsdv
When appendix 2 requested, wait 3 minutes <shift>F4 Bypass ATWS/ARI circuit
batapp02
When requested to perform appendix 1F, wait 5 <shift>F5 Jumper out scram logic
minutes bat app01f
When requested to perform Appendix 8A and <shift> F6 Allows restart of Reactor/Refuel zone
8E, wait 5 minutes batapp08ae ventilation
When scram is reset <shift> F7 SDV switches enabled
bat sdvtd
If requested to close 3-FCV-85-586, wait 5 <shift> F8 Provides drive water pressure for rod
minutes mrf rd06 close insertion
If requested to open 3-FCV-85-586, wait 1 <shift> F9 Pressurizes charging water header
minute mrf rd06 open
nd
When Reactor is manually scrammed (2 time) <shift>F3 SDV switches enabled
batsdv
nd
When Reactor is scram reset (2 time) <shift> F7 SDV switches enabled
bat sdvtd
Removes power oscillations
<shift> F10
dmf cr02a Deletes ATWS
<shift> F11
bat atws-1
Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or upon request of the Chief Examiner:
1. All rods fully inserted
2. RPV water level +2" to +51"
3. Reporting requirements made
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 10 of 22
IX. SCENARIO SUMMARY:
The unit is operating at 100% power with a 5°A, power reduction scheduled. HPCI is tagged out
for maintenance on the Auxiliary Oil Pump and is expected to be returned to service within the
next 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. It has been out of service for 14 hours1.62037e-4 days <br />0.00389 hours <br />2.314815e-5 weeks <br />5.327e-6 months <br />.
The Main Generator voltage regulator was placed in Manual to allow PMs on the Automatic
regulator. PMs are complete and the voltage regulator can be returned to Automatic.
Core Spray 3D pump inadvertent start is received and the Crew must consult Tech Specs to
determine required actions.
Control Rod 18-35 drifts inadvertently into the core.
3A 480v RMOV board is lost due to breaker failure, the board will be transferred to alternate
supply. RPS half scram and PCIS isolations must be reset. SRO will refer to Tech Specs.
38 Recirc pump trips, resulting in power oscillations with some fuel failure. While responding to
the power oscillations per AOI-68-1, 3A Recirc pump trips and a manual scram must be inserted.
The crew will experience a hydraulic ATWS and respond per 3-EOI-1. The SDV will fail to drain
totally, thus requiring multiple reactor scrams to insert control rods.
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 11 of 22
X. Information to Evaluators:
A. Ensure recorders are inking and recording and ICS is active and updating.
B. Assign Crew Positions based on the required rotation.
1. SRO: Unit Supervisor
2. ATC: Board Unit Operator
3. BOP: Desk Unit Operator
C. Conduct a shift turnover with the Shift Manager and provide the Shift Manager with a copy of the
Shift Turnover.
D. Direct the shift crew to review the control board and take note of present conditions, alarms, etc.
E. Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied are at the request of the
floor/lead instructor/evaluator.
1. All rods inserted
2. Water level +2" to +51"
3. Reporting requirements have been made
HLTS-3-3
Revision a
Page 12 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 1: POWER REDUCTION AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR TO AUTOMATIC
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
ATC Reduces power with recirculation flow
BOP Peer checks during power reduction
SRO Directs BOP to return voltage regulator to automatic per 3-01-47
section 8.14.
BOP VERIFY VOLTAGE REGULATOR MAN/AUTO SEL, 3-HS-57-27, is
in MAN.
PLACE GENERATOR FIELD VOLTAGE AUTO ADJUST (gOP), 3-
HS-57-26, to RAISE UNTIL the upper limit is reached (red light
illuminated).
PLACE GENERATOR FIELD VOLTAGE AUTO ADJUST (gOP), 32-
HS-57 -26, to LOWER UNTIL the lower limit is reached (green light
illuminated).
ADJUST GENERATOR FIELD VOLTAGE AUTO ADJUST (gOP), 3-
HS-57 -26, UNTIL GEN TRANSFER VOLTS, 2-EI-57-41, indicates
zero.
PLACE VOLTAGE REGULATOR MAN/AUTO SEL, 3-HS-57-27, in
AUTO.
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 13 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 2: SPURIOUS START OF 3D CORE SPRAY PUMP
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
BOP Reports start of 3D Core Spray pump and verifies no valid
automatic start signal.
SRO Directs trip of 3D Core Spray pump
BOP Trips 3D Core Spray pump. Informs SRO that Lockout indicator for
3D Core Spray Pump is illuminated.
SRO Consults Tech Spec 3.5.1 determines that a 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> LCO is in
effect with HPCI and one (1) Low Pressure ECCS system
HLTS-3-3
Revision a
Page 14 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 3: CONTROL ROD DRIFT IN
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
ATC Announces "Rod Drift" alarm
Identifies rod 18-35 as drifting in
SRO Directs actions per 3-AOI-85-5
SRO Directs rod be continuously inserted to 00
ATC Continuously inserts rod to 00
ATC Informs Reactor Engineer
ATC Checks Thermal Limits
Verifies CRD operating parameters within limits
ATC Directs AUO to check the following per 3-AOI-85-5:
- scram pilot air header aligned
- check scram outlet valve for leakage
- check scram inlet valve for leakage
ATC Directs charging water to 18-35 be closed
SRO Declares accumulator inoperable per Tech Spec 3.1.5 and addresses
actions (when charging water is isolated)
ATC Directs scramming of affected rod from panel 9-16 in Aux. Inst. Room
ATC Directs operator to Aux. Inst. Room for rod scram
Establishes communication with operator and AUO
Directs operator to scram rod by taking scram switch to "down"
position
Verifies rod Full In overtravel
Direct operator to return scram switch to 'up' position
ATC Reports rod settles to 00 position
ATC Directs reopening Charging water isolation valve
ATC Resets drift and accum. Lights/alarms
SRO Initiates actions to determine CR operability and suggests actions
including maintenance and inspection
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 15 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 4: LOSS OF 3A 480V RMOV 8D
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
CREW Announces loss of 3A 480v RMOV board, RPS half scram and
PCIS isolations.
Refers to 0-01-578 p&1 3.0 Z, Illustration 3 and 3-47E751-1
require removing 80 kva accident load to prevent overload on D
DIG (3D Core Spray would be a good choice)
SRO Directs Outside US to transfer RMOV board to alternate and
restore RPS A.
Directs ATC to reset half scram after RPS is restored, 80P to
reset PCIS and recover from isolations per 3-01-99 section 8.3.
(attached)
Refers to ITS and determines Unit is in 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> LCO from 3.8.7.8.
ATC Resets A Channel half scram after RPS A is restored.
80P Resets PCIS and restores:
Reactor and Refuel zone ventilation
S8GT
ECCS Keep Fill system
Drywell DP air compressor
Drywell Floor and Equipment drain pumps
Radiation Monitoring system
TIP system
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 16 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 5: RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP/POWER OSCILLATIONS/ATWS
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
ATC Recognizes B Recirculation pump trip
SRO Directs 3-AOI-68-1 entry
Contacts Rx Engr to place APRM's in SLO mode (If time permits)
ATC Recognizes power oscillations
Inserts rods on emergency shove sheet
BOP Verifies flow on A Recirc pump < 46,600 gpm and jet pump flow>
41,100Ibm/hr
ATC/BOP Notices failure to Scram on OPRM Trip or anticipates trip and
inserts a manual scram
SRO Directs manual reactor scram
ATC Inserts manual scram
Places Mode switch in shutdown
Recognizes hydraulic ATWS
Provides scram report
SRO Enters EOI-1/C-5 and verifies
Verifies Mode switch to shutdown
ARI initiated
Directs ADS inhibited
SRO Directs Appendix 1F and Appendix 2
Directs Appendix 1D
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 17 of22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 6: ATWS WITH FUEL FAILURE
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
BOP Recognizes 3A Recirc pump trip, if not tripped by ATC Operator
due to ATWS
Crew Recognize and reports
"OG Pretreatment Radiation High"
"OG Annual Release Limit Exceeded"
"Turbine Building High Radiation"
Notifies RadCon, and Chemistry
Evacuates appropriate area of Turb. Bldg.
SRO Directs RPV pressure be maintained 800-1000 psig
BOP Controls RPV pressure between 800-1000 psig with SRVs
SRO Directs water level be lowered to control power per Appendix 4
Directs Appendix 8A and 8E be performed
Reports SAE 1.2-S
Crew Monitors suppression pool temperature
ATC After Appendix 1F and 2 complete resets scram and drains SDV
ATC Inserts control rods per Appendix1 D
BOP Maintains water level as directed with RFP / RCIC
BOP Maintains Pressure control using the following appendices:
11D Main Steam line Drains
11F RFPT
11A SRV's
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 18 of 22
XI. Simulator Event Guide
Event 6: ATWS WITH FUEL FAILURE (continued)
POSITION EXPECTED ACTIONS
Crew Recognizes some control rod movement, but all control rods not in
SRO Directs reactor reset, drain SDV, and re-scram
Directs SLC injection if Torus temperature approaches 110 deg.
Enters EOI-2 on Torus water level
Directs Venting per Appendix 12
Directs placing H202 monitors in service
BOP Performs Appendix 12 to vent Torus
Places H20 2 monitors in service
ATC Maintains water level as directed to control power
ATC After SDV drained directs 3-85-586 re-opened
After accumulators recharged, scrams reactor and verifies all rods in
SRO Directs level be restored +2" to +51"
SRO Directs SLC stopped (if injected)
Crew Recognize RM-90-29A Rx Bldg High Radiation
(conditional)
BOP Evacuates Reactor Building
SRO Enters EOI-3 on high Rx Bldg radiation and directs ventilation
restored per Appx 8F.
ATC/BOP Closes MSIV's as directed by ARP for MSL HiHi Rad
(If received)
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 19 of 22
XII. Crew Critical Tasks (CCT)
SAT/UNSAT
1. Manual scram due to Scram failure of OPRM Trip
2. Prevent ADS actuation
3. Controls power by :
Inserting control rods per RC/Q-21
Lowering water level
4. Maintains RPV water level above -180" with rods out
5. When all rods are inserted restores and maintains RPV water level
above TAF.
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 20 of 22
XIII. Scenario Verification Data
1. Control Rod Drift 201002A2.02 3.2 3.3
2. Loss of 3A 480V RMOV Board 262001 K3.06 3.8 4.1
3. APRM Failure 215005A2.03 3.6 3.7
2.1.12 2.9 4.0
4. Recirculation Pump Trip/Power Oscillations/ATWS - 295001 3.3 3.4
295025 3.8 3.9
295037 3.9 4.0
HLTS-3-3
Revision 0
Page 21 of 22
SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST
SCENARIO NUMBER HLTS-3-3
7 Total malfunctions Inserted; List: (4-8)
1. Recirc Trip
2. Power Oscillations
3. ATWS
4. Fuel Failure
5. Core Spray pump 3D trip
6. Loss of 480v RMOV bd 3A
7. Control Rod Drift
2 Malfunctions That Occur After EOI Entry; List: (1-4)
1) ATWS
2) Fuel Failure
3 Abnormal Events; List: (1-3)
1) Control Rod Drift
2) Recirc Trip
3) 480v RMOV bd trip
2 Major Transients; List: (1-2)
1) ATWS
2) Fuel Failure
3 EOls used; List: (1-3)
1) EOI-1
2) EOI-2
3) EOI-3
EOI Contingencies Used; List: (0-3)
1) C5
75 Run Time (minutes)
35 EOI Run Time (minutes); _~ °h of Scenario EOI Run Time
5 Crew Critical Tasks (2-5)
Yes Technical Specifications Exercised (yes/no)
Page 22 of 22
XV. SHIFT TURNOVER INFORMATION
Equipment out of service/LCOs: HPCI tagged out for 14 hours1.62037e-4 days <br />0.00389 hours <br />2.314815e-5 weeks <br />5.327e-6 months <br /> to repair Auxiliary Oil Pump. Expected
back in 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />. Flow indicator 3-78B out of service. 1M's are looking for a new transmitter. Main
Generator voltage regulator in manual for PMs on Automatic voltage regulator. Spare RBCCW pump in
service to Unit 2.
Operation/Maintenance for the Shift: Reduce power to 95°~ with recirculation flow (due to system load not
required). PMs on voltage regulator complete. return voltage regulator to automatic.
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas: ~~N~o~n~e~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Unit 2
Operating Instruction
2-01-99
Revision 0073
Quality Related
Level of Use: Continuous Use
Effective Date: 04-02-2007
Responsible Organization: OPS, Operations
Prepared By: Terry Kenneth Boyer
Approved By: James A. McCrary
BFN Reactor Protection System 2-01-99
Unit 2 Rev. 0073
Page 2 of 77
Current Revision Description
Type of Change DCN 60717-03, Editorial Tracking Number: 084
PCR: 06002112,06003343
DCN 60717-03 removed Containment Isolation valves 2-FCV-32-0062 and
2-FCV-32-0063, associated DCA compressor suction piping, associated electrical and
pneumatic controls, and PCIS trip signal circuitry in the Control Room.
Page 45 - Deleted Step 8.3[8]. 2-HS-32-62A and 2-HS-32-63A were removed by DeN
60717-03. (PCR 06002112)
Page 62 - Deleted FCV-32-62 and FCV-32-63 which were removed by DCN 60717-03.
(PCR 06002112)
Page 64 - Changed the FUNCTION/SYSTEM of FCV-75-57 to PSC Pump Suction
Inboard Isolation Valve. Editorial change to reflect plant conditions. (PCR 06003343)
Page 65 - Changed the FUNCTION/SYSTEM of FCV-75-58 to PSC Pump Suction
Outboard Isolation Valve. Editorial change to reflect plant conditions. (PCR 06003343)
THIS REVISION DOES NOT AFFECT SYSTEM STATUS
BFN Reactor Protection System 2-01-99
Unit 2 Rev. 0073
Page 3 of 77
Table of Contents
1.0 PURPOSE 5
2.0 REFERENCES 5
2.1 Technical Specifications 5
2.2 Final Safety Analysis Report 5
2.3 Plant Instructions 5
2.4 Plant Drawings 6
2.5 Vendor Manuals 7
2.6 Miscellaneous Documents 7
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 8
4.0 PRESTARTUP/STANDBY READINESS REQUiREMENTS 12
5.0 STARTUP 13
5.1 Startup and Loading of RPS MG Sets 2A(2B) 13
5.2 Reset of Both RPS Trip Logic Channels with Mode Switch in
SHUTDOWN or in REFUEL 17
6.0 SYSTEM OPERATIONS 20
6.1 Reset of One RPS Trip Logic Channel 20
7.0 SHUTDOWN 22
7.1 De-energization of RPS Buses 22
7.2 Shutdown of RPS MG Sets !* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 24
8.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS 25
8.1 RPS Bus A(B) Power Transfer from MG Set to Alternate 25
8.2 RPS Bus A(B) Power Transfer from Alternate to MG Set 32
8.3 Restoration to Normal Following RPS Bus Power Loss or Transfer 42
8.4 Restoring Power to RPS Bus A(B) Using Alternate Power Supply 48
8.5 Immediate Restoration of Power to RPS Bus A(B) Using Alternate
Power Supply 50
8.6 Preventing RWCU Isolations When Transferring RPS Power Supplies
In Cold Shutdown Condition 52
8.7 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring RPS 55
8.7.1 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations Initial Lineup 55
BFN Reactor Protection System 2-01-99
Unit 2 Rev. 0073
Page 4 of 77
Table of Contents (continued)
8.7.2 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring
RPS A Power Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition 57
8.7.3 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring
RPS B Power Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition 59
Illustration 1: RPS Bus A or B Power Transfer 61
Illustration 2: Unit 2 Reactor Scram Initiation Signals 65
Illustration 3: Actions to Place RPS Instruments in Tripped Conditions
(TS Table 3.3.1.1-1) 67
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1: None
Attachment 2: None
Attachment 3: Reactor Protection System Electrical Lineup Checklist, Unit 2.
Attachment 4: None
Attachment 5: None
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 42 of 71
8.6 Preventing RWCU Isolations When Transferring RPS Power
Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition (continued)
[3.5] IF operation of the RWCU System isolation valves is
required while performing this section, THEN
REQUEST the operator at the breaker to PERFORM the
following:
[3.5.1] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0002, RWCU SYSTEM
ISOL FCV-69-2 at 250V RMOV BO 3B, EI 593,
Compt 30. D
[3.5.2] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0001, RWCU SYSTEM
ISOL FCV-69-1 at 480V RMOV BO 3A, EI 621,
Compt 16E. D
[3.5.3] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0012, RWCU
ISOLATION VALVE FCV-69-12 at 480V RMOV
BO 3B, EI 593, Compt 17B. D
[4] TRANSFER RPS A power supply. REFER TO Section 8.1
or 8.2. D
[5] WHEN RPS power supplies are transferred and RPS
Restoration is completed, THEN
VERIFY PCIS RESET. D
[6] REQUEST the operator at the breaker to PERFORM the
following:
[6.1] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0002, RWCG SYSTEM ISOL
FCV-69-2 at 250V RMOV BO 3B EI 593, Compt 3D. D
[6.2] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0001, RWCU SYSTEM ISOL
FCV-69-1 at 480V RMOV BO 3A EI 621, Compt 16E. D
[6.3] PLACE IN ON, 3-BKR-069-0012, RWCU ISOLATION
VALVE FCV-69-12, at 480V RMOV BO 3B EI 593,
Compt 17B. D
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 43 of 71
CAUTIONS
1) This section shall only be used when the Reactor is in the cold shutdown condition
(Mode 4 or Mode 5).
2) The amount of time in which Shutdown Cooling valves are prevented from operating
by the performance of this section should be minimized. This will minimize the
potential of preventing or delaying a real isolation requirement to operate the required
components. The safety features of these isolation functions are important to safe
operation of the plant, even with Primary Containment not required.
NOTES
1) The performance of this section will require one or two personnel qualified to operate
electrical breakers with radios in direct communication with the Unit Operator in the
Control Room.
2) Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor permission is required to perform this Section.
8.7 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring RPS
8.7.1 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolation Initial Lineup
[1] VERIFY the following:
- Unit 3 is in Cold Shutdown Condition (Mode 4 or Mode 5). D
- Reactor Mode Switch is in SHUTDOWN or REFUEL. D
- Tech Spec Section 3.5.2 required actions are met if
appncable. D
- Shutdown Cooling integrity is maintained.
(REFER TO Tech Spec Section 3.6.1.1 and
Table 3.3.6.1-1, function 6.b.) D
[2] The Operators are aware that during the performance of
Sections 8.7.2 (RPS 3A) or Sections 8.7.3 (RPS 38), that the
following should be performed if Containment System Isolation
is required.
- CLOSE the associated Shutdown Cooling Isolation valve
breakers.
- VERIFY the associated valves closed. D
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 44 of 71
8.7.1 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolation Initial Lineup (continued)
[3] IF Shutdown Cooling Loop I is in service and Transferring
RPS A, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A this Section)
[3.1] As Directed by the Unit Supervisor,
ALIGN RHR Loop II for Shutdown Cooling Loop.
(REFER TO 3-01-74) (N/A if RHR Loop II will not be
aligned.) D
[3.2] IF Shutdown Cooling Loop I will remain in service, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
A. At 480 RMOV 3D - Compartment 2C
OPEN 3-BKR-074-0053, RHR SYS IINBD
INJECTION VLV FCV--74--53 (M010-25A). D
B. NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor breaker is open and
ENTER any applicable LCO's. D
[4] IF Shutdown Cooling Loop II is in service and Transferring
RPS B, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A this Section)
[4.1] As Directed by the Unit Supervisor,
ALIGN RHR Loop I for Shutdown Cooling Loop ..
(REFER TO 3-01-74) (N/A if RHR Loop I will not be
aligned.) D
[4.2] IF Shutdown Cooling Loop II will remain in service,
THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
A. At 480V RMOV Bd 3E - Compartment 2C
OPEN 3-BKR-074-0067, RHR SYS IIINBD
INJECTION VLV FCV-74-67 (M010-25B). D
B. NOTIFY the Unit Supervisor breaker is open, and
ENTER any applicable LCO's. D
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 45 of 71
8.7.2 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring
RPS A Power Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition
[1 ] VERIFY Section 8.7.1 has been performed. D
[2] VERIFY Personnel are ready to transfer RPS A Power Supply. D
[3] ESTABLISH radio communication with the Control Room Unit
Operator. D
[4] At 480V RMOV BD 3A, EI 621, Compt 8C.
A. PLACE 3-BKR-074-0048 RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING
SUCT ISOL VLE FCV-74-48 (M010-18), in the OFF
position D
B. STATION an operator by the breaker for closure at the
request of the Control Room Unit Operator. D
C. IF operation of the RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING SUCT
INBD ISOL VLV is required while performing this section,
THEN
PLACE 3-BKR-074-0048 RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING
SUCT ISOL VLV FCV-74-48 (M010~18), in ON the
position. D
[5] TRANSFER RPS A power supply. (REFER TO Section 8.1
or 8.2.) D
[6] WHEN RPS A power supply has been transferred and RPS
Restoration has been completed, THEN
CONTINUE with this section of the procedure. D
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 46 of 71
8.7.2 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring
RPS A Power Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition (continued)
[7] On Panel 3-9-4
VERIFY PCIS will reset. D
[8] On Panel 3-9-3,
RESET RHR Loop I Logic as follows:
A. MOMENTARILY DEPRESS RHR SYS I SO CLG INBD
INJECT ISOL RESET, 3-XS-74-126. D
B. VERIFY 3-IL-74-126 extinguished. D
[9] On Panel 3-9-3,
RESET RHR Loop II Logic as follows:
INJECT ISOL RESET, 3-XS-74-132. D
- VERIFY "3-IL-74-132 extinguished. D
[10] In Unit 3 Aux. Instrument Room,
VERIFY the following relays are energized:
- Relay 16A-K29 on Panel 3-9-42 D
- Relay 16A-K30 on Panel 3-9-43 D
[11] At 480V RMOV BD 3A, Compt 8C
PLACE 3-BKR-074-0048, RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING
SUCT ISOL VLV FCV-74-48 (M010-18) in the ON position. D
[12] At 480 RMOV 3D - Compartment 2C
PLACE 3-BKR-074-0053, RHR SYS I INBD INJECTION VLV
FCV-74-53 (M010-25A), in the ON position. (N/A if breaker
was not operated in step 8.7.1 [3.2]. D
[13] ALIGN Shutdown Cooling as required for current plant
conditions. (Refer To 3-01-74) D
BFN Reactor Protection System 3-01-99
Unit 3 Rev. 0042
Page 47 of 71
8.7.3 Preventing Shutdown Cooling Isolations When Transferring
RPS B Power Supplies In Cold Shutdown Condition
[1 ] VERIFY Section 8.7.1 has been performed. D
[2] VERIFY Personnel are ready to transfer RPS B Power Supply. D
[3] ESTABLISH radio communication with the Control Room Unit
Operator. D
[4] At 250V RMOV BD 3A, Compt R1A.
A. PLACE 3-BKR-074-0047 RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING
SUCT OUTBD ISOL VLV FCV-74-47 (M010-17), in the
OFF position. D
B. STATION an operator by the breaker for closure at the
request of the Control Room Unit Operator. D
C. IF operation of the Shutdown Cooling Loop II isolation
valves becomes necessary while performing this section,
THEN
PLACE 3-BKR-074-0047, RHR SHUTDOWN COOLING
SUCT OUTBD ISOL VLV FCV-74-47 (M010-17), in the
ON position. D
[5] TRANSFER RPS B power supply. (Refer To Section 8.1
or 8.2.) D
[6] WHEN RPS B power supply has been transferred and RPS
Restoration has been completed, THEN
CONTINUE with this section of the procedure. D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BFN 480V/240V AC Electrical System 0-01-578
Unit 0 Rev. 0171
Page 109 of 111
Illustration 3
(Page 1 of 3)
Board Restriction Verification Form
NOTES
1) This form is completed and verified to confirm compliance with Precaution and
Limitation 3.0N and 3.0Y, and associated board and board restrictions as given by
reference drawings.
2) Board restriction verification is performed twice per shift during normal plant conditions
while associated alignment is in place.
3) Board restriction verification is performed during normal plant conditions when manual
or automatic loads are added to boards affected by the associated alignment.
4) Independent verification of compliance with affected board restrictions is performed by
a qualified STA or SRO following first-party completion of this form.
5) This verification is to be completed for each individual board affected by the
manipulation/alignment.
1.0 BOARD RESTRICTION VERIFICATION
[1] RECORD board affected by the manipulation/alignment.
1st
IV
[2] RECORD board restriction from the associated drawing:
1st
IV
BFN 480V/240V AC Electrical System 0-01-57B
Unit 0 Rev. 0171
Page 110 of 111
Illustration 3
(Page 2 of 3)
Board Restriction Verification Form
1.0 BOARD RESTRICTION VERIFICATION (continued)
[3] RECORD actual board load after manipulation/alignment is
completed. (Use space below, as necessary, for calculations.
Actual Board kVA determination can be done by multiplying
board voltage, amps, square root of 3 and .001.
(kVA =.001 X 1.732 X (V) X (I))
The applicable Board Amp Limit can be determined by dividing
kVA limit above by board voltage(V) (.480kv or 4.16kv) times
the square root of 3
. 1 732) . e.g., AMp**
(I.e.,. Llmlt KVA
= -Limit
(V x .001) x 1.732
Some print notes require reducing Unit 2 auto starting loads
under accident conditions by some kVA value. To determine
appropriate load reduction, use 1 hp = 1 kVA. Affected loads,
which are to be prevented from starting, can be 4 kV load or a
480 V load which is powered from the 4 kV Shutdown Board.
kVA determination can be done by multiplying board
voltage, amps, square root of 3 and .001.
(kVA =.001 X 1.732 X (V) X (I).)
1st
IV
BFN 480V/240V AC Electrical System 0-01-57B
Unit 0 Rev. 0171
Page 111 of 111
Illustration 3
(Page 3 of 3)
Board Restriction Verification Form
1.0 BOARD RESTRICTION VERIFICATION (continued)
[4] VERIFY actual board load after manipulation/alignment will be
BELOW board restriction from the associated drawing.
1st
IV
[5] LOG results of this verification in Narrative Log.
1st
IV
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 1 of 21
SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE
TITLE RWM FAILURE, RBCCW PUMP TRIP, FEED PUMP CONTROL
FAILURE, FUEL FAILURE, , RWCU LINE BREAK WITH FAILURE
TO ISOLATE, RAPIDLY DEPRESSURIZE WITH 2 AREAS
APPROACHING MAXIMUM SAFE RADIATION LEVELS
CONCURRED . /- - - - -
(Operations Superintendent or Designee) Date
VALIDATION: ~ _ 4/j yi / ,., /_~~~_
BY (Operations SRO: Req.ui.Oed~-for Exam Scenarios Only)
LOGGED-IN: ~ / _
(Librarian) Date
TASKS LIST
.UPDATED: / _
Date
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 2 of 21
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE PAGES REVIEWED BY
NUMBER OF AFFECTED
REVISION
0 INITIAL 1/2/2008 All
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 3 of 21
I. Program: BFN Operator Training
II. Course: Examination Guide
III. Title: RWM FAILURE, RBCCW PUMP TRIP, FEEDPUMP CONTROL
FAILURE, FUEL FAILURE, RWCU LINE BREAK WITH FAI LURE
TO ISOLATE, RAPIDLY DEPRESSURIZE WITH 2 AREAS
APPROACHING MAXIMUM SAFE RADIATION LEVELS AND
EMERGENCY DEPRESSURIZE AFTER 2 AREAS REACH
MAXIMUM SAFE RADIATION LEVELS
IV. Length of Scenario: 1 to 1 % hours
V. Examination Objectives:
A. Terminal Objective
1. Perform routine shift turnover, plant assessment and routine shift
operation in accordance with BFN procedures.
2. Given uncertain or degrading conditions, the operating crew will
use team skills to conduct proper diagnostics and make
conservative operational decisions to remove equipment/unit from
operation. (SOER 94-1 and SOER 96-01)
3. Given abnormal conditions, the operating crew will place the unit in
a stabilized condition per normal, annunciator, abnormal, and
emergency procedures.
B. Enabling Objectives:
1. The operating crew will start and warm-up "B" RFP In accordance
with 01-6 section 5.7.
2. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a failure of RWM
in accordance with 3-01-85-5 and Tech. Specs.
3. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a RBCCW pump
trip in accordance with 3-AOI-70-1.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 4 of 21
4. The operating crew will recognize and respond to Feedpump
control failure in accordance with 3-AOI-3-1.
5. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a fuel failure in
accordance with ARPs and EOI-3.
6. The operating crew will recognize and respond to a break in the
RWCU system and rapidly depressurize the RPV.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 5 of 21
VI. References: The procedures used in the simulator are controlled copies and are
used in development and performance of simulator scenarios.
Scenarios are validated prior to use, and any procedure differences
will be corrected using the procedure revision level present in the
simulator. Any procedure differences noted during presentation will
be corrected in the same manner. As such, it is expected that the
references listed in this section need only contain the reference
material which is not available in the simulator.
VII. Training Materials: (If needed, otherwise disregard)
A. Calculator
B. Control Rod Insertion Sheet
C. Stopwatch
D. Hold Order / Caution tags
E. Annunciator window covers
F. Steam tables
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 6 of 21
VIII. Console Operator Instructions
A. Scenario File Summary
1. File: bat HLTS3-4
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a.) ior zdihs691 null Fails 69-1 to close
b.) imf cu04 25 RWCU suction line break
c.) imf cu06
d.) bat 7048FTC fail 70-48 to not auto close
2. File: bat HLTS3-4-1
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a.) imf rm1 Og 1000 5:00 Fails rm14 upscale
b.) imf rm1 Oe 1000 10:00 Fails rm09 upscale
3. File: bat7048ftc
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a.) ior zlohs704Ba[2] on Override red light on
b.) ior ypovfcv7048 fail_power_now Fails power to valve
c.) trg e1=bat 7048-1 Set trigger to 70-48 HS
d.) Imffw10a Fail 3A RFP auto trips
4. File: bat 7048-1
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a.) dor zlohs 7048a[2] Delete Override on red
light
b.) dor ypovfcv7048 Restore power to valve
5. File: bat HLTS3-4-4
MF/RF/IOR# Description
a.) imf fw30a (none 0) 60 30 50 Run up and stop 3A RFP
controller in manual
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 7 of 21
VIII. Console Operator Instructions
B. Console Operator Manipulations
UNSECURE file NRC - PW maryanne
ELAP TIME PFK DESCRIPTION/ACTION
Sim. Setup Pwrst 120 -2% power, MOC
(cst)
Sim. Setup restorepref Establishes Function Keys
HLTS3-4
Sim. Setup setup Verify Function Keys
Sim. Setup esc Clears Function Key Popup
Sim. Setup I Manual Place Hold Order Tags on C RFP
suction and discharge valves
Sim. Setup manual Ensure RWM is latched with no Insert or
Withdrawal blocks and comp/prog lights
reset, rod group 39 - 06-47 selected
Sim. Setup Manual Verify 3C RFP suct & disch valve lights
extinguished. If not, bat 2crfptag
Sim Setup <Shift F1 > Set 70-48 to not close on low pressure
bat 7048ftc and fail 3A RFP auto trips
After RFP warmed and F3 Fails RWM ( imf rd14a )
When requested by
Examiner
ROLE PLAY: If asked, have not performed a startup with RWM
bypassed within last calendar quarter
ROLE PLAY: If requested to verify open 3-1-155 and 3-1-156, report that they
are open
- WATCH CAREFULLY TO SEE IF NEED TO MANUALLY FIRE TRIGGER
After Tech Specs F8 Trips A RBCCW pump
addressed for RWM (imf sw02a)
If trigger does not fire <Shift F2> Manually fire trigger
when 70-48 taken to
close
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 8 of 21
VIII. Console Operator Instructions (continued)
B. Console Operator Manipulations
If requested to align spare
RBCCW pump to Unit 3 F9 Aligns spare RBCCW pump to Unit 3
Wait 3 minutes (mrf sw02 align)
If requested to reset local F12 mrf an01 e reset
RWCU panel alarms
After spare RBCCW pump <Shift F3> Fails RFP governor in raise direction in
aligned and RWCU Bat HLT83-4-4 manual for 30 sec
returned to service
Two (2) Minutes after F6 fuel failure
Feedpump governor (imf th23 5 15:00)
problem
When directed by examiner F7 RWCU line break with failure to isolate
(bat HLTS3-4)
ROLE PLAY: If requested to attempt to close 69-1 locally at the breaker, wait
5 minutes and report it will not close
ROLE PLAY: If requested to check Aux Inst rm, report 835 A&C and 835
B&D reading 90 deg F and fairly steady
After attempts to close 69-1 F10 Causes Rad monitors to reach max
are made (bat HLTS3-4-1)
Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied or when requested
by Chief Examiner:
1. Reactor Water level restored between +2 to +51"
2. RPV rapidly depressurized
3. RPV emergency depressurized
SECURE file NRC - PW maryanne
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 9 of 21
IX. Scenario Summary
The plant is at approximately 2% power withdrawing control rods to open
sufficient bypass valves to roll the main turbine. "B" RFP needs to be started
and warmed in preparation for water level control.
During the control rod withdrawal, the RWM will experience a program fault
which will block rod movement. Tech. Specs will be addressed and control rod
withdrawal will contin-ue when a second licensed operator is present to ensure
withdrawal is in accordance with the BPWS.
An RBCCW pump will trip causing RWCU to be secured and the spare RBCCW
pump aligned to Unit 3 and the RWCU system returned to service.
The In-service RFP will experience a governor fault causing it to inject cold water
into the RPV causing a power spike and some fuel failure. Later the RWCU
system develops and leak and fails to isolate requiring entry into EOI-3 and
subsequent rapid depressurization due to 2 areas approaching max safe
radiation levels.
HLT8-3-4
Revision 0
Page 10 of 21
x. Information to Evaluators:
A. Ensure recorders are inking and recording and ICS is active and updating.
B. Assign Crew Positions based on the required rotation.
1. SRO
2. ATC
3. BOP
c. Conduct a shift turnover with the Shift Manager and provide the Shift
Manager with a copy of the Shift Turnover.
D. Direct the shift crew to review the control board and take note of present
conditions, alarms, etc.
E. Terminate the scenario when the following conditions are satisfied are at
the request of the floor/lead instructor/evaluator.
1. Reactor water level restored at +2" to +51"
2. RPV rapidly depressurized
3. RPV emergency depressurized when 2 areas are above max safe
values.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 11 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 1: Warming up second RFP
POSITI,ON TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
SRO Directs warming up B RFP in accordance with 3-01-3
BOP Warms up "B" RFP utilizing section 5.6 of 3-01-3.
Place in auto and verify open RFP min flow valve 3-FCV-3-13
Place 28 start/local enable 3-HS-46-138A in start and
observe RFP accelerates to 600 rpm
Verify no abnormal rubbing or vibration is observed
Raise speed to -1000 rpm using 3-HS-46-9A
Place TG motor 3-HS-3-127A in Auto
Depress 3B trip 3-HS-3-127A and verify HP and LP stop
valves close
Verify TG auto engages or RFP rolling on min flow
Depress 3B trip reset 3-HS-3-150A and verify blue light
extinguishes and HP and LP stop valves open
Place 3B start/local enable 3-HS-46-138A in start and
observe RFPT speed increases to - 600 rpm
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 12 of 21
XI: Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 2: RWM FAILURE
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
ATC Announces "RWM ROD BLOCK" 3-XA-55-5B window 35
alarm and refers to ARP.
Verifies Control Rod positions
SRO Directs ATC to bypass RWM per 01-85
Refers to T.S. 3.1, 3.3, table 3.3.2.1-1
Contacts Rx Engineer
ATC Refers to section 8.17 of 01-85 and places 3-XS-85-9025 in
Bypass.
ATC Checks manual bypass light lit and all others out._
SRO Determines T.S> 3.3.2.1 condition C applies. Greater than
nd
12 rods withdrawn and 2 person to verify compliance with
BPWS.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 13 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 3: LOSS OF 3A RBCCW pump
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
BOP Responds to loss of RBCCW pump 3A trip and attempts to
restart 3A RBCCW pump and reports it failed to start.
SRO Directs securing RWCU pumps per 3-AOI-70-1
BOP Secures RWCU pumps and reports that the 3-FCV-70-48
sectionalizing valve failed to close.
US Directs closure of the 3-FCV-70-48
Directs placing Spare RBCCW pump in service.
Dispatches personnel to investigate pump loss
May contact Rx Engineer about heat balance
BOP Closes 3-FCV-70-48
After Spare RBCCW pump placed in service, re-opens 70-
48 and returns RWCU to service per 01-69. (conditional,
SRO may not direct valve to be opened after failure to auto
close.)
BOP Opens 69-8
Starts A(B) RWCU Pump
Coordinates with AUO to roll demins in service
Starts second RWCU Pump
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 14 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 4: FEEDWATER CONTROLLER FAILURE
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
Observes period rise by meter or annunciator and checks
for cause of reactivity addition
ATC Ranges IRMs as necessary to prevent a reactor scram
BOP Attempts to take control of A RFP by adjusting 3-HS-46-8A
and reports that "A" RFP cannot be controlled
SRO Directs tripping "A" RFP and using "8" RFP for RPV level
control
BOP Trips "A" RFP by depressing 3-HS3-125A and raises "B~'
RFP speed by using 3-HS-46-9A
BOP Opens "B" RFP discharge valve 3-HS-3-12A when "B" RFP
discharge pressure is within 250 Ibs of reactor pressure.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 15 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 5: FUEL FAILURE DUE TO COLD WATER INJECTION
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
BOP Announces "TURBINE BUILDING HIGH RADIATION" and
determines which area and evacuates that area.
Announces "OFF-GAS ANNUAL RELEASE LIMIT
EXCEEDED" and responds per ARP
BOP/SRO Notifies Chemistry to perform analysis and Radcon
Declares a NOUE on a valid OG pretreatment rad alarm or
Main Steam Line rad Hi Hi.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 16 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 6: RWCU LINE SUCTION BREAK
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
BOP Announces "RX BLDG HIGH RADIATION" and determines
which area and evacuates that area.
North and South RWCU area.
BOP Reports on RWCU leak detection alarms
SRO Enters EOI-3 on either high temp or high radiation
ATC Recognizes that 69-1 failed to isolate and attempts to
manually close
Crew Directs outside personnel to attempt to close 69-1 locally at
the breaker. .
SRO Directs Rx Scram before any area temp is above the
maximum safe operating temperature.
ATC Scrams reactor and provides scram report
SRO Directs ATC to perform actions of 3-AOI-1 00-1
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 17 of 21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 6: RWCU LINE SUCTION BREAK
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
SRO/BOP Continue to monitor and trend secondary area temps and
radiation levels
BOP Reports that 2 areas are approaching maximum safe
radiation levels
SRO Directs rapid depressurization ot the RPV using BPVs
BOP Opens all BPVs using the Jack
BOP/ATC Coordinate level control during depressurization to prevent
flooding the RPV
BOP Determines that 2 areas are above max safe
radiation values
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 18of21
XI. Simulator Event Guide
EVENT 6: RWCU LINE SUCTION BREAK
POSITION TIME EXPECTED ACTIONS
SRO Determines that Emergency Depressurization is
Required and enters C2
Directs BOP to open all ADS valves
SRO When the shutdown cooling pressure interlock
clears, directs BOP to place shutdown cooling in
service per Appx. 17D
BOP Places Shutdown Cooling in service per Appendix
17D
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 19 of 21
XII. Crew Critical Tasks
TASKS SAT/UNSAT
1. Trips "A" RFP prior to reaching Main
Steam Lines
2. Emergency Depressurize when 2 areas
reach maximum safe values.
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 20 of 21
XIII. Scenario Verification Data
EVENT TASK NUMBER KIA RO SRO CONTROL
MANIPULATION
1. Warm up RFP 259001 3.9 3.7
A4.02
2. RWM Failure 201006 3.2 3.4
A4.01
3. RBCCW Pump 295018
Trip AK3.03 3.1 3.4
AA1.01 3.3 3.4
AK3.04 3.3 3.3
4. RFP Governor 259001 A2.07 3.7 3.8
failure 295008 AA 1.08 3.5 3.5
5. Fuel Failure 295014 AA 1.05 3.9 3.9
AA1.07 4.0 4.1
6. RWCU Line Break 295033 EA1.05 3.9 4.0
EK3.01 3.3 3.5
HLTS-3-4
Revision 0
Page 21 of 21
SCENARIO REVIEW CHECKLIST
SCENARIO NUMBER HLTS-11
7 Total Malfunctions Inserted; List: (5-8)
1). RWM Failure
2) RFP controller failure
3) Fuel Damage
4) RWCU line break
5) "A" RBCCW pump trip
6) Failure of 69-1 to close
7) Failure of RFPs to trip on Hi level
1 Malfunctions That Occur After EOI Entry; List: (1-2)
1) RWCU line Break
2 Abnormal Events; List: (2-4)
1) RFP control failure
2) RBCCW pump trip
1 Major Transients; List: (1-2)
1) RWCU line break (small LOCA)
2 EOls used; List: (1-2)
1) EOI-1
2) EOI-3
1 EOI Contingencies Used; List: (0-2)
1) C2
63 Run Time (minutes)
52 EOI Run Time (minutes); 83 % of Scenario EOI Run Time
2 Crew Critical Tasks (2-3)
Yes Technical Specifications Exercised (yes/no)
Revision 0
Page 21 of 21
SHIFT TURNOVER SHEET
Equipment Out of Service/LCOs C RFP is u,ncoupled and awaiting overspeed testing.
Suction and Discharge valves are tagged.
Operations/Maintenance For the Shift: Continue with reactor startup at step 5.66.8 of
3-801-100-1A. Continue with warm-up of "8" RFP per 01-3 at step 5.6.2.2.16. Thrust
bearing! Overspeed/ Stop Valve and Control Valve tests are complete for "8" RFP.
Unusual Conditions/Problem Areas: Power System Alert in effect for the next 36
Hours.
Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant
Unit 3
General Operating Instruction
3-GOI-100-1A
Unit Startup
Revision 0074
Quality Related
Level of Use: Continuous Use
Effective Date: 12-05-2007
Responsible Organization: OPS, Operations
Prepared By: C. E. Heitzenrater
Approved By: John T. Kulisek
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 2 of 167
Current Revision Description
Type of Change: Enhancement Tracking Number: 081
Pages 81
PERs None
PCRs 07004789
- Page 81 Step 5.0[30.2] - Modify the 6th bullet on Reactor Water temp to allow
obtaining data from either Recirc Discharge OR Suction temperature and the ability to
use ICS for either reading. This closes PCR 07004789.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 3 of 167
Table of Contents
1.0 PURPOSE 5
2.0 REFERENCES 5
2.1 Technical Specifications 5
2.2 Technical Requirements Manual 6
2.3 Final Safety Analysis Report 7
2.4 Plant Instructions 7
2.4.1 Operating Instructions 7
2.4.2 Surveillance Instructions 11
2.4.3 Other Instructions 13
2.4.4 Administration Procedures 13
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents 13
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 16
3.1 General _ _ _..__ _ 16
3.2 Coolant and Metal Temperatures 17
3.3 Primary Containment 18
3.4 Control Rods, Reactivity Control and Relative Instrumentation 18
3.5 Thermal Limits 20
3.6 EHC and Main Turbine 20
3.7 Electrical Alignments and Load Considerations 21
3.8 Condensate and Feedwater 23
3.9 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection Hold
Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER
116666] 24
4.0 PREREQUiSiTES 26
4.1 Prestartup Checklist 26
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS 64
Illustration 1: Reactor Thermal Limits 135
lllustratlon 2: Core Quadrants/Octants 136
Illustration 3: Reactor Vessel Heatup Graph 137
Illustration 4: Percent Power vs. Time (To obtain 4000 MWt-minutes) 138
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 4 of 167
Table of Contents (continued)
Attachment 1: Environmentally Qualified Barrier Doors 140
Attachment 2: Temperature Verifications from Cold Shutdown to 212°F 141
Attachment 3: Startup with MSIV's Closed 145
Appendix A: Radiation Protection Notifications 166
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 5 of 167
1.0 PURPOSE
This instruction provides precautions and limitations, prerequisites, and procedural
steps to take the unit from either MODE 4 or MODE 3 to full power operation. It also
provides an integrated plant approach to raising power back to full load after a power
reduction. Provided the Reactor remains in the MODE 1, the Shift .Manager will
enter this procedure at the appropriate step in Section 5.0 depending on the present
power level.
2.0 REFERENCES
Section 3.1.3, Control Rod Operability.
Section 3.1.7, Standby Liquid Control (SLC) System.
Section 3.1.8, Scram Discharge Volume (SDV) Vent and Drain Valves.
Section 3.2, Power Distribution Limits.
Section 3.2.1 , Average Planar Linear Heat Generation Rate (APLHGR).
Section 3.2.2, Minimum Critical Power Ratio (MCPR).
Section 3.2.3, Linear Heat Generation Rate (LHGR).
Section 3.3.1.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.3.1, Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation.
Section 3.4.1, Recirculation Loops Operating.
Section 3.4.2, Jet Pumps.
Section 3.4.3, Safety/Relief Valves (S/RVs).
Section 3.4.6, RCS Specific Activity.
Section 3.4.9, RCS Pressure and Temperature (PIT) Limits.
Section 3.5.1, ECCS Operating.
Section 3.5.3, RCIC System.
Section 3.6.1.1, Primary Containment.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 6 of 167
2.1 Technical Specifications (continued)
Section 3.6.4.1, Secondary Containment.
Section 3.6.4.3, Standby gas Treatment (SGT) System.
Section 3.7.1, Residual Heat Removal Service Water (RHRSW) System.
Section 3.7.2, Emergency Equipment Cooling Water (EECW) System and Ultimate
Heat Sink (UHS).
Section 3.8, Electrical Power Systems.
2.2 Technical Requirements Manual
Section 3.1, Reactivity Control.
Section 3.3.1, Reactor Protection System (RPS) Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.3, ECCS Instrumentation.
Section 3.3.5, Surveillance Instrumentation.
Section 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry.
Section 3.5, Emergency Core Cooling Systems.
Section 3.6, Containment Systems.
Section 3~6.1, Primary Containment Purge System.
Section 3.8, Auxiliary Electrical System.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 7 of 167
2.3 Final Safety Analysis Report
Chapter 3.0, Reactor.
Chapter 4.0, Reactor Coolant System.
Chapter 5.0, Containment.
Chapter 6.0, Core Standby Cooling Systems.
Chapter 7.0, Control And Instrumentation.
Chapter 8.0, Electrical Power Systems.
Chapter 10.0, Auxiliary Systems.
Chapter 11.0, Power Conversion Systems.
Chapter 13.0, Conduct of Operations.
2.4 Plant Instructions
2.4.1 Operating Instructions.
3-AOI-100-1, Reactor Scram.
3-GOI-100-12A, Unit Shutdown from Power Operation to Cold Shutdown and
Reductions in Power During Power Operations.
0-GOI-300-4, Switchyard Manual.
3-01-1, Main Steam System.
3-01-2, Condensate System.
3-01-2A, Condensate Demineralizers System.
0-01-2B, Condensate Storage and Transfer System.
0-01-2C, Demineralized Water System.
3-01-3, Reactor Feedwater System.
3-01-4, Hydrogen Water Chemistry System.
3-01-6, Feedwater Heating and Misc Drains System.
0-01-12, Auxiliary Boilers.
0-01-18, Fuel Oil System.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 8 of 167
2.4.1 Operating Instructions. (continued)
0-01-20, Central Lubricating Oil System.
0-01-23, Residual Heat Removal Service Water System.
3-01-24, Raw Cooling Water System.
0-01-25, Raw Service Water System.
0-01-26, High Pressure Fire Protection System.
3-01-27, Condenser Circulating Water System.
3-01-27A, Screen Wash System.
3-01-27B, Amertap Condenser Tube Cleaning System.
0-01-27C, Cooling Tower System.
0-01-29, Potable Water System.
3-01-30A, Refueling Zone Ventilation System.
3-01-30B, Reactor Zone Ventilation System.
3-01-30C, Turbine Building Ventilation System.
0-01-300, Radwaste Building Ventilation System.
0-01-30E, Service and Office Building Ventilation System.
0-01-30F, Common and DG Building Ventilation.
0-01-31, Control Bay and Off-Gas Treatment Building Air Conditioning System.
0-01-32, Control Air System.
3-01-32A, Orywell Control Air System.
0-01-33, Service Air System.
0-01-34, Vacuum Priming System.
3-01-35, Generator Hydrogen Cooling System.
3-01-35A, Stator Cooling System.
3-01-35B, Generator Hydrogen Seal Oil System.
3-01-35C, Generator Circuit Breakers.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 9 of 167
2.4.1 Operating Instructions. (continued)
0-01-39, CO 2 System.
0-01-40, Station Drainage System.
0-01-44, Building Heating System.
3-01-47, Turbine-Generator System.
3-01-47A, EHC System.
3-01-47B, Main Turbine Lube Oil System.
3-91-47C, Seal Steam System.
0-01-48, Integrated Computer System.
0-01-53, Demineralizer Backwash Air System.
0-01-57A, Switchyard and 4160V Electrical System.
0-01-57B, 480V/240V AC Electrical System.
0-01-57C, 208V/120V AC Electrical System.
0-01-57D, DC Electrical System.
3-01-63, Standby Liquid Control System.
3-01-64, Primary Containment System.
0-01-65, Standby Gas Treatment System.
3-01-66, Off-Gas System.
0-01-67, Emergency Equipment Cooling Water System.
3-01-68, Reactor Recirculation System.
3-01-69, Reactor Water Cleanup.
3-01-70, Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System.
3-01-71, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System.
3-01-73, High Pressure Coolant Injection System.
3-01-74, Residual Heat Removal System.
2-01-74, Residual Heat Removal System.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 10 of 167
2.4.1 Operating Instructions. (continued)
3-01-75, Core Spray System.
3-01-76, Containment Inerting System.
0-01-77A, Waste Collector/Surge System Processing.
0-01-77B, Floor Drain Collector System Processing.
0-01-77C, Radwaste Filter and Demineralizer System.
0-01-770, Backwash Receivers and Phase Separators System.
3-01-78, Fuel Pool Cooling and Cleanup System.
0-01-82, Standby Diesel Generator System.
3-01-82, Standby Diesel Generator System.
3-01-84, Containment Atmosphere Dilution System.
3-01-85, Control Rod Drive System.
3-01-90, Radiation Monitoring System.
3-01-92, Source Range Monitors.
3-01-92A, Intermediate Range Monitors.
3-01-92B, Average Power Range Monitoring.
3-01-92C, Rod Block Monitor.
3-01-94, Traversing Incore Probe System.
3-01-99, Reactor Protection System.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 11 of 167
2.4.2 Surveillance Instructions
3-SR-3.1.1.1, Reactivity Margin Test.
3-SR-3.1.2.1, Reactivity Anomaly and Exposure.
3-SR-3.1.3.5(A), Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check.
3-SR-3.1.3.5(B), CRD Coupling Integrity Check After Refueling or Maintenance.
3-SR-3.1.4.1, Scram Insertion Times.
3-SR-3.1.6.1, BPWS Compliance Verification.
3-SR-3.1.8.1, Scram Discharge Volume Valve Open.
3-SR-3.1.8.2, Scram Discharge Volume Valve Operability.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.2, APRM Output Signal Adjustment.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.3(IRMs), Intermediate Range Monitor Functional Test With Reactor
Mode Switch NOT In Run Position.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.5, Source Range Monitors (SRMs) and Intermediate Range Monitors
(IRMs) Overlap Verification.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.6(IRMs), IRM Gain Adjustment and IRM/APRM Overlap Verification.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.9(IRM A-H), Intermediate Range Monitor (IRM) Channel A-H
Calibration.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.13(APRM-1-4), Average Power Range Monitor Calibration-APRM-1-4.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.14(2e), Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) 2-0UT-OF-4 Voter
Logic Functional Test.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.16(APRM-1-4), Average Power Range Monitor Functional
Test-APRM-1-4.
3-SR-3.3.1.2.5&6, Instrumentation That Initiates Rod Block/Scrams Source Range
Monitor (SRM) Functional Test With Reactor Mode Switch NOT in RUN Position.
3-SR-3.3.1.2.7(SRM A-D), Source Range Monitor (SRM) Calibration and Functional
Test.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.1, Rod Block Monitor(RBM) Functional Test.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.2, RWM Functional Test For Startup.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(A), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional Test.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 12 of 167
2.4.2 Surveillance Instructions (continued)
3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(B), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional Test.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.5, Verification Of RWM Automatic Bypass Setpoint.
3-SR-3.3.2.1.7, RWM Program Verification.
3-SR-3.3.5.1.6(ADS A), ADS Logic System Functional Test - Bus A, Time Delay
Relay Calibration, and Bus Power Monitor Test.
3-SR-3.3.5.1.6(ADS B), ADS Logic System Functional Test - Bus B, Time Delay
Relay Calibration, and Bus Power Monitor Test.
3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO), Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation
3-SR-3.4.1 (DLO), Reactor Recirculation System Dual Loop Operation
3-SR-3.4.3.2, Main Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test.
3-SR-3.4.9.1 (1), Reactor Heatup or Cooldown Rate Monitoring.
3-SR-3.4.9.5-7, RPV Temperature Monitoring with Head Tensioned.
3-SR-3.5.1.5, Reactor Recirculation Pump Discharge Valves Cycling.
3-SR-3.5.1.8, HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set Developed Head and Flow Rate
Test at 150 psig Reactor Pressure.
3-SR-3.5.1.10, Automatic Depressurization System Simulated Automatic Actuation
Test.
3-SR-3.5.3.4, RCIC System Rated Flow at 150 psig.
3-SR-3.6.1.2.1, Primary Containment Airlock Local Leak Rate Test.
3-SR-3.6.1.3.3, Primary Containment Isolation Manual Valves and Blind Flanges
Inside Containment Position Verification.
3-SR-3.6.1.3.5(SD), Valves Cycled During Cold Shutdown.
3-SR-3.3.1.1.1, Core Thermal Hydraulic Stability.
3-SI-3.3.1.A, ASME Section XI System Leakage Test of the Reactor Pressure
Vessel and Associated Piping (ASME Section III, Class 1).
3-SI-4.7.A.5.c, Control Air/Drywell Control Air Isolation Verification.
3-SI-4.6.B.1-4, Reactor Coolant Startup Chemistry.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 13 of 167
2.4.3 Other Instructions
0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer.
MCI-0-064-HLT001, Drywell Personnel Airlock Doors.
MSI-0-001-VSL001, Reactor Vessel and Cavity Disassembly and Reassembly.
MSI-0-064-HLT002, Opening and Closing of Primary Containment Hatches.
RCI-17, Surveillance and Door Control of Prohibitive High Radiation Areas.
2.4.4 Administration Procedures
SPP-5.3, Chemistry Control.
SPP-10.3, Verification Program.
SPP-10.4, Reactivity Management Program
OPDP-1, Conduct of Operations
SPP-7.2, Outage Management
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents
BP-250, Corrective Action Program Handbook.
BWROG-94078, BWR Owner's Group Guidelines for Stability Interim Corrective
Action.
GE SIL 316, Reduced Notch Worth Procedure.
GE SIL 380, BWR Core Thermal Hydraulic Stability.
GE SIL 498, SB-1 and SB-9 Switch Lockup.
Incident Investigation II-B-91-129, Unit 2 manual scram due to high torus
temperature - caused by temperature stratification from extended RCIC run exhaust
steam discharge.
INPO SER 89-006, Withdrawal of Safety Rod Group Out of Sequence.
INPO SER 89-022, Intermittent Failure of Westinghouse Type DS and DSL Breakers
to Close.
INPO SOER 88-002, Premature Criticality Events During Reactor Startup.
INPO SOER 90-003, Nuclear Instrumentation Miscalibration.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 14 of 167
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents (continued)
INPO SER 92-19, Power Oscillations at Boiling Water Reactors.
SOER 01-1, Unplanned Radiation Exposures
Licensee Event Report 260/94009, Missed Technical Specification (Tech Specs)
Surveillance before Reactor Startup as a Result of a Misunderstanding of
Tech Specs.
NRC Generic Letter 94-02, Long-Term Solutions and Upgrade of Interim Operating
Recommendations for Thermal-Hydraulic Instabilities in Boiling Water Reactors.
NRC IE Bulletin 79-12, Short Period Scrams at BWR Facilities.
NRC IE Bulletin 88-07, Supplement 1, Power Oscillations in Boiling Water Reactors.
NRC Inspection Report 84-45 response, RIMS L44850329806, Identify required
steps in startup procedures.
NRC Inspection Report 85-15, item 4.a, NOT Curves, Technical Specification
Figure 3.6-1, Out of Date.
NRC IE Notice 89-030, High Temperature Environments at Nuclear Power Plants.
NRC Information Notice 92-740, Power Oscillations at Washington Nuclear Power
Unit 2.
NSRB Item A258-4, Review procedures to preclude an event similar to SER 24-91,
inadequate control of reactivity changes during plant shutdown results in unwanted
Q13958, issued 09/05/90.
Q16997B - Doors, Hatches, and Penetrations Required to be Closed to Maintain EQ
Boundaries.
S17557B, Combined Zone Secondary Containment.
Scram Frequency Reduction Committee (SFRC) Recommendations 17, G-20-1 and
G-20-2 concerning additional SRO assisting during startup or shutdown.
Technical Specifications Assessment Report, Item 089, Clearly specify the
expectations for satisfying Tech Specs LCOs prior to changing operation conditions.
TVA-BFE-052, Extended Load Line Limit Analysis.
Jerry Robertson Memorandum to G.C. Campbell, Use of Increased Core Flow (L32
890302 901).
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 15 of 167
2.5 Miscellaneous Documents (continued)
W.N. Hannum (NSRB) Memorandum to R.R. Calabro and G.G. Campbell (L42
890927 800).
Letter from O. D. Kingsley to W. J. Museler, DOWNPOWERING OF NUCLEAR
UNITS UNDER LOW SYSTEM LOAD CONDITIONS, March 1, 1996 (AOO 9602,26
150)
T.A. Keys Memorandum to K.L. Welch, Use of Increased Core Flow (ICF) at Browns
Ferry Nuclear Plant (L32 920709 801).
TOE 0-97-064-0823 Parallel purging of the Torus and Drywell.
Drawing 0-48N954, R003 - Miscellaneous Steel Refueling Facilities General Plan &
Elevation.
TVA-BFN-TS-384, Technical Specification (Tech Specs) Change TS-384 Request
for License Amendment for Power Uprate Operation and NEDC-32751 P, Power
Uprate Safety Analysis for the Browns Ferry Nuclear Plant Units 2 and 3
(R08-980316-888) .
GE-NE-B13-01866-39, Task Report 39 Summary of System Evaluations and
Proposed Changes to Design Criteria Documents (W79-980427-005).
BFN-IPIP-TASK35, Computer Process Alarm Limits (W79-980319-002).
GE-NE-B13-01866-2, Task Report 2 Power Uprate Evaluation Report for
Power/Flow Operating Map (RIMS W79-971 023-002).
ED-N0003-980030, BFN Setpoint and Scaling Calculation (R14-980422-104)
ND-Q0068-980011, Power/Flow Map (RIMS R14-980423-102).
GE-NE-B13-01866-05, Power Uprate Evaluation Task Report for Browns Ferry
Units 1, 2 and 3 Transient Analysis (RIMS W79-971 004-005).
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 16 of 167
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
3.1 General
A. The Critical Steps warning represents a step, or series of steps, for an activity
that requires additional focus, attention, and increased awareness. The
Operator performing these steps for the activity needs to verify the Unit
Supervisor and other Control Room staff are aware of the evolution. PEER
checks are required for this activity and short briefs need to be made prior to
performing the evolution. Included in the briefs are worst case scenario and
contingencies.
B. [SFRC/C] Scram Reduction Recommendations, G-20-1 and G-20-2, require an
additional SRO licensed operator to assist with BOP operations when
performing power maneuvers during unit startup or shut down with Reactor
power less than 60%. This individual is not limited to the Control Room.
[SFRC-17, G-20-1 & -2]
C. Unit Supervisor's permission is required to reject water to main condenser from
the Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU) System without a RWCU filter in service.
D. [TSAR/C] Coolant Leakage Detection Systems is required to be in service prior to
reaching 212°F. [Item 045]
E. The bottom layer of Reactor Well shield blocks are required to be in place prior
to exiting Mode 4 (cold shutdown). The top layers of Reactor Well Shield
Blocks are required to be installed BEFORE exceeding 10 days of power
operation. This requirement is established based on evaluation of Source Term
effects to Operations Personnel. [BFN PER 02-005145-000]
F. [TSAR/C] Any time a unit, system, or plant mode or operational condition change is
required, the Unit Supervisor, Unit Operators, Shift Manager, and STA if
manned, are required to review all applicable LCOs prior to the mode change
(and as soon as practical during an emergency) to ensure compliance with
Tech Specs. [Item 089]
G. To ensure that all 3-SR-2 instrumentation meets the Instrument Checks for the
required modes. The 3-SR-2 readings will be taken prior to the Mode or
Condition changes. The STA will verify that the readings will allow the Reactor
Mode or Condition Changes.
H. The maximum rate of temperature change (rise or fall) in Wheeler Reservoir is
limited to 10°F per hour as measured at the downstream temperature control
point.
I. Reactor Core Isolation Cooling or High Pressure Coolant Injection Systems are
not normally used for level control during Reactor startup.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 17 of 167
3.1 General (continued)
J. Chemistry parameters are specified and corrective actions for any out-of-limit
chemistry parameter are delineated in SPP-5.3. Special attention is required
for chemistry parameters in Tech Specs 3.4.6 and Technical Requirements
Manual 3.4.1, Coolant Chemistry.
K. Noble Metal Injection will cause a higher radiation level than Normal throughout
the plant. Following a startup from Noble Metals injection this condition will
diminish over time up to 6 weeks.
Therefore, if this startup is being performed following Noble Metal Injection or
during the time period where radiation levels are still higher than normal from a
Noble Metal Injection Shutdown, then, to minimize radiation levels, the
Hydrogen Water Chemistry System should not be aligned during the startup.
The Duty Engineer will make recommendations in determining if the Hydrogen
Water Chemistry System should be placed in service.
L. All MSIVs should be OPEN prior to 25°A, Reactor power.
3.2 Coolant and Metal Temperatures
A. Lowering Reactor head flange and/or head temperature below the temperature
of fully tensioning Reactor head bolts may result in bolt relaxation and potential
leakage when Reactor vessel is pressurized during startup.
B. [TSAR/C] Monitoring coolant temperature when in MO,DE 4 with the vessel head
tensioned is performed using 3-SR-3.4.9.5-7. [Item 041]
C. The following limitations apply to Reactor heatup and/or cooldown:
1. When Reactor coolant temperature is less than 215°F, a maximum heatup
rate limit of 50°F/hr will reduce the O2 and Hydrogen Peroxide content of
the coolant.
2. During Reactor Heatup with Reactor coolant temperature greater than or
equal to 215°F, and during Reactor Cooldown, the optimum rate of
temperature change is 20°F every 15 minutes. This will ensure the
administrative limit of 90°F/HR is not exceeded. Do not Attempt to
"makeup" for time intervals which fall short of 20°F. If the 20°F is
exceeded in any 15 minute period, subtract the amount of
heatup/cooldown rate over 20°F from the 20°F for the next 15 minute
period. These guidelines will assist in achieving a target heatup/cooldown
rate of 80°F/Hr and ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/Hr is not
exceeded.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 18 of 167
3.2 Coolant and Metal Temperatures (continued)
3. During Reactor heatup, operators should use metal temperatures as a
reminder that as metal heats up, the moderator HEATUP RATE will rise
with the same amount of heat input.
D. Minimizing operation with low feedwater flow and temperature or cold feedwater
flow cycling limits thermal duty on feedwater nozzles (REFER TO 3-01-3).
A. [II/F] Prior to initiating any event which adds, or has the potential to add, heat
energy to the suppression chamber, the Unit Supervisor or Shift Manager will
evaluate the necessity of placing suppression pool cooling in service. This is
due to the potential of developing thermal stagnation during sustained heat
additions. [1I-B-91-129]
B. When containment integrity is required, airlock door seals should be tested
within seven days after each containment access per 0-TI-360 App A.
3.4 Control Rods, Reactivity Control and Relative Instrumentation
A. [NRC/C] Startups are performed using 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) to incorporate Reduced
Notch Worth Procedure (RNWP) and Banked Position Withdrawal Sequence
(BPWS) recommended by G.E. [IE Bulletin 79-12, LER 260/84004]
B. [NER/C] Periodic pauses during control rod withdrawal are necessary to allow for
stabilization of neutron level and collection of data for estimating proximity to
critically. [SER 89-006, SOER 88-002]
c. [INPO/C] Adjustment of Nuclear Instrumentation readings downward to
match other indications without a full investigation and comparison with all
available methods to measure power level may result in non-conservative
power readings and protective setpoints. [SOER 90-003, SOER-88-002]
D. [NER/C] If SRMs or IRMs exhibit noise spikes during startup, control rod
withdrawal should be suspended and an assessment of SRM or IRM operability
performed in accordance with 3-01-92 or 3-01-92A, as applicable. [SOER 88-002]
E. [NER/C] Activities that can directly affect core reactivity are of a critical nature and
require strict procedural compliance, along with conservative actions. [INPO SER
F. [NSRB/C] Reactivity can be added without moving control rods due to changing
plant conditions (such as lowering moderator temperature, lowering xenon
concentration, rising Reactor pressure, and rising feedwater flow) especially at
low power. Awareness of these conditions and monitoring core instrumentation
for these changes is required. [A258-4]
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 19 of 167
3.4 Control Rods, Reactivity Control and Relative Instrumentation
(continued)
G. In the event of an unexplained change in reactivity during an approach to
criticality, the approach to criticality must cease and the reactor core be made
sufficiently subcritical to prevent an inadvertent criticality. Approval of the Plant
Manager or his designee is required to resume the approach to criticality.
H. Reactor Engineering is required to be contacted to monitor flux shaping prior to
all power ascensions.
I. During the initial startup from MODE 4 following a refueling outage,
3-SR-3.1.1.1, Reactivity Margin Test, is required to be performed in conjunction
with the performance of 3-GOI-100-1A.
J. [NRC/C] Core Thermal-Hydraulic Stability, the reactor is required to be verified
outside Regions I, II & III. When OPRM's are INOP, REFER TO 3-SR-3.3.1.1.1.
[NCO 940245010]]
K. For Unit 3 Middle of Core Life to End of Core Life, the moderator temperature
coefficient of reactivity becomes positive as control rods are withdrawn for
startup when moderator temperature is below 350°F. The resulting effect will
be for Reactor power to rise until the moderator begins boiling and inserting
negative void reactivity. Exercise additional caution when withdrawing control
rods under this condition.
L. [OAlC] SPP-10.4 requires approval of the Plant Manager or his designee prior to
any planned operation with the following reactivity control equipment bypassed
unless bypassing of this equipment is specifically allowed within approved
procedures:
2. Rod Block Monitor
3. Source Range Monitors
4. Intermediate Range Monitors
5. Average Power Range Monitors
6. Refueling Interlocks
7. Integrated Computer System [ISE-NPS-92-R01]
8. OPRM Trip Function
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 20 of 167
3.5 Thermal Limits
A. Expected changes for Core Power and CPR during transients.
Raise In Variables CP CPR Reason I Transient
Subcooling r .1-* Loss of Feed water heating.
Cold Water Injection .
Core Flow r .1-* Runaway Recirc Pump.
Pressure .1- .1- Turbine Trip W/O Bypass.
MSIV Closure
Local Power Factor .1- .1- Control Rod Drop.
Xenon Shift
Axial Flux Shape .1- .1- Core Age
- Bundle Power Raise is greater than critical power.
B. Operating in Single Loop Operation requires Safety Limit adjustments by
performing 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO). Per Tech Specs 3.4.1, a completion time of
24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> is allowed from the time of the Recirc Pump trip. However, these
actions should be performed as soon as possible.
C. Per Unit 3 TRM COLR the Thermal limits and off-rated corrections are provided
for Recirculation Pump Trip out-of-service and/or Turbine Bypass out-of-service
conditions. These events are analyzed for separate and/or concurrent
inoperability. The Shift Manager is required to make determination if startup
with the EOC-RPT will be disabled for startup.
D. [TSAR/C] Steady-state power operation is not permitted at Reactor vessel
pressure of greater than or equal to 1055 psia. MCPR analyses are not valid
above 1055 psia Reactor pressure. [Item 094]
3.6 EHC and Main Turbine
A. If hotwell pressure drops below -7"Hg with EHC pressure set less than 50 psi
above Reactor pressure and bypass jack above zero, bypass valve operation
could result.
B. Hotwell pressure above -25 inches Hg could result in low pressure turbine last
stage bucket failure.
C. Abnormal vibration in the main turbine during startup could result in turbine
damage.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 21 of 167
3.6 EHC and Main Turbine (continued)
D. If Turbine seals have been in service with the Turbine Turning Gear secured
and the unit is to be returned to operation, the following restrictions apply:
1. Turbine placed on the turning gear for 10 times as long as the period it was
stopped, up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, then check the eccentricity,
AND
2. If the eccentricity is higher than normal, the turbine is required to be left on
the turning gear until the eccentricity indication has reached and
maintained its normal minimum width for at least one hour. REFER TO
3-01-47.
E. During a Reactor startup, with an initial pressure greater than 150 psig and
EHC being unavailable prior to the startup, the EHC system should be placed in
service when it becomes available. The Main Turbine Shell and Chest warming
may begin when the conditions are met. Due to main turbine shell and chest
warming requirements, the EHC System should be placed in service prior to
950 psig.
F. The EHC Control System can be used in either Reactor Pressure control or
Header Pressure control. While in Header Pressure control, a single header
pressure input failing high could cause the bypass valves to open. While in
Reactor Pressure control, a single Reactor Pressure input failing high will not
affect the bypass valves. For this reason, Reactor Pressure control is the
preferred mode of operation for the EHC Control System.
G. Swapping pressure control sources ("HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL" to
"REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL" or "REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL"
to "HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL") may cause the turbine bypass valves to
open, depending on actual plant conditions.
H. When the pressure control swaps from "HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL" to
"REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL" the pressure set will be actual Reactor
pressure at the time the swap is done, regardless of any previously raised
Reactor pressure set done during a Reactor startup.
3.7 Electrical Alignments and Load Considerations
A. Downpowering of Nuclear Units Under Low System Load Conditions:
Due to having five nuclear units in an operating status, the frequency of
downpowering units under low system load conditions is expected to rise. The
following communications process will be used to coordinate downpowering a
unit at BFN under low load conditions:
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 22 of 167
3.7 Electrical Alignments and Load Considerations (continued)
1. The Electrical System Operator (ESO) will anticipate the potential need to
downpower nuclear units as far in advance as reasonable, normally one to
two days. The ESO will inform the Operations Duty Specialist (ODS) of
this potential need.
2. The ODS will notify the Browns Ferry Shift Manager that a potential need
to downpower exists.
3. The Shift Manager will notify the Operations Superintendent who will notify
the Operations Manager and Duty Plant Manager.
4. BFN will initiate a telecon with other operating nuclear units and senior
nuclear corporate management (normally, Senior Vice President, Nuclear
Operations, or, President, TVA Nuclear and Chief Nuclear Officer) to
formulate a contingency plan. The plan will address which units are to be
downpowered based on existing plant conditions, the reduction capability
of each unit, time to reach reduced power as well as return to full power,
and the preferred order for downpowerinq.rsrscci Scram Reduction
Recommendations G-20-1 and G-20-2 require an additional SRO licensed
operator to assist with BOP operations when performing power maneuvers
during unit startup or shut down with Reactor power less than 60%. This
individual is not limited to the Control Room. [SFRC-17, G-20-1 & -2]
5. The contingency plan will be communicated to the appropriate site
management and Shift Manager for the impacted units as well as the
transmission/power supply organization.
6. The ESO will notify the designated Shift Managers approximately two to
four hours before the need to actually downpower. The Shift Manager will
notify the Operations Superintendent of any actual downpower.
7. Any change to unit status that would impact the agreed upon contingency
plan will cause the telecon to be reconvened with all affected parties and a
revised contingency plan developed. This will be initiated by the site
management who identifies the need to revise the plan.
B. Electrical alignments and Bus loading are to be made in accordance with
0-01-57A, Switchyard and 41,60V Electrical System and 0-01-57B, 480V/240V
AC Electrical System.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 23 of 167
3.8 Condensate and Feedwater
A. Changes in Condensate System flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS
BYPASS, 3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel
adjusting this valve locally shall be in direct communication with the Control
Room. Evolutions resulting in changes in condensate/feedwater flow
(condensate/booster pump start, feedwater pump start, changes in Reactor
power, feedwater flow, steam flow, etc) will affect flow rates
through 3-FCV-002-0190, steam-jet air-ejector condenser(s), steam packing
exhauster condenser, and Off-Gas condenser. SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW,
3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 should be maintained between 2 X 106 Ibm/hr
and 3 X 106 Ibm/hr.
B. The following are the limitations on the Condensate system and the Reactor
Feedwater Pumps during normal, steady-state operations:
1. Condensate System:
a. [II/C] Condensate flow should always be maintained within the following
limits, using 3-FC-2-29 in BAL if possible, to prevent Condensate
Pump damage:
(1) One Condensate Pump operation, greater than 1.5 X 106 Ibm/hr
but less than 6.25 x 106 Ibm/hr.
(2) Two Condensate Pump operation, greater than 3.0 X 106lbm/hr
but less than 12.5 x 106 Ibm/hr.
(3) Three Condensate Pump operation, greater than 4.5 X 106 Ibm/hr
but less than 15.0 x 106 Ibm/hr. [11-8-91-158]
b. Normal maximum line current to Condensate Pump Motors should not
exceed 118 amps steady-state operations.
c. Normal maximum line current to Condensate Booster Pump Motors
should not exceed 225 amps steady-state operations.
2. Reactor Feedwater Pumps:
a. Individual Reactor Feedpump speed should be less than 5050 RPM.
C. RFW START-UP LCV, 3-LCV-3-53, does not have a hole in the disc allowing
flow at low pressures. The valve does have relief ports that may allow a small
amount of water to pass. The flow should not be of significant amount, but
3-FCV-3-53 may be isolated at the Unit Supervisors discretion.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 24 of 167
3.9 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection
Hold Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER 116666]
A. This General Operating Instruction initiates processes that are likely to cause
increased radiation levels that raise the risk of unintended radiological
exposures and also radiation levels that warrant High Radiation Area or Locked
High Radiation Area Controls.
This GOI relies heavily on a multitude of System Operating Instructions (support
procedures) for system alignments required for the various process systems.
Many of these alignments can and do result in raising the radiological impacts
for the areas affected by the alignments. Therefore, there are increased
probabilities of unintended radiation exposures to personnel that may be
occupying these areas when alignments take place, and when reactor power
increases occur.
B. To reduce the probability of unintended radiation exposures, the following
controls are established by this procedure:
1. Radiological Protection Hold Points (RPHPs) are pre-established at
appropriate locations in this GOI and in the support procedures. The
function of RPHPs is to allow Radiation Protection to help ensure no
unintended radiological exposures occur as the result of a system
configuration change or raising reactor power. This may require holding
actions for a step (actions typically identified with a BEFORE conditional
step) until verifying personnel are not in the area before continuing in the
procedure. These RPHPs also allow a determination as to whether actions
are required to implement RCI-'17, Control of High Radiation Areas and
Very High Radiation Areas, controls.
2. The Radiation Protection notification steps have an (R) placed in the step
initial line, which means these steps can NOT be omitted unless the action
associated with the step is not performed, or the step allows the notification
to be N/A'd as determined by the Unit Supervisor.
3. An Appendix (Appendix A, Radiation Protection Notification Record) is
provided to record Radiation Protection notifications, RPHPs, and release
of RPHPs, as necessary. The instructions for Appendix A is used to identify
the appropriate required logging of Radiological Protection entries. The
primary function of the appendix is to ensure proper communication with
Radiation Protection personnel and that they are allowed sufficient
opportunity to implement needed radiological controls.
4. Radiation Protection notification steps that require a RPHP are clearly
worded that an RPHP is in effect. For these steps, it should be made clear
to Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect so that they understand
that a signature on Appendix A will be necessary.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 25 of 167
3.9 Radiation Protection Notifications and Radiological Protection
Hold Points (RPHPs) [SOER 01-1, BFN PER 126211, PER 961778, PER 116666]
(continued)
Radiation Protection notification steps that are not identified as RPHP
steps are considered courtesy notification steps to Radiation Protection.
These steps serve the purpose of informing Radiation Protection of
evolutions that are about to be implemented that may impact plant
radiological 'conditions and allow them to respond or "get their ducks in a
row". None of these steps imply that a hold in the procedure is necessary
unless Radiation Protection identifies one may be necessary at some point
after the notification is made. In many cases, the courtesy notifications are
related to an RPHP notification that will be reached later in the procedure.
These courtesy steps may also inform Radiation Protection that a system
has been returned to normal, has been shutdown, or a pump that was
previously started, is now shutdown. This information may be useful to
Radiation Protection for determining if area surveys should be performed
due to changing radiological conditions in an area. The courtesy
notification steps generally require an entry of the notification in the NOMS
narrative log, but mayor may not require Appendix A entry by operations,
depending upon expected radiological impact of the associated
evolution(s).
C. If, at any time while performing this procedure, or while performing a support
procedure, Radiation Protection personnel, Unit Operator, Unit Supervisor, or
other knowledgeable shift member identifies the need for a RPHP, then the
following is performed:
1. "RPHP" is written to the left of the affected procedure step number (this
GOI or the support procedure). If the RPHP is identified for a support
procedure, then RPHP is placed to the left of the step in this GOI that
initiates the support procedure.
2. The appropriate notifications made to Radiation Protection personnel, as
necessary.
3. The instructions for Appendix A are to be used to identify the appropriate
required logging of Radiation Protection entries.
D. Removal of any Radiation Control Notification from this procedure requires
Operations Management and Radiation Protection Management approval
unless the action(s) related to the notification is also removed.
Removal or addition of any procedure actions that require Radiation Protection
notification requires that Radiation Protection be notified.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 26 of 167
4.0 PREREQUISITES
4.1 Prestartup Checklist
NOTES
1) [NEC/C] The steps in Section 4.0 are not required to be performed in sequence.
2) Those steps preceded by an (R) are required for all startups and can not be omitted
unless provided for in the step.
3) Those steps not preceded by an (R) may be signed off as NA and initialed by the Unit
Supervisor, as appropriate. [NRC IR 84-45]
4) For return to full power from power reduction, provided that the Reactor remains in
RUN, it is not necessary to sign off any steps prior to where power reduction ceased
and power escalation begins. Under these conditions, Section 4.0 may be N/A in part
or all, at the Unit Supervisor discretion
[1] VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH, 3-HS-99-5A-S1 in SHUTDOWN or
REFUEL, key removed, and under Shift Manager control.
REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3.1.1 and 3.10.2.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[1.1] [NER/C] CHECK REACTOR MODE SWITCH, 3-HS-99-5A-S1 for
"LOOSENESS". (There should be NO movement between the handle
lever casting and the lock cylinder.) [GE SIL 498]
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) The bottom layer of Reactor Well shield blocks must be in place prior to exiting mode 4
(cold shutdown).
2) Both Reactor Well Shield Blocks must be in place prior to entering Mode 2. [BFNPER
01-005145-000]
[2] VERIFY bottom layer of Reactor Well shield blocks are installed, or
preparations in progress for installing the bottom layer of Reactor Well shield
blocks. (N/A if shield blocks were not removed during shutdown)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 27 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[3] VERIFY Main Steam System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 3-01-1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[4] VERIFY Condensate System in service in accordance with 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
[5] VERIFY Condensate Demineralizer System in service with a minimum of
three demineralizers in service. REFER TO 3-01-2A.[PER 113186]
Initials Date Time
[6] VERIFY CDE ammonia ~ 0.5 ppb or actions in progress to bring it within limits
(Le., backwash/ precoat condensate demins with CG-12H).
Initials Date Time
Chemistry
[7] VERIFY Condensate Storage and Transfer System in service and not Cross
tied. REFER TO 0-01-2B.[PER 02-004990-00]
Initials Date Time
[8] VERIFY Demineralized Water System in service. REFER TO 0-01-2C.
Initials Date Time
[9] VERIFY Feedwater System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness, or in a
configuration to support initial plant startup, with available Reactor
Feedpumps on their turning gear, if turning gear available.
REFER TO 3-01-3.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 28 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[10] VERIFY Feedwater Heating and Misc Drains System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-6.
Initials Date Time
NOTE
Due to the higher radiation levels for a startup following a shutdown where Noble Metals
was injected, Hydrogen Water Chemistry should be placed in service as determined by
analysis.
[11] VERIFY Hydrogen Water Chemistry System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-4. (N/A if System is unavailable or not required)
Initials Date Time
[12] VERIFY Auxiliary Boilers in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-12.
Initials Date Time
[13] VERIFY Building Heating System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-44. (May be in service as weather conditions require.)
Initials Date Time
[14] VERIFY Fuel Oil System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-18.
Initials Date Time
[15] VERIFY Central Lubricating Oil System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-20.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 29 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[16] VERIFY RHRSW System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-23. (May be in service as required for Shutdown Cooling or
Torus Cooling.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[17] VERIFY Raw Cooling Water System in service. REFER TO 3-01-24.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[18] VERIFY Raw Service Water System in service with pumps in AUTO or with
High Pressure Fire Pump(s) in service. REFER TO 0-01-25.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[19] VERIFY High Pressure Fire Protection System in service.
REFER TO 0-01-26.
(R)
'Initials Time Date
[20] VERIFY Condenser Circulating Water System in service with at least two
pumps running. REFER TO 3-01-27.
Initials Date Time
[21] VERIFY Screen Wash System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 3-01-27A.
Initials Date Time
[22] VERIFY Amertap System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 3-01-278.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 30 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[23] VERIFY Cooling Towers in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 0-01-27C. (N/A if not required.)
Initials Date Time
[24] VERIFY Refueling Floor Ventilation in service. REFER TO 3-01-30A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[25] VERIFY Reactor Building Ventilation in service. REFER TO 3-01-30B.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[26] VERIFY Turbine Building Ventilation in service. REFER TO 3-01-30C.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[27] VERIFY Radwaste Building Ventilation in service. REFER TO 0-01-30D.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[28] VERIFY Service Building Ventilation in service. REFER TO 0-01-30E.
Initials Date Time
[29] VERIFY,Common and DG Building Ventilation in service. REFER
TO 0-01-30F.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[30] VERIFY Control Bay Ventilation in service. REFER TO 0-01-31.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[31] ~ VERIFY Control Air System in service. REFER TO 0-01-32.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 31 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[32] VERIFY Drywell Control Air in service. REFER TO 3-01-32A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[33] VERIFY Service Air System in service. REFER TO 0-01-33.
Initials Date Time
[34] VERIFY Vacuum Priming System in service. REFER TO 0-01-34.
Initials Date Time
[35] VERIFY Generator Hydrogen System in service with hydrogen concentration
greater than 90% and pressure between 30 and 60 psig, or in a configuration
to support initial plant startup. REFER TO 3-01-35.
Initials Date Time
[36] VERIFY Stator Cooling System in service, or in a configuration to support
initial plant startup. REFER TO 3-01-35A.
Initials Date Time
[37] VERIFY Seal Oil System in service, or in a configuration to support initial
plant startup. REFER TO 3-01-35B.
Initials Date Time
[38] VERIFY Generator Circuit Breaker cycled, if required. REFER TO 3-01-35C.
Initials Date Time
[39] VERIFY CO 2 System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 0-01-39.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 32 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[40] VERIFY Station Drainage System in service. REFER TO 0-01-40.
Initials Date Time
[41] VERIFY EHC System in service. REFER TO 3-01-47A.
Initials Date Time
[42] VERIFY Integrated Computer System in service. REFER TO 0-01-48.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[43] VERIFY Demineralizer Backwash Air System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 0-01-53.
Initials Date Time
[44] VERIFY The Common Station Service Transformers (CSST) A and B Load
Tap Changers are in AUTO.
Initials Date Time
[45] VERIFY The 161 kV Switchyard Capacitor Banks are aligned as required.
REFER TO 0-01-57A.
Initials Date Time
[46] VERIFY Switchyard and 4160V AC Electrical System in service. REFER
TO 0-01-57A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[47] VERIFY 480V/240V AC Electrical System in service. REFER TO 0-01-57B.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 33 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[48] VERIFY 208V/120V AC Electrical System in service. REFER TO 0-01-57C.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[49] VERIFY Auxiliary Electrical DC Distribution in service. REFER TO 0-01-570.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[50] VERIFY Standby Liquid Control System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 3-01-63.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[51] VERIFY RHR Loops I & II and Core Spray Loops I & II charged above
TRM 3.5.4 Limits. REFER TO 3-01-74 and 3-01-75.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
In order to prevent having to resample primary containment for a subsequent entry, Primary
Containment Purge and/or Ventilation should remain in service until secured by the inerting
process.
[52] [TSAR/C] VERIFY Primary Containment System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness with Drywell Coolers in service, except as specified in the note
above. REFER TO 3-01-64. [Item 048]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[53] [TSAR/C] VERIFY Standby Gas Treatment System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 0-01-65. [Item 048]
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 34 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[54] VERIFY Off Gas System in Prestartup/StandbyReadiness, or in a
configuration to support initial plant startup. REFER TO 3-01-66.
Initials Date Time
[55] VERIFY Emergency Equipment Cooling Water in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness, or running. REFER TO 0-01-67.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[56] VERIFY Reactor Recirculation System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness or
available pumps running as desired. REFER TO 3-01-68.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[57] IF Recirc System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN
NOTIFY Reactor Engineer to VERIFY 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO) Reactor Recirculation
System Single Loop Operation is performed. (Otherwise N/A)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[58] IF a Recirculation Pump is in service, THEN
COMMENCE lowering Reactor water level to obtain normal water level band.
Initials Date Time
[59] VERIFY Reactor Water Cleanup System in service with at least one pump
and one demineralizer in operation. REFER TO 3-01-69.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[60] VERIFY Reactor Building Closed Cooling Water System in operation.
REFER TO 3-01-70.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 35 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[61] VERIFY Residual Heat Removal System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness,
except that one loop of RHR may be in Torus Cooling or Shutdown Cooling
Mode. REFER TO 3-01-74.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[62] VERIFY Unit 2 Residual Heat Removal System, RHR Loop II prerequisites for
Unit 3 restart, in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 2-01-74.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[63] VERIFY Core Spray System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER
TO 3-01-75.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Step 4.1 [64] may be marked N/A if Drywell entry at pressure is planned or the H2 0 2
Analyzers are to be kept in Standby.
[64] VERIFY Containment Inerting System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness with
H202 Analyzers in service. REFER TO 3-01-76.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[65] VERIFY Radwaste System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness and ready to
receive water. REFER TO 0-OI-77A through 0-01-770.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[66] VERIFY Fuel Pool Cooling System in service. REFER TO 3-01-78.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 36 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[67] VERIFY Units 1/2 Standby Diesel Generators A,B,C and 0 in
Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 0-01-82.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[68] VERIFY Unit 3 Standby Diesel Generators 3A, 38, 3C, and 3D in
Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-82.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Step 4.1 [69] may be marked N/A if Drywell entry at power is planned.
[69] VERIFY Containment Atmospheric Dilution System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-84.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[70] VERIFY Control Rod Drive System in service with all rods inserted and
suction from the normal source (CSTs) REFER TO 3-01-85.[PER 02-004990-000]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[71] VERIFY Rod Worth Minimizer in service except as allowed by Tech Specs.
REFER TO 3-01-85.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[72] VERIFY Radiation Monitoring Systems in service. REFER TO 3-01-90.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[73] VERIFY Source Range Monitoring System in service. REFER TO 3-01-92.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 37 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[74] VERIFY Intermediate Range Monitoring System in service. REFER
TO 3-01-92A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[75] VERIFY Average Power Range Monitoring System in service. REFER
TO 3-01-928.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Step 4.1 [76] may be marked N/A if Drywell entry at power is planned.
[76] VERIFY Traversing Incore Probe System in Prestartup/Standby Readiness.
REFER TO 3-01-94.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[77] VERIFY Reactor Protection System in service. REFER TO 3-01-99.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[78] VERIFY Unit 2 Standby Liquid Control System in Prestartup/Standby
Readiness (Storage Tank available to be aligned as an alternate source of
injection for Unit 3). REFER TO 2-01-63.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 38 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[79] [NRC/C] VERIFY Reactor Coolant Temperature to the right of Curve #3 of
Tech Specs Figure 3.4.9-1 for the following instruments: [IR85-15]
A. Either of the following Recirc Pump 3A Temperatures: (N/A if OOS and
Recirc System in Single Loop Operation.)
- RECIRC PUMPS DISCH TEMP PMP-3A (red pen), 3-TR-68-2 on
Panel 3-9-4 or ICS (N/A if pump is OOS and Recirc System in
Single Loop Operation.).
(R)
Initials Time Date
B. Either of the following Recirc Pump 3B Temperatures: (N/A if OOS and
Recirc System in Single Loop Operation.)
- RECIRC PUMPS DISCH TEMP PMP-3B (green pen), 3-TR-68-2 on
Panel 3-9-4 or ICS.
(R)
Initials Time Date
C. REACTOR VESSEL METAL TEMPERATURE, 3-TR-56-4, on
Panel 3-9-47.
- RX VESSEL FLANGE, TE-56-7. D
- RX VESSEL FLANGE DR LINE, TE-56-8. D
- RX VESSEL BOTTOM HEAD, TE-56-29. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[80] VERIFY Reactor vessel head in place and bolts torqued in accordance with
MSI-0-001-VSL001. (N/A if Reactor vessel head was not removed during
shutdown.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Mech Maintenance
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 39 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTE
For a short outage where hatches or air lock have not been opened, Step 4.1[81] through
Step 4.1 [84] may be marked N/A by Shift Manager or Maintenance Foreman.
[81] VERIFY Control Rod Drive Housing Support System locked in place and
inspected by Maintenance Foreman prior to exceeding 1°ib RTP, OR prior to
Reactor pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, per TRM 3.1.1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Mech Maintenance
[82] VERIFY All equipment hatches installed with trolley cranks
chained and locked in accordance with MSI-0-064-HLT002.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Mech Maintenance
NOTE
Step 4.1 [83] may be marked N/A by Shift Manager or responsible Section if the Access
door seal has not been broken (i.e., doors opened) and the 50.6 ,psig test is within its
periodicity. The 50.6 psig test is required once every 30 months.
[83] CHECK the following prior to Drywell Close out: (Otherwise N/A)
- DWCA FLOW ELEMENT HEADER A, 3-FIQ -032-0092 (Rx Bldg EI 565')
reads less than 1.7 CFM.
Initials Date Time
- DWCA FLOW ELEMENT HEADER B, 3-FIQ -032-0075 (Rx Bldg EI 565')
reads less than 1.7 CFM.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 40 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[83.1] IF either Flow Meter reads above 1.7 CFM, THEN:
INITIATE Work Orders to identify and repair source of leakage.
Initials Date Time
[83.2] VERIFY Drywell personnel air lock closed and interlocks have been
re-established, and tested per 3-SR-3.6.1.2.2. [BFPER 03-012038-000]
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) [NRC/C] Work Control is the required organization for Surveillance completion signoffs.
[LER 259/93001]
2) When Containment integrity is required, airlock door seals should be tested within 7
days after each containment access (0-TI-360, Appendix A may be referenced).
[84] VERIFY Drywell personnel air lock has been leak tested in accordance with
3-SR-3.6.1.2.1 as required by the Containment Leak Rate Program.
[BFPER 03-012038-000]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
[85] VERIFY Drywell integrity established in accordance with MSI-0-001-VSL001.
(N/A if not initial startup following a refueling outage.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Mech Maintenance .
[86] VERIFY Pressure Suppression Chamber water level between -2 inches and
-5.5 inches on SUPPR POOL WATER LEVEL, 3-LI-64-66 and/or SUPPR
POOL WATER LEVEL, 3-LI-64-54A, on Panel 3-9-3.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 41 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[87] VERIFY Drywell Floor and Equipment Drain sumps pumped down from
Panel 3-9-4.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[88] [NRC/C] VERIFY Refuel Floor equipment hatch cover has at least one Panel
removed. [LER 259/85018]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[89] VERIFY The following surveillance's completed or current (Surveillances not
required, may be marked N/A):
A. 3-SI-3.3.1.A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
B. 3-SI-4.7.A.5.c.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
C. 3-SR-3.1.3.5(B).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
D. 3-SR-3.1.4.1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
E. 3-SR-3.1.8.1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 42 of 167
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 43 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
M. 3-SR-3.3.1.1.13(APRM-4) or 3-SR-3.3.1.1.16(APRM-4).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
N. 3-SR-3.3.1.1.14(2e).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
O. 3-SR-3.3.2.2.4. (N/A step if surveillance will be performed with unit on
line prior to reaching 25 % power)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
P. 3-SR-3.3.5.1.6(ADS A).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
Q. 3-SR-3.3.5.1.6(ADS B).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
R. 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
S. 3-SR-3.4.1 (DLO).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 44 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
T. 3-SR-3.5.1.2(RHR I) Completed for Modes 1-5.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
U. 3-SR-3.5.1.2(RHR II) Completed for Modes 1-5.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
V. 3-SR-3.5.1.5.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
W. 3-SR-3.5.1.10.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
X. 3-SR-3.6.1.3.3.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
Y. 3-SR-3.6.1.3.5(SD).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 45 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
z. 3-SR-3.7.5.2.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
AA. 3-SR-3.7.5.3.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
[90] VERIFY Primary and Secondary Containment Integrity established REFER
TO Technical Specifications 3.6.1.1 and 3.6.4.1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[91] VERIFY a minimum of 15 feet of water on CST 3 LEVEL, 3-LI-2-165A, on
Panel 3-9-6.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[92] When either of the following has been performed:
- Maintenance on the TIP System,
- Work under the Reactor vessel,
THEN
VERIFY Exercising TIP Drives for Reactor startup complete. REFER
TO 3-01-94. (N/A if not a maintenance outage.)
Initials Date Time
[93] VERIFY Preparing Source Range Monitors for Reactor startup complete.
REFER TO 3-01-92.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 46 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[94] VERIFY Preparing Intermediate Range Monitors for Reactor startup
complete. REFER TO 3-01-92A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[95] VERIFY IRM recorders high alarm setpoint programmed ON with setpoint at
75.
(R)
Initials Time Date
1M
[96] VERIFY Offsite power available in accordance with indications available on
electrical switchboard Panel 3-9-23. REFER TO Te~h Specs 3.8.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[97] CHECK the following on Panel 3-9-5:
- High Reactor Water Level Trip Channels A and B are energized and
reset by observing red lights extinguished and green lights illuminated:
(N/A, if Shutdown Cooling is in service).
RX WTR LVL CH A HI RFPT/MT TRIP RESET, 3-HS-3-208A. D
RX WTR LVL CHB HI RFPT/MT TRIP RESET, 3-HS-3-208B. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Reactor Pressure, Level, Steam Flow, and Feed Flow instrument failures
(indicated by yellow instrument readout) are not present or associated
instrument inputs are inhibited on Panel 3-9-5 or locally at the computer.
(R)
Initials *Time Date
- Backlight for SINGLE ELEMENT push-button, 3-HS-46-6/1, on
Panel 3-9-5, is illuminated and backlight for THREE ELEMENT
push-button, 3-HS-46-6/3 is extinguished.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 47 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[98] CHECK BOTH Standby Liquid Control System SQUIB VALVE A and B
CONTINUITY blue lights illuminated on Panel 3-9-5:
- 3-ZI-63-8A. D
- 3-ZI-63-8B. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[99] VERIFY the following red lights illuminated to ensure Main Steam Isolation
Logic reset on Panel,3-9-4:
- MSIV GROUP A1, 3-IL-64-A1. D
- MSIV GROUP B1, 3-IL-64-B1. D
- MSIV GROUP A2, 3-IL-64-A2. D
- MSIV GROUP B2, 3-IL-64-B2. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[100] VERIFY SCRAM SOLENOID GROUP A and B LOGIC RESET lights
illuminated on Panel 3-9-5.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[101] VERIFY the following BACKUP SCRAM VALVE lights illuminated on
Panel 3-9-5:
- SYSTEM A BACKUP SCRAM VALVE, 3-IL-99-5A1AB. D
- SYSTEM B BACKUP SCRAM VALVE, 3-IL-99-5A1CD. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[102] OBTAIN proper withdrawal sequence from Reactor Engineer.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 48 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTES
1) Step 4.1 [104] through Step 4.1 [1 07]are performed on Panel 3-9-3.
2) Only one (1) Main Steam Line may have its Isolation valve(s) closed in Step 4.1[1 03].
[103] IF a Main Steam Line Isolation Valve is INOP and cannot be opened. THEN
MARK the associated Main Steam Isolation Valve and the Inline valve as N/A
on the following steps: (Otherwise N/A)
- Step 4.1 [1 04]
Initials Date Time
- Step 4.1 [105]
Initials Date Time
- Step 5.0[42.4]
Initials Date Time
[104] IF Reactor Coolant Temperature indicates ~ 215°F, AND, Reactor pressure
indicates ~ 0 psig,THEN
VERIFY the following Outboard Main Steam Isolation Valves indicate
CLOSED: (Otherwise N/A)
- 3-FCV-1-15 using MSIV LINE A OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-15A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 49 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
- 3-FCV-1-27 using MSIV LINE B OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-27A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-38 using MSIV LINE C OUTBOARD,
3-HS-1-38A.
(R)
Initials. Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-52 using MSIV LINE D OUTBOARD,
3-HS-1-52A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[105] VERIFY the following Inboard Main Steam Isolation Valves indicate OPEN:
(N/A, if desired to establish Hot Standby conditions during power ascension.)
- 3-FCV-1-14 using MSIV LINE A INBOARD, 3-HS-1-14A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-26 using MSIV LINE B INBOARD, 3-HS-1-26A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-37 using MSIV LINE C INBOARD, 3-HS-1-37A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-51 using MSIV LINE D INBOARD, 3-HS-1-51A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 50 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[106] IF Reactor Coolant Temperature indicates < 210 aF, THEN
VERIFY the following Reactor Head Vents indicate OPEN: (Otherwise N/A)
3-HS-3-98A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
3-HS-3-99A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[107] IF Reactor Coolant Temperature indicates ~ 21 o-r. THEN
VERIFY the following Main Steam Line drain valves indicate closed:
(Otherwise N/A)
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-55A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-56A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO
CONDENSER,3-HS-1-58A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[108] IF Reactor is in MODE 4, THEN
VERIFY EHC SETPOINT, 3-PI-47-162 is set at 150 psig. (N/A
if not in MODE 4)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 51 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[109] VERIFY REACTOR MODE SWITCH, 1-HS-99-5A-S1 position:
SHUTDOWN REFUEL
(R)
Initials Time Date
[110] VERIFY All control rods full-in as indicated by "00", green backlights ("full-in")
illuminated, or Control Rod Position Log.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[111] VERIFY CRD POWER, 3-HS-85-46, in ON.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
If more than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> elapse between performance of Step 4.1 [112] through Step 4.1 [127]
and the beginning of Section 5.0, another review of these steps is advised to ensure they
are still current.
[112] VERIFY All Mechanical maintenance necessary to initiate unit startup
complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Mech Maintenance
[113] VERIFY All Electrical maintenance necessary to initiate unit startup complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Elec Maintenance
[114] VERIFY All I&C maintenance necessary to initiate unit startup complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
I&C Maintenance
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 52 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[115] VERIFY All Technical Support procedures necessary for unit startup
complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Site Engineering
[116] VERIFY Temporary Shielding removed. REFER TO RCI-15.2, Temporary
Shielding.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Radiation Protection
[117] VERIFY All Operations surveillances necessary for unit startup complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor/SRO
[118] VERIFY All surveillance's necessary for unit startup complete.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
[119] VERIFY applicable portions of 3-SR-3.3.1.2.5&6 complete if
not performed within the last 7 days.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
[120] VERIFY CRD TEST HOIST EQUIPMENT HANDLING PLATFORM
OUTLETS, breaker 1C is OFF on 480V Reactor MOV Board 3C.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 53 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[121] VERIFY no clearance or temporary alterations in effect that would prevent a
unit startup.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[122] VERIFY no Tech Specs LCOs or Technical Requirements Manual LCO's in
effect that would prevent unit startup or mode change.
(R)
Initials Time Date
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[123] IF startup is following a Reactor scram, THEN
VERIFY complete BP-250, Restart Approval. (Otherwise N/A)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[124] COMPLETE Attachment 1 prior to exceeding 200°F to verify EQ doors in
proper position.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[125] VERIFY Fire Protection Report, Volume 1, Appendix R Safe Shutdown
Program,Section III reviewed for operability of required safe shutdown
equipment or applicable compensatory measures implemented.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 54 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[126] VERIFY RPS shorting links installed. REFER TO O-GOI-1 00-3A,
Attachment 6 or O-GOI-1 00-3C, Attachment 2. (N/A if removed following a
refueling outage.)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[127] PERFORM LAMP TEST for EHC Control System. REFER TO EHC Control
System Lamp Test section in 3-01-47.
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[128] IF desired by the Unit Supervisor, THEN
DISABLE the Feedwater Heater alarms from the AW-51 station and LOG in
NOMS Narrative logs as a carryover item. (Otherwise N/A).
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[129] IF a mode change is anticipated in the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, THEN
PERFORM the following; (Otherwise N/A)
[129.1] OBTAIN the required 3-SR-2 section for the mode being changed and
LOG in the NOMS Narrative LOG. (Le. Mode 1,2&3)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[129.2] VERIFY the current mode 3-SR-2 Data is obtained. (i.e. Mode 4&5)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 55 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[130] VERIFY the following indicate between 40°F and 95°F at each point on
Panel 3-9-3:
- SUPPRESSION POOL WATER TEMPERATURE indicator,
3-TR-64-161.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- SUPPRESSION POOL WATER TEMPERATURE indicator,
3-TR-64-162.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[131 ] PERFORM the following for IRMs on Panel 3-9-5:
[131.1] VERIFY the following IRM Range Switches are on
range 1:
- CHANNEL A IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42A. D
- CHANNEL C IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42C. D
- CHANNEL E IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42E. D
- CHANNEL G IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42G. D
- CHANNEL 8 IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/428. D
- CHANNEL 0 IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42D. D
- CHANNEL FIRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42F. D
- CHANNEL H IRM RANGE SWITCH,
3-XS-92-7/42H. D
(R)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 56 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[131.2] VERIFY all eight SELECT switches selected to IRM and
recorders inking.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[131.3] RECORD both IRM BYPASS, joystick positions. (N/A if
not bypassed.)
- 3-HS-92-7A1S4A
Channel(s) bypassed
- 3-HS-92-7AlS4B
Channel(s) bypassed
(R)
Initials Date Time
[131.4] REQUEST Reactor Engineering to initiate 3-SR-3.3.1.1.5, SRM and
IRM Overlap Verification.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[131.5] IF control rod withdrawal for startup is expected to occur on the current
shift, THEN
CONDUCT a pre-evolution briefing on Reactivity Management in
accordance with SPP-10.4. (Otherwise N/A)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0'074
Page 57 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTES
1) It may be necessary to momentarily place IRM range switches in Position 2 or 3 to
verify downscale light illuminated.
2) If an IRM is in BYPASS its associated DNSCL light will not be lit.
[131.6] VERIFY all IRMs that are NOT bypassed, DNSCL lights illuminated.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[131.7] VERIFY the following display lights for all eight IRMs are extinguished:
- HIGH HIGH OR INOP. D
- HIGH. D
- BYPASSED (Will be illuminated in bypassed
channel.) D
(R)
Initials J Time Date
[132] PERFORM the following for APRMs on Panel 3-9-5:
[132.1] RECORD APRM BYPASS, 3-HS-92-7B/S3 joystick position. (N/A if
not bypassed.)
Channel bypassed
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 58 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
[132.2] VERIFY the following display lights for all four APRMs are as follows:
- HIGH OR INOP lights extinguished. D
- UPSCALE lights extinguished. D
- DNSCL lights illuminated. D
- BYPASSED lights extinguished. (Will be
illuminated in bypassed channel.) D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[133] PERFORM the following for RBMs on Panel 3-9-5:
[133.1] RECORD RBM BYPASS, 3-HS-92-7B/S2 joystick position. (N/A if not
bypassed.)
Channel bypassed
(R)
Initials Time Date
[133.2] VERIFY all RBM display lights extinguished. (BYPASS light will be
illuminated < 25 % power or in bypassed channel.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Tech Specs limits plant to one startup per calendar year from all rods in with RWM
[134] VERIFY RWM set to allow two insert errors (N/A if RWM not operable).
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[135] CHECK SRM count rate greater than 3 cps on at least three operable SRM
channels.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 59 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTE
The emergency rod insert function of the CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 switch is
considered operable if'OO' indication is lost.
[136] [NRC/C] VERIFY operability of emergency rod insert function of CRD
NOTCH OVERRIDE switch, 3-HS-85-47, by performing the following: [IE Bulletin
79-12]
[136.1] SELECT control rod.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[136.2] PLACE and HOLD CRD NOTCH OVERRIDE, 3-HS-85-47 switch to
EMERG ROD IN until SELECTED ROD position 00 display
extinguishes, then RELEASE.
(R)
Initials Time - Date
[137] PERFORM Rod Drift Alarm Test using an insertion signal.
REFER TO 3-01-85.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 60 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTES
1) When using auxiliary boilers to supply steam loads, the preferred method of inventory
control is to blow down to Radwaste to preclude overfilling the CST's.
2) Steam Seal Header pressure may be reduced to as low as 1/2 psig provided the
Turbine Generator is off line with auxiliary steam supplying the steam seals.
3) If Steam Seal pressure is being maintained at 1/2 psig to minimize water use during
start up, prior to shifting Steam Seals to Main Steam ensure 3-PCV-1-147 is in Auto
and Steam Seal Header pressure is between 2 1/2 psig and 5 1/2 psig.
[138] IF it is desired to:
- Establish Steam Seals to the Main Turbine and Reactor Feedpump
Turbines,
AND
- Establish vacuum in Main Condenser using auxiliary steam,
THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A):
[138.1] START Auxiliary Boilers. REFER TO 0-01-12.
Initials Date Time
[138.2] ESTABLISH sealing steam to Main Turbine and Reactor Feedpump
Turbines. REFER TO 3-01-47C.
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
Time to criticality should be carefully evaluated. The time SJAE's are on Aux Steam should
be minimized to prevent filling the CST during startup.
[138.3] ESTABLISH Condenser vacuum. REFER TO 3-01-66.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 61 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NOTE
Tech Specs requires, when less than 1001b RTP, control rod pattern is verified to be in
compliance with the BPWS by performing 3-SR-3:1.6.1 every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> prior to entry into
Mode 2.
[139] VERIFY Control Rod Pattern in Compliance with the BPWS
per 3-SR-3.1.6.1 (N/A if greater than 10 % RTP).
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) The bottom layer of Reactor Well shield blocks must be in place prior to exiting mode 4
(cold shutdown).
2) Both Reactor Well Shield Blocks must be in place prior to entering Mode 2. [BFNPER
01-005145-000]
[140] VERIFY both Reactor Well Shield Block layers installed.
Initials Date Time
[141] VERIFY Control Rod Drive Housing Support System in place
prior to exceeding 1°1b RTP or prior to Reactor pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure. REFER TO TRM 3.1.1.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 62 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
NAME (print) INITIALS
Performed by:
Reviewed by:
Shift Manager Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 63 of 167
4.1 Prestartup Checklist (continued)
REMARKS:
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 64 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS
NOTES
1) For return to full power from power reduction, provided that the Reactor remains in
RUN, it is not necessary to sign off any steps prior to where power reduction ceased
and power escalation will begin, EXCEPT for Step 5.0[2].
2) [NRC/C] Sequential completion is preferred in Section 5.0 unless the Unit Supervisor
approves otherwise.
3) Steps 5.0[1] thru Step 5.0[9] must be completed as appropriate.
4) Steps beyond Step 5.0[9] may not be signed off until all steps proceeding Step 5.0[9]
are signed or addressed as noted in the steps.
5) All steps and conditions shall be verified prior to any Mode or Condition changes, to
ensure all tech specs are met.
6) Those steps preceded by an (R) are required for all startups and can not be omitted
unless provided for in the step. [NRC IR 84-45]
7) Sections other than Operations have signoff responsibilities in this section. Early
contact by Operations will minimize unnecessary delays.
[1] [NRC/C] VERIFY all Prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 are satisfied OR Actions
are in progress to complete those steps prior to Step 5.0[9]. [IR 84-45]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[2] REVIEW all Precautions and Limitations listed in Section 3.0.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[3] VERIFY 0-TI-270, Refueling Test Program has been initiated and all
appropriate signatures for Reactor startup have been obtained.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 65 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
1) When Reactor coolant temperature is less than 215°F, a maximum heatup rate limit of
50°F/hr will reduce the O2 and Hydrogen Peroxide content of the coolant.
2) During Reactor Heatup/Cooldown, the optimum rate is 20°F every 15 minutes. This
will ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/Hr is not exceeded. Attempts to "makeup"
for time intervals which fall short of 20°F SHALL not be made.. If the 20°F is exceeded
in any 15 minute period, subtract the amount of heatup/cooldown rate over 20°F from
the 20°F for the next 15 minute period. These guidelines will assist in achieving a
target heatup/cooldown rate of 80°F/Hr and ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/Hr
is not exceeded.
3) During Reactor heatup, operators should use metal temperatures as a reminder that
as metal heats up, the moderator HEATUP RATE will rise with the same amount of
heat input.
NOTES
1) If RHR Shutdown Cooling is not in service, Step 5.0[4] sign-off signifies verification of
Standby Readiness.
2) Attachment 2, Temperature Verifications From Cold Shutdown to 212°F, has
requirement to be performed prior to reaching 210°F and 212°F. DECAY HEAT may
cause Reactor coolant temperature rise above 212°F prior to reaching the Point of
Adding Heat.
[4] STOP RHR Shutdown Cooling and REALIGN RHR System for Standby
Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-74.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[5] MONITOR Reactor temperature.
And
PERFORM Attachment 2, Temperature Verifications From Cold Shutdown to
210°F, while continuing in this procedure for Reactor startup.
'Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 66 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
LEVEL A, 3-LI-3-58A and LEVEL B, 3-LI-3-58B normally indicate greater than +60 inches
when Reactor temperature is less than 212°F.
[6] CHECK Reactor vessel water level between 28 inches and 38 inches on all
the following level instruments on Panel 3-9-5:
A. LEVEL A, 3-LI-3-53.
(R)
Initials Time Date
B. LEVEL B, 3-LI-3-60.
(R)
Initials Time Date
C. LEVEL C, 3-LI-3-206.
(R)
Initials Time Date
O. LEVEL 0, 3-LI-3-253.
(R)
Initials Time Date
E. RW LVL, 3-L T-3-53-60 (Red Pen) on RX VESSEL LEVEL/TOTAL
FW FLOW, 3-XR-3-53.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
If Reactor is started up in Single Loop Operation and the second Recirc Pump is started
3-SR-3.4.1 (OLO) should be performed.
[7] VERIFY RUNNING or START Reactor Recirc Pump(s). REFER TO 3-01-68.
Initials Oate Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 67 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[8] VERIFY the following in preparation for startup:
- Reactor Engineer is present in Control Room. D
- IF performing initial startup after a refueling outage, THEN
PERFORM 3-SR-3.1.1.1, Reactivity Margin Test, prior to
withdrawing control rods. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) Steps 5.0[9.2] and 5.0[9.3] are performed to ensure transition from mode 4
and 5 section of 3-SR-2 to modes 1, 2,3 section of 3-SR-2 and to ensure that all
required data is obtained prior to mode change per LCO 3.0.4 and SR-3.0.4.
2) The previous shift data may be used if the data has been obtained within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and
all data is verified, to allow mode changes.
3) Use of the previous shift's data to minimize startup delays does not preclude the shift
from obtaining the required SR-2 data for the current shift following Mode Change.
This should be performed soon as possible.
[9] PERFORM the following prior to entering Mode 2.
[9.1] IF any RPHPs were initiated by procedures used in Section 4.0 and are
still in effect, THEN
VERIFY the RPHPs are closed out, OR Radiation Protection authorizes
entering Mode 2 with the RPHP in place.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[9.2] VERIFY ALL OBTAINABLE'data for 3-SR-2 Modes 1, 2 and 3 sections
is obtained.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 68 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
IThe STA will perform Step 5.0[9.3].
[9.3] VERIFY the following:
- All obtainable 3-SR-2 modes 1,2 and 3 section data
has been obtained. D
- All 3-SR-2 data meets the requirements for the
Reactor to be placed in Mode 2 per LCO 3.0.4 and
SR-3.0.4. D
Initials Date Time
NOTE
The Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor will perform Step 5.0[9.4].
[9.4] REVIEW the Configuration Log (SPP-10.1), TACFs, LCO Tracking Log,
and Clearance Books for System Operability Impact for MODE 2.
(R)
Initials Time Date
SM/US
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 69 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
NOTE
Prior to Mode change, verification of 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO) is completed if operating in Single
Loop Operation, to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.
[10] OBTAIN Reactor mode switch key from Shift Manager.
And
PLACE REACTOR MODE SWITCH, 3-HS-99-5A-S1 in START/HOT STBY
position.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[11] VERIFY proper RWM sequence selected, as compared to 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A),
CONTROL ROD COUPLING INTEGRITY CHECK (N/A if RWM inoperable.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[12] [NER/C] ESTIMATE the critical rod configuration per 0-TI-248. [SOER 88-002]
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[13] VERIFY RWM is latched to the correct group. (N/A if RWM inoperable.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 70 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
1) Normal CRD drive water differential pressure is between 250 psid and 270 psid for all
control rods designated for rod notch withdrawal. 3-01-85 provides instruction for a
higher pressure if required to move a control rod off of "DO"
2) Operations Management expectations are that 3-SR-3.3.2.1.2, RWM FUNCTIONAL
TEST FOR START-UP, will be performed in Step 5.0[14] prior to pulling control rods
for the purpose of making the Reactor critical. (Reference Tech Specs 3.3.2.1)
[14] PERFORM the Following:
- 3-SR-3.3.2.1.2, RWM FUNCTIONAL TEST FOR STARTUP.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-SR-3.3.2.1.7, RWM Program Verification.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[15] IF Rod Worth Minimizer is not operable, THEN
PERFORM 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A), Control Rod Coupling Integrity Check. (N/A if
operable.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[16] [TSAR/C] VERIFY moderator temperature is greater than temperature required
by Tech Specs 3.4.9-1 Figure 3.4.9-1, Curve #3. (Tech Specs requires
SR-3.4.9.2 be performed within 15 minutes prior to Control Rod withdrawal to
achieve criticality.) [Item C5] [3-SR-3.4.9.1 (1)].
(R)
Initials Time Date
[17] VERIFY Condensate System in short-cycle cleanup mode.
REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 71 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[18] VERIFY all preceding steps requiring signoff (R) have been signed prior to
proceeding to the next step.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Shift Manager
[19] NOTIFY Chemistry that Unit 3 is ready for startup.
Initials Time Date
[20] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that UNIT 3 is ready for startup. RECORD time
Radiation Protection notified in NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[20.1] VERIFY appropriate data recorded on Appendix A in accordance with
Appendix A instructions.
(R)
Initials Date Time
[21] NOTIFY Chattanooga Load Coordinator and Wilson Load Dispatcher of
impending Reactor startup.
Initials Date Time
[22] ANNOUNCE over plant PA system that "Unit 3 Reactor startup is
commencing".
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 72 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Control rods must not be withdrawn unless the applicable portions of 3-SR-3.3.2.1.2,
RWM FUNCTIONAL TEST FOR STARTUP, have been satisfactorily completed within
the last 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. (NA if RWM is inoperable and Technical Specification 3.3.2.1.C is
met.)
2) [NER/C] The Unit Operator withdrawing control rods is responsible for controlling
reactivity and is charged with monitoring nuclear instrumentation. Any actions that
affect reactivity (including recirculation control, feedwater addition, use of nuclear
steam for auxiliaries, or SRV/HPCI/RCIC testing) should be clearly announced,
coordinated, and monitored for correct response subsequent to the reactivity change.
[SOER 88-002]
3) During a hot startup following a scram from high power, the condition of peak Xenon
with no moderator voids could exist at time of startup. Under these conditions
extremely high rod notch worth can be encountered.
4) [INPO/C] All activities that can distract the operator and supervisors involved with the
Reactor startup (such as shift turnover, surveillance testing, and excessive personnel
in the Control Room) should be avoided during the approach to criticality.
[INPO SOER 88-002]
[23] PERFORM the following:
[23.1] VERIFY that an SRO is present in the Control Room who is designated
by the Shift Manager to oversee the approach to criticality and ensure
reactivity is added in a controlled and cautious manner.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[23.2] VERIFY completion of pre-evolution briefing on reactivity management
(SPP-10.4) prior to the approach to criticality.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[23.3] VERIFY applicable portions of 3-SR-3.3.2.1.2 have been satisfactorily
completed within the last 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. (N/A, if RWM is inoperable and
Tech Specs 3.3.2.1.C is met.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 73 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[23.4] OBTAIN permission from the Operations Superintendent and the Plant
Operations Manager, or their alternates, in concurrence with the Plant
Manager, to proceed with unit startup.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Shift Manager
NOTE
Source Range Data should be taken just prior to pulling control rods for startup. This will
minimize a difference in source range counts caused by a change in plant conditions.
[24] PERFORM the following to startup the Reactor:
[24.1] PERFORM the following for SRMs on Panel 3-9-5:
RECORD SOURCE RANGE MONITORS reading:
CHANNEL A LEVEL cps
CHANNEL C LEVEL cps
CHANNEL B LEVEL cps
CHANNEL D LEVEL cps
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 74 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
[NER/C] A review of startup data has revealed that when count rate doubles five times,
criticality is imminent. As an added precaution, the fourth count rate doubling has been
chosen as a starting point to limit rod withdrawal to single notch movement. This
requirement along with close monitoring of neutron monitoring instrumentation should
assure a slow controlled approach to criticality. Criticality should be expected at all times.
[SOER 88-002]
[24.2] CALCULATE SRM count rate at which notch withdrawal limitations will
be imposed by multiplying pre-startup count rate, recorded in
Step 5.0[24.1], by a factor of 16. RECORD results below and at
Step 5.0[26]:
[24.3] RECORD channels selected and pen inking on SRM LEVEL recorder
(select highest-reading channels):
RED pen
GREEN pen
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 75 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[24.4] RECORD SRM BYPASS, 3-HS-92-7A1S3 joystick position. (N/A if not
bypassed.)
Channel bypassed
(R)
Initials Time Date
[24.5] VERIFY the following Panel 3-9-5 SRM display lights extinguished:
- HIGH HIGH. D
- HIGH OR INOP. D
- DNSCL. D
- BYPASSED (Will be illuminated if channe*1
bypassed.) D
- RETRACT PERMIT (NA if above setpoint.) D
- PERIOD. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
CAUTION
Criticality should be expected at all times.
[24.6] COMMENCE rod withdrawal. REFER TO 3-01-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[24.7] CHECK coupling integrity by performing 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) as
each control rod is withdrawn.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 76 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[24.8] [INPO/C] MONITOR SRM/IRM instrumentation closely during rod pulls
while approaching criticality, pausing between rod pulls as needed-tor
neutron level stabilization. [INPO SER 89-006]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[24.9] CONTINUE withdrawing control rods in accordance with
3-SR-3.1.3.5(A).
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
The following steps apply for all Control Rod Withdrawals and does not require a operator
signoff for the steps. The actions should be reviewed by all personnel involved with
withdrawing control rods.
[25] MONITOR Reactor power during rod withdrawals and perform the following
for the associated conditions.
[25.1] IF single-notch withdrawals result in a Reactor period of less than
60 seconds, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[25.1.1] REINSERT the last control rod pulled to obtain a stable period
greater than 60 seconds.
[25.1.2] OBTAIN Reactor Engineer, Reactivity Manager, and Shift
Manager permission prior to subsequent control rod withdrawal.
[25.2] IF a Reactor period of less than 30 seconds is observed, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[25.2.1] INSERT control rods in accordance with 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A).
[25.2.2] VERIFY Reactor subcritical.
[25.2.3] OBTAIN Reactor Engineer, Reactivity Manager, and Shift
Manager permission prior to subsequent control rod withdrawal.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 77 of 167
, 5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[25.3] IF a Reactor period of less than 5 seconds is observed, THEN
SHUT DOWN the Reactor until a thorough assessment has been
performed. REFER TO 3-GOI-100-12A.
CAUTION
1) Near end of core life, criticality may occur before five doublings due to a stronger top
peak flux and buildup of plutonium.
2) [NER/C] When rod movement is restricted to notch withdrawal, failure to stop at
each notch position may result in high notch worth. [GE SIL 316]
NOTE
Once required, Control rod withdrawal is limited to single-notch withdrawal until Reactor
power is in the heating range.
[26] WHEN SRMs indicate the calculated values recorded below:
CHANNEL A LEVEL cps
CHANNEL C LEVEL cps
CHANNEL B LEVEL cps
CHANNEL D LEVEL cps,
THEN
START single-notch withdrawal of control rods.
(R)
Initials Time Date
1st
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 78 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Criticality should be expected at all times.
2) Extended operation close to the point of criticality could result in inadvertent criticality
and must be avoided.
[27] WHEN in a configuration that is expected to be near critical, AND Nuclear
Instrument response is NOT as expected, THEN
NOTIFY Reactor Engineer and Shift Manager.
Initials Date Time
[28] IF operation is to be suspended for greater than one hour near the point of
criticality, THEN
PLACE the Reactor core sufficiently subcritical as directed by the Shift
Manager and as advised by the Reactor Engineer, to avoid an inadvertent
criticality. (Otherwise N/A)
Initials Date Time
[29] WITHDRAW control rods to maintain a period of 100 seconds or greater as
indicated on the following indicators on Panel 3-9-5:
- CHANNEL A PERIOD, 3-XI-92-7/44A. D
- CHANNEL B PERIOD, 3-XI-92-7/44B. D
- CHANNEL C PERIOD, 3-XI-92-7/44C. D
- CHANNEL 0 PERIOD, 3-XI-92-7/44D. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 79 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Steps 5.0[30.1] through 5.0[30.3] may be signed off after completion of Step 5.0[30.3] when
the Reactor is stable.
[30] WHEN Reactor is critical and desired period is obtained, as indicated by a
rising neutron flux on a constant period with no rod motion, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[30.1] PERFORM verification of criticality
(R)
Initials Time Date
1st
(R)
Initials Time Date
2nd Party
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 80 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Period is measured directly from IRMs, using one of the following methods:
1) MULTIPLY time for 10% power rise by 10.5.
2) MULTIPLY doubling time by 1.445.
3) DIVIDE time for decade rise by 2.3.
4) Directly, time for power to rise from 25 to 68.
[30.2] RECORD the following in the Narrative Log:
- Period
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Time
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Rod Group
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Rod Number
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Rod Notch
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 81 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
- Recirc Pump 3A and 38 Temperatures using
either of the following: (N/A indication for a pump
that is OOS and in Single Loop Operation.)
1. RECIRC PUMPS DISCH TEMP PMP-3A
(PMP-38), red pen (green pen) on
3-TR-68-2 on Panel 3-9-4.
2. RECIRC PMP A (8) SUCT TEMP 68-6A
(68-83A) on ICS.
3. RECIRC PMP A (8) DISCHARGE TEMP
68-2 (68-78) on ICS.
/
-----
of of
(R)
Initials Time Date
[30.3] VERIFY Reactor Engineer records applicable criticality data in
3-SR-3.1.1.1.
Initials Date Time
[31] VERIFY Reactor period greater than 30 seconds.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 82 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
1) Completing paper closure of 3-SR-3.3.1.1.5 is not required prior to performing
Step 5.0[32]. HOWEVER, ALL AC steps must be VERIFIED COMPLETED
SATISFACTORY prior to withdrawing SRMs.
2) Tech Spec Bases states that overlap between SRMs and IRMs exists when IRM
downscale indications have cleared and IRM readings are on-scale and trending
higher prior to SRMs reaching 105 cps.
[32] VERIFY SRM/IRM overlap by obtaining data and completing 3-SR-3.3.1.1.5
SRM and IRMs Overlap Verification.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
NOTES
1) SRMs are fully withdrawn when IRMs are on Range 3 or above and indicating above
their downscale trip point.
2) If a shutdown margin test has been performed using a different rod sequence,
3-SR-3.1.3.5(A) will provide required actions to insert all control rods, establish normal
sequence and perform the subsequent start up with re-entry at Step 5.0[23].
[33] WITHDRAW SRMs as necessary, to maintain them on scale between 102 cps
and 10 5 cps.
Initials Date Time
[34] MAINTAIN IRMs on scale between approximately 25 and 75 using IRM range
switches.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 83 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[35] ENSURE 3-SI-4.6.8.1-4 has been satisfactorily completed prior to
pressurizing Reactor.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Chem Shift Supv
[36] WHEN all operable IRMs are on Range 3 or above, THEN
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 84 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
1) When Reactor coolant temperature is less than 215°F, a maximum heatup rate limit of
50°F/hr will reduce the O~ and Hydrogen Peroxide content of the coolant.
2) During Reactor Heatup with Reactor coolant temperature greater than or equal to
215°F, and during Reactor Cooldown, the optimum rate of temperature change is 20°
every 15 minutes. This will ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/HR is not exceeded.
Do not attempt to "makeup" for time intervals which fall short of 20°F. If the 20°F is
exceeded in any 15 minute period, subtract the amount of heatup/cooldown rate over
20°F from the 20°F for the next 15 minute period. These guidelines will assist in
achieving a target heatup/cooldown rate of 80°F/Hr and ensure the administrative limit
of 90°F/Hr is not exceeded.
3) During Reactor heatup, operators should use metal temperatures as a reminder that
as metal heats up, the moderator HEATUP RATE will rise with the same amount of
heat input.
NOTE
The Heatup/Cooldown rate graph on ICS may be monitored by typing HUR or by selecting
Heatup rate from the Operations Support (OPSSUP) menu.
[37] INITIATE 3-SR-3.4.9.1 (1), using a licensed Unit Operator, at least 15 minutes
prior to heatup. Copies of Illustration 3 should be used to plot heatup rate.
(N/A, if performing a startup not requiring a heatup.)
VERIFY 3-SR-3.4.9.1(1), in progress per Attachment 2, Temperature
Verifications From Cold Shutdown to 210°F. (N/A, if performing a startup not
requiring heatup.) (N/A, if performing a startup not requiring heatup.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 85 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) [NRC/C] When ranging an IRM from Range 6 to Range 7, power indicated on Range 7
may not be consistent with indications observed when ranging from ranges 1
through 6. Should this occur, the Shift Manager or Reactor Engineer should determine
if IRM response is acceptable, or if calibrations to ensure adequate gain settings are
necessa ry. [LER 50-260-93006]
2) For Unit 3 Middle of Core Life to End of Core Life, the moderator temperature
coefficient of reactivity becomes positive as control rods are withdrawn for startup
when moderator temperature is below 350°F. The resulting effect will be for Reactor
power to rise until the moderator begins boiling. Exercise additional caution when
withdrawing control rods under this condition.
NOTE
If in Single Loop Operation, 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO) is required to be completed prior to Mode
change to satisfy Tech Specs and SR-3.0.4.
[38] RAISE power level by control rod withdrawal until desired rate of heating
power is reached. (Usually Range 7 on IRMs.)
Initials Date Time
[39] PERFORM the following for EHC system:
[39.1 ] VERIFY EHC SETPOINT, 3-PI-47-162 is set at a minimum of 150 psig.
(may be s'et higher depending on plant conditions (actual Reactor
pressure))
(R)
Initials Time Date
[39.2] VERIFY EHC inservice prior to 150 PSIG. (N/A IF Reactor pressure is
greater than 150 psig prior to startup.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 86 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[40] IF Sealing Steam System is not in service, THEN
PERFORM the following (NA if previously performed):
[40.1] ESTABLISH sealing steam to Main Turbine and Feedpump Turbines
using: REFER TO 3-01-47C.
- Aux Boiler steam.
- Nuclear steam may be used if Reactor is still pressurized (as in a hot
restart).
AND
A RFP is being used to maintain Reactor water level.
Initials Date Time
[40.2] IF not already performed, THEN
ESTABLISH condenser vacuum. REFER TO 3-01-66.
Initials Date Time
[41] IF the Reactor is being placed in a HOT STANDBY condition, THEN
PERFORM ATTACHMENT 3, Startup With MSIVs Closed. (Otherwise N/A).
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 87 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
At low Reactor pressure elevated Off Gas flow, and lower Condenser Vacuum may be
noted temporarily after opening MSIVS.
[42] WHEN Reactor Coolant Temperature indicates above 215°F AND Reactor
pressure indicates above 0 psig, THEN
[42.1] PERFORM the following on Panel 3-9-3:
- VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-1-55 using MN STM LINE DRAIN INSD
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-55A.
Initials Date Time
- VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-1-56 using MN STM LINE DRAIN OUTSD
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-56A.
Initials Date Time
- VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO
CONDENSER,3-HS-1-58A.
Initials Date Time
- VERIFY OPEN 3-FCV-1-57 using MSIV DOWNSTREAM DRAINS
SHUTOFF,3-HS-1-57A.
Initials Date Time
[42.2] THROTTLE OPEN 3-FCV-1-59 using DOWNSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO
CONDENSER, 3-HS-1-59A while maintaining appropriate heatup rate..
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 88 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[42.3] VERIFY RPV metal temperatures to the right of Tech Spec Curve
3.4.9-1 as referenced in 3-SR-3.4.9.1(1).
Initials Date Time
[42.4] WHEN verification of RPV metal temperatures to the right of Tech Spec
Curve 3.4.9-1 as referenced in 3-SR-3.4.9.1 (1) is complete, THEN
VERIFY OPEN Outboard Main Steam Isolation valves on Panel 3-9-3:
- 3-FCV-1-15 using MSIV LINE A OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-15A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-1-27 using MSIV LINE B OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-27A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-1-38 using MSIV LINE C OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-38A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-1-52 using MSIV LINE D OUTBOARD, 3-HS-1-52A.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 89 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
When Reactor water temperature is greater than 215°F, heatup is limited to 90°F/Hr.
[43] IF Reactor coolant oxygen content CANNOT be maintained less than 300 ppb
when coolant temperature is greater than 285°F, THEN
PERFORM the following: (N/A if less than 300 ppb.)
[43.1] SHUT DOWN Reactor. REFER TO 3-GOI-100-12A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
CAUTION
During Reactor Cooldown, the optimum rate of temperature change is 20°F every
15 minutes. This will ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/Hr is not exceeded. Do not
attempt to "makeup" for time intervals which fall short of 20°F. If the 20°F is exceeded in
any 15 minute period, subtract the amount of heatup/cooldown rate over 20°F from the
20°F for the next 15 minute period. These guidelines will assist in achieving a target
heatup/cooldown rate of 80°F/Hr and ensure the administrative limit of 90°F/Hr is not
exceeded.
[43.2] COOL DOWN Reactor at a rate not to exceed 90°F/hr.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[43.3] REQUEST Chemistry to sample for dissolved oxygen every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />
until MODE 4 is achieved. .
(R)
Initials Time Date
[43.4] EXIT this procedure and ENTER 3-GOI-1 00-12A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
'BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 90 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Section 5.0[44] may be N/A'd if Reactor pressure was not lowered below the RCIC low
pressure isolation setpoint during the unit shutdown.
[44] WHEN PRESS A, 3-PI-3-54, indicates approximately 70 psig on Panel 3-9-5,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[44.1] VERIFY RESET RCIC steam line low pressure isolation.
REFER TO 3-01-71.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[44.2] WARM and PRESSURIZE RCIC steam line. REFER TO 3-01-71. (N/A
if already performed.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[44.3] VERIFY RCIC in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-71.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[44.4] VERIFY the following fuses installed and Caution Order removed for
RCIC ST LINE TRAP BYPASS VLV, 3-LCV-071-0005 (3A Elec. SD
RM, 3-LPNL-925-0032, JJ Block).
- 3-FU 1-071-0005A, 13AF17. D
- 3-FU1-071-0005B, 13AF18. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 91 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) RWCU blowdown is limited to maintain WATER TO RWCU DEMINS, 3-XS-69-6
point 3, temperature less than 130°F, as indicated by RWCU HX TEMP, 3-TI-69-6,
located on Panel 3-9-4.
2) At Reactor vessel pressures less than rated, as much as a 13 inch level discrepancy
can exist between the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) uncompensated narrow range level
instruments and the 3-LI-3-53(60)(206)(253) compensated narrow range level
instruments. The 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments are not temperature
compensated and the lower the pressure on the Reactor vessel, the higher the
3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments will read. Failure to maintain the RPV level
indicated on the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments less than 48 inches can result
in unnecessary turbine trips (i.e., RFPTs, HPCI, RCIC, and Main Turbine).
[45] IF Reactor is still pressurized as in a hot restart AND a RFP is in service to
maintain Reactor water level, THEN
MAINTAIN Reactor water level between 28 inches and 38 inches as indicated
by RX LVL (RED pen) on RX VESSEL LEVELITOTAL FW FLOW recorder,
3-XR-3-53, AND less than 48" on 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D). (N/A if RFP is not
being used to maintain Reactor water level)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 92 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[46] IF Reactor pressure is less than 750 psig AND a RFP is not being used to
maintain Reactor water level, THEN
MAINTAIN Reactor water level between 28 inches and 50 inches as indicated
by RX LVL (RED pen) on RX VESSEL LEVELITOTAL FW FLOW recorder,
3-XR-3-53, AND less than 48" on 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D), using the following
vessel makeup and level control systems: (N/A if RFP is being used to
maintain Reactor water level)
- CRD System (40 to 65 gpm). (Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System
Startup section of 3-01-85) ..
section of 3-01-85).
- RWCU System. (3-01-69).
- Condensate System. (3-01-2).
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Step 5.0[47] may be marked N/A if Reactor pressure was not lowered below the HPCllow
pressure isolation setpoint during the unit shutdown.
[47] WHEN RX PRESSURE WIDE RANGE, PRESS A, 3-PI-3-54, indicates
greater than approximately 110 psig, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[47.1] VERIFY RESET HPCI steam line low pressure isolation.
REFER TO 3-01-73.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[47.2] WARM and PRESSURIZE HPCI steam line. REFER TO 3-01-73.
(N/A if previously performed.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 93 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[47.3] VERIFY HPCI in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-73.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[47.4] VERIFY the following fuses installed and Caution Order removed for
HPCI ST LINE TRAP BYPASS VLV, 3-LCV-073-0005
(3-PNLA-009-0003, REAR BAY 6, BB BLOCK GREEN).
- 3-FU2-073-0005. D
- 3-FU2-073-23AF9. D
- 3-FU2-073-23AF10. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[47.5] BEGIN warming Reactor Feedpump to be placed in service.
REFER TO 3-01-3. (N/A if previously performed,)
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
1) If proper care is not exercised while placing the Startup Level Control Valve in service,
over filling the Reactor vessel or quick charging the high pressure feedwater heaters
may occur.
2) Failure to verify feedwater alignment (i.e., Feedwater Heaters and piping are filled and
vented prior to opening the RFP Discharge Valve) per 3-01-3, Placing the Startup
Level Control Valve in Service section, may cause water hammer. [BFNPER 01-004201-000]
[47.6] VERIFY Feedwater System aligned for injection to Reactor vessel with
Startup Level Control Valve available for service. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[48] VENT the drywell, as necessary, to maintain drywell pressure less than
1.33 psig. REFER TO 3-01-64.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 94 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) CRD flow of approximately 80 gpm with all steam line drains closed, may be sufficient
to test the EHC system with the equivalent steam flow of one Turbine Bypass Valve
less than or equal 50°A> open.
2) Steam drains should not be closed until RPV pressure is approximately 100 psig
(338 F) to allow purging the lines of condensation, minimizing chances of water
hammer.
3) The following steps will isolate the Reactor and Reactor water level should be closely
monitored during pressurization.
[49] VERIFY the following prior to exceeding 125 psig Reactor pressure. (N/A if
Hot Startup is being performed.)
- MAIN STEAM LINE DRAIN VALVES, 3-FCV-1-55, 3-FCV-1-56,
3-FCV-1-58, and 3-FCV-1-59 CLOSED.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- STOP VLV BEFORE SEAT DRAINS, 3-FCV-6-100, 3-FCV-6-101,
3-FCV-6-102, and 3-FCV-6-103 CLOSED.
(R)
Initials Time Date
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Turbine steam seals isolated from the Reactor steam supply.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Off-Gas Preheaters isolated from Reactor steam supply.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 95 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
- SJAEs isolated from the Reactor steam supply.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- Turbine bypass valves closed.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL, 3-LIC-3-53 is available and aligned
to the RPV as needed. (If CRD system cannot maintain Reactor water
level RFP SU Bypass valve should be utilized.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTE
Backfilling of Moisture Separator Reservoir level control sensing lines should be completed
prior to initiation. of Main Turbine shell or chest warming.
[50] NOTIFY Instrument Maintenance to backfill the MSLCR level control system
sensing lines. (N/A if recovering from a load reduction and the turbine
remained on line).
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 96 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
If not adjusted accordingly, turbine first stage pressure will rise as Reactor pressure rises
while in shell warming or chest warming. Extreme caution must be exercised to ensure
turbine first stage pressure is maintained in the pressure band dictated by 3-01-47 to
prevent a Reactor scram.
NOTES
1) Main turbine shell warming or chest warming may be performed concurrently with
pressurizing the reactor provided it is accomplished prior to exceeding 350 psig. If
additional shell warming or chest warming is desired after exceeding 350 psig, it may
only be conducted parallel to raising reactor pressure to rated, with the approval of
OPS Superintendent/OPS Manager. If the CRD system cannot maintain inventory,
then shell warming or chest warming is resumed after placing the first Reactor
Feedpump in service.
2) Backfilling of Moisture Separator Reservoir level control sensing lines should be
completed prior to initiation of Main Turbine shell or chest warming.
[51] IF EHC is available, THEN
INITIATE shell warming high pressure turbine at the Unit Supervisor's
discretion. REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if not performed at this time.)
Initials Date Time
[52] IF EHC is available, shell warming is complete, and chest warming is
required, THEN
INITIATE Chest warming at Unit Supervisor's discretion. REFER TO 3-01-47.
(N/A if not performed at this time.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 97 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[53] WHEN Reactor pressure is approximately 150 psig, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[53.1] VERIFY operability of EHC Control System by allowing a bypass valve
to throttle OPEN. (N/A if Reactor is still pressurized as in hot restart).
Initials Date Time
NOTE
The following steps will ensure the CRD is aligned for level control and the capabilities for
level control are not overrun.
[53.2] STOP control rod withdrawal and subsequent Turbine Bypass Valve
opening.
Initials Date Time
[53.3] VERIFY RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL, 3-LIC-3-53 is NOT being
used to augment the CRD SYSTEM for level control. (i.e., not injecting
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 98 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTION
1) If not previously performed, RCIC and HPCI must be proven operable within' 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
after reaching 150 psig, but prior to exceeding 165 psig Reactor pressure.
2) When the pressure control swaps from "HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL" to
"REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL" the pressure set will be actual Reactor pressure
at the time the swap is done, regardless of any previously raised Reactor pressure set
done during a Reactor startup.
NOTES
1) To provide adequate steam flow for RCIC, 3-SR-3.5.3.4 requires at least one bypass
valve to be > 50% open.
2) To provide adequate steam flow for HPCI, 3-SR-3.5.1.8, at least two turbine bypass
valves must be open.
[54] PERFORM the following to support RCIC and/or HPCI operability:
[54.1] REFER TO Tech Specs 3.5.3 and 3.5.1, respectively, to determine
Initials Date Time
[54.2] RAISE EHC Pressure setpoint as directed by Unit Supervisor using
Pressure Setpoint RAISE Pushbutton, 3-HS-47-162B, on Panel 3-9-7,
but NOT to exceed 165 psi prior to HPCI and RCIC being operable.
(N/A if not required).
Initials Date Time
[54.3] IF 3-SR-3.5.3.4 and 3-SR-3.5.1.8 are required to be performed for the
current operating cycle, THEN
VERIFY 3-SR-3.5.3.4 and 3-SR-3.5.1.8 are complete with Reactor
pressure greater than 150 psig and prior to exceeding 165 psig. (N/A if
not Required.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 99 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
CAUTION
1) [II/F] Prior to initiating any event which adds, or has the potential to add, heat energy to
the suppression chamber, the Unit Supervisor will evaluate the necessity of placing
suppression pool cooling in service. This is due to the potential of developing thermal
stagnation during sustained heat additions. [11-8-91-129]
2) If not previously performed, RCIC and HPCI must be proven operable within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
of reaching 150 psig Reactor pressure.
NOTE
Step 5.0[55] is performed to ensure RCIC and HPCI are proven operable prior to exceeding
shutoff head of RHR and Core Spray pumps.
[55] WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than 150 psig, but less that 165 psig,
THEN
[55.1] RECORD Time LCO entered. (N/A, if no LCO entry is required.)
Date Time
(R)
Initials Time Date
[55.2] VERIFY RCIC and HPCI are operable prior to exceeding 165 psig and
within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> of entering LCO in Step 5.0[55.1].
REFER TO Tech Specs 3.5.3 and 3.5.1, respectively AND ENTER in
NOMS Narrative Log. (N/A if no LCO entered).
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 100 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor Reactor water level closely while performing the next step may
result in loss of water level due to exceeding CRD makeup capacity.
2) RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL, 3-LIC-3-53 must be closed prior to exceeding
shutoff head (350 psig). If the Start-Up Level Control valve is being used to augment
level control, then the CRD system, which is the only readily High Pressure makeup
source, cannot maintain Reactor water level above 350 psig. Therefore the CRD
system needs to be the only high pressure makeup source.
3) When the pressure control swaps from "HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL" to
"REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL" the pressure set will be actual Reactor pressure
at the time the swap is done, regardless of any previously raised Reactor pressure set
done during a Reactor startup.
4) At Reactor vessel pressures less than rated, as much as a 13 inch level discrepancy
can exist between the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) uncompensated narrow range level
instruments and the 3-LI-3-53(60)(206)(253) compensated narrow range level
instruments. The 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments are not temperature
compensated and the lower the pressure on the Reactor vessel, the higher the
3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments will read. Failure to maintain the RPV level
indicated on the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments less than 48 inches can result
in unnecessary turbine trips (i.e., RFPTs, HPCI, RCIC, and Main Turbine).
[56] CONCURRENTLY PERFORM the following:
[56.1] MAINTAIN Reactor water level between +12 and +50 inches, AND less
than 48 inches on 3-LI-3-208A-D.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[56.2] DEPRESS Pressure Setpoint RAISE push-button, 3-HS-47-162B, on
Panel 3-9-7, as necessary to maintain EHC SETPOINT, 3-PI-47-162
above Reactor pressure until reaching approximately 955 psig (N/A if a
Hot Startup is being performed and a RFP is maintaining level).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[57] VERIFY EHC SETPOINT, 3-PI-47-162 set at 955 psig on Panel 3-9-7.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 101 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[58] CONTINUE withdrawing Control Rods at the Unit Supervisor discretion.
Initials Date Time
[59] IF shell warming or chest warming are NOT to be performed in parallel with
Reactor pressurization, THEN
STOP shell warming and chest warming the high pressure turbine prior to
exceeding 350 psig. REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if warming is not in progress
or is to be performed in parallel with Reactor pressurization.)
Initials Date Time
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[60] WHEN Reactor pressure is approximately 450 psig to 500 psig, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[60.1] VERIFY two Condensate and two Condensate Booster pumps running.
REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
[60.2] VERIFY Condensate System flow being maintained within the limits of
3-01-2 using CNDS FLOW CONTROL SHORT CYCLE, 3-FC-2-29, on
Panel 3-9-6, in AUTO/BAL.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 102 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) If proper care is not exercised while placing a feed pump in service, over filling the
Reactor vessel or quick charging the high pressure feedwater heaters may occur.
2) Failure to verify feedwater alignment (i.e., Feedwater Heaters and piping are filled and
vented prior to opening the RFP Discharge Valve) per 3-01-3, Placing the First
RFP/RFPT In Service section, may cause water hammer. [BFNPER 01-004201-000]
NOTES
1) If required to maintain Reactor water level the Reactor Feed Pump may be used to
add water in Step 5.0[60.3]. But, when no longer required, maintain discharge
pressure approximately 100 psig below Reactor Pressure until required to be used.
2) The first Reactor Feed Pump will be placed fully in service when the first Turbine
Bypass Valve is between 1Oo~ and 50 % open.
II StartofCritical.Step($)
[60.3] WHEN Reactor pressure is approximately 750 psig, THEN
RAISE the first Reactor Feed Pump speed in manual control to
approximately 100 psig below Reactor Pressure. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials' Date Time
~ End of Critical Step(s)
[60.4] MAINTAIN the Reactor Feed Pump in Step 5.0[60.3] approximately
100 psig below Reactor pressure unless required to be used to
maintain Reactor water level.
Initials Date Time
[61] IF additional shell warming is required, THEN
REESTABLISH shell warming of high pressure turbine. REFER TO 3-01-47.
(N/A if not required.) .
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 103 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[62] VERIFY the following annunciators on Panel 3-9-5 are reset at approximately
850 psig:
- MAIN STEAM LINE CH A PRESS LOW (3-XA-55-5B,
window 25). D
- MAIN STEAM LINE CH B PRESS LOW (3-XA-55-5B,
window 26). D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[63] VERIFY all surveillances required prior to going into MODE 1 are current.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
[64] VERIFY the following in standby readiness:
- Rod Block Monitor. (3-01-92C).
(R)
Initials Time Date
- CAD System. (3-01-84).
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 104 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
NOTE
Drywell to Torus differential pressure must be established within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after reaching
150/0 RTP per Tech Specs Section 3.6.2.6 as referenced in 3-01-64.
[65] PRIOR to exceeding 950 psig, PERFORM the following:
[65.1] VERIFY EHC system in service. REFER TO 3-01-47A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[65.2] VERIFY EHC Pressure Control is selected to REACTOR PRESSURE
control prior to opening bypass valves.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[65.3] BEGIN shell warming high pressure turbine at the Unit Supervisor's
discretion. REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if previously performed).
Initials Date Time
[65.4] WHEN shell warming is complete, THEN
BEGIN Chest warming at the Unit Supervisor's discretion.
REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if previously performed).
Initials Date Time
[65.5] RECORD the time 935 psig was obtained in the NOMS Narrative Log.
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 105 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Prior to entering Mode 1, the 150 psig test for both HPCI and RCIC must be completed
and both declared operable. The 150 psig test may be completed by using either
Nuclear Steam or Aux Boiler Steam.
2) RCIC must be proven operable at high Pressure within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from Reactor Steam
Pressure reaching 950 psig and at leas one turbine bypass valve is full open.
3) HPCI must be proven operable at high pressure within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from Reactor Steam
Pressure reaching 950 psig and at least two turbine bypass valves are full open).
4) Failure of the HPCI or RCIC High Pressure (950 psig) surveillance while in Mode 2,
will preclude Mode 1 entry.
5) Failure of the HPCI or RCIC High Pressure (950 psig) surveillance in Mode 1, results
in a 14 day LCO.
6) It is preferred to perform the HPCI and RCIC 950 psig surveillances in MODE 1 if the
12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> LCO clock permits.
[66] VERIFY RCIC operable within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reactor pressure is greater than
or equal to 950 psig, but less than or equal to 1040 psig, AND at least one
turbine bypass valve is full open. COMPLETE 3-SR-3.5.3.3 OR VERIFY
current (N/A if RCIC surveillance is going to be performed in Mode 1).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[67] VERIFY HPCI operable within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reactor pressure is greater than
or equal to 950 psig, but less than or equal to 1040 psig, AND at least two
turbine bypass valves are full open. COMPLETE 3-SR-3.5.1.7 OR VERIFY
current (N/A if HPCI surveillance is going to be performed in Mode 1).
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 106 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
3-SR-3.4.3.2, Main Steam Relief Valves Manual Cycle Test, is performed once per
operating cycle. Tech Specs SR 3.4.3.2 requires that each S/RV opens when manually
actuated, however it is not required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after Reactor steam
pressure and flow are adequate to perform the test. Adequate pressure at which this test is
to be performed is greater than 935 psig. Adequate steam flow is represented by at least
3 main turbine bypass valves full open. A check with Work Control will determine whether
this SR should be performed at this time.
[68] WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than or equal to 935 psig AND three (3)
Turbine bypass valves are fully open, THEN
PERFORM the following:
- ENTER 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> LCO for Main Steam Relief Valve Operability.
(Tech Specs LCO 3.4.3). (N/A, if 3-SR-3.4.3.2 is not required)
(R)
Initials Time Date
- RECORD Time LCO entered. (N/A if LCO entry not required.)
Date Time
(R)
Initials Time Date
- IF 3-SR-3.4.3.2 is required to be performed and Reactor pressure is
greater than or equal to 935 psig with 3 turbine bypass valves full open,
THEN
PERFORM 3-SR-3.4.3.2. (Otherwise N/A)
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 107 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[69] WHEN Reactor pressure reaches approximately 950 psig AND the first
bypass valve 10°,tb to 50°,tb open, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[69.1] VERIFY the first RFP is in service maintaining Reactor water level.
Initials Date Time
[69.2] BEFORE placing Seal Steam System, SJAE and Preheaters on nuclear
steam, PERFORM the following: [BFN PER 126211]
[69.2.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for the
impending action to transfer Seal Steam System, SJAE, and
Preheaters to nuclear steam. RECORD time Radiation Protection
notified in the NOMS Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[69.2.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A
in accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec 5.7]
[BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
NOTE
The Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor will perform Step 5.0[69.3]
[69.3] REVIEW the Daily Configuration Log, LCO Tracking Log, TACFs, and
Clearance Books for System Operability impact for MODE 1
OPERATION.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Shift Mgr. / Unit Supv
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 108 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Step 5.0[69.4] is to ensure that all required data is obtained prior to mode change per LCO 3.0.4 and SR-3.0.4 and is verified by the STA.
[69.4] VERIFY that all 3-SR-2 data meets the requirements for the Reactor to
be placed in Mode 1 per LCO 3.0.4 and SR-3.0.4.
Initials Date Time
[69.5] IF Steam Seal pressure is being maintained at 1/2 psig to minimize
water use during startup, THEN
VERIFY the following on Panel 3-9-7:
- 3-PCV-1-147 is in AUTO using STEAM SEAL
REGULATOR,3-HS-1-147. D
- STEAM SEAL HDR PRESSURE, 3-PI-1-148A
indicates between 2 1/2 psig and 5 1/2 psig. D
Initials Date Time
[69.6] TRANSFER Sealing Steam System from auxiliary steam to nuclear
steam. REFER TO 3-01-47C. (N/A if previously placed on Nuclear
steam)
Initials Date Time
[69.7] TRANSFER SJAE and Preheaters from auxiliary steam to nuclear
steam. REFER TO 3-01-66. (N/A if previously placed on Nuclear
steam)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 109 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[69.8] BEGIN warm-up of a second RFP. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[69.9] NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance, to INSTALL Main Generator and
Exciter field brushes.
Initials Date Time
[70] IF additional chest warming is required, THEN
ESTABLISH Turbine chest warming. REFER TO 3-01-47.
Initials Date Time
[71] VERIFY IRM/APRM overlap by operator visual observation before exceeding
S°A> power.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[72] IF leakage walkdowns are being performed, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
BEFORE exceeding 5% power, PERFORM the following:
[72.1.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for reactor
power approaching S°A>. RECORD time Radiation Protection
notified in the NOMS Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[72.1.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A
in accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec5.?, SOER 01-1,
BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 110 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[73] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power to approximately
80/0. REFER TO 3-01-85 and 3-SR-3.1.3.5(A).
(R)
Initials Time Date
[74] VERIFY all operable APRM downscale alarms are reset and no rod blocks
exist.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[75] VERIFY the following:
- Hotwell Pressure is below -24" Hg. D
- CONDENSER A, B OR C VACUUM LOW annunciator,
(3-XA-55-7B, window 17) is reset on Panel 3-9-7. D
(R)
Initials Time Date
[76] VERIFY all operable MSIVs are open on Panel 3-9-3.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[77] IF primary containment purge and/or Primary Containment Ventilation is in
service, THEN
PLACE the following switches in the BYPASS position (Panel 3-9-3):
- PC PURGE DIV I RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-24. D
- PC PURGE DIV II RUN MODE BYPASS, 3-HS-64-25. D
Initials Date Time
[78] IF Recirculation System is in Single Loop Operation, THEN
VERIFY that 3-SR-3.4.1 (SLO) is completed to satisfy Tech Specs and
SR-3.0.4. (Otherwise N/A)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 111 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[79] VERIFY HPCI and RCIC OPERABLE for the 150 psig test, prior to entering
MODE 1.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[80] PERFORM the following to go to MODE 1:
[80.1] OBTAIN Shift Manager permission to go to MODE 1.
Permission Granted to go to MODE 1:
Shift Manager Signature
(R)
Initials Time Date
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
[80.2] PRIOR to exceeding 12°/b power, PLACE REACTOR MODE
SWITCH to RUN.
AND
LEAVE the REACTOR MODE SWITCH key installed.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[81] WHEN REACTOR MODE SWITCH is placed in RUN, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[81.1] RECORD time in the NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[81.2] VERIFY RCIC operable. 3-SR-3.5.3.3 completed or current.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 112 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[81.3] VERIFY HPCI operable. 3-SR-3.5.1.7 completed or current.
(R)
Initials' Time Date
[82] IF personnel are in the drywell, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
BEFORE exceeding 12°A> power, PERFORM the following:
[82.1.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for reactor
power approaching 12% AND to evacuate all personnel from the
drywell. RECORD time Radiation Protection notified in the NOMS
Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[82.1.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A
in accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec 5.7, SOER 01-1,
BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[83] IF requested by Reactor Engineer, THEN
PERFORM the following: (Otherwise N/A)
[83.1] OBTAIN Shift Manager's concurrence to bypass RWM.
Initials Date Time
[83.2] BYPASS RWM in accordance with 3-01-85.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 113 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
NOTES
1) Drywell to Torus differential pressure must be established within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after
reaching 15% RTP per Tech Specs Section 3.6.2.6. (3-01-64).
2) Primary Containment must be inerted within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of reaching 15% RTP per
Tech Specs Section 3.6.3.2. (3-01-76).
[84] WHEN Reactor is at 15% RTP, THEN
- RECORD the time 15% RTP was obtained in the NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Time Date
- ENTER 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> LCO for Drywell to Suppression Pool Differential
Pressure. REFER TO Tech Specs LCO 3.6.2.6. (N/A if Drywell to
Suppression Pool Differential Pressure already established)
(R)
Initials Time Date
- ENTER 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> LCO for Primary Containment Oxygen Concentration.
REFER TO Tech Specs LCO 3.6.3.2. (N/A if Primary Containment is
already inerted)
(R)
Initials Time Date
- RECORD Time LCO entered. (N/A if no LCO entry is required.)
Date Time
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 114 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[85] WHEN stable operation can be maintained, THEN
PLACE operating RFPT in automatic operation. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[86] TRANSFER IRM/APRM recorders to APRM.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[87] TRANSFER IRM/RBM recorders to RBM.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[88] PERFORM the following for IRMs:
[88.1 ] WITHDRAW all operable IRMs.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[88.2] PLACE all range switches to a position such that associated alarms are
reset.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[88.3] VERIFY all IRM upscale or downscale alarms are reset.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 115 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[88.4] VERIFY IRM recorder High Alarm setpoint programmed OFF.
Initials Date Time
1M
[89] IF Drywell Personnel Air Lock has been opened since startup began, THEN
VERIFY the following: (N/A if not opened since startup began.)
A. Drywell Personnel Air Lock interlocks have been re-established and
tested per 3-SR-3.6.1.2.2. [BFPER 03-012038-000]
(R)
Initials Time Date
B. Drywell Personnel Air Lock has been leak tested in accordance with
3-SR-3.6.1.2.1 as required by the Containment Leak Rate Program.
[BFPER 03-012038-000]
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
[90] VERIFY N2 inerting of Drywell and Torus in progress or complete, to ensure
inerting is complete within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering LCO in Step 5.0[84].
REFER TO 3-01-76.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[91] VERIFY nitrogen purge to TIP system operating. REFER TO 3-01-94.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[92] IF DWCA is aligned to Plant Control Air, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
ALIGN DWCA to Containment Inerting Nitrogen source.
REFER TO 3-01-32A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 116 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Due to time constraints, the Generator Core Condition Monitor should be placed in service
prior to the Purity Meter.
[93] VERIFY the following:
- Generator Core monitor placed in service. (3-01-35).
Initials Date Time
- Main Turbine on turning gear or rolling greater than or equal to 2 RPM.
(3-01-47).
Initials Date Time
- Main Generator and exciter field brushes installed.
Initials Date Time
Electrical Maint.
- GENERATOR 3 STOP VALVE AND LS TCO BLOCK (BT-31) in relay
room on Panel RB34 for Unit 3 is installed.
Initials Date Time
- GEN HYDROGEN PRESSURE, 3-PI-35-17A, greater than 30 psig on
Panel 3-9-8.
Initials Date Time
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 117 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
- Appropriate personnel on the turbine deck to sound out the turbine
during rolling.
Initials Date Time
- PCB 234 AIR ABN, 3-XA-55-8D, Window 57 reset.
Initials Date Time
- GEN HYDROGEN PURITY, 3-H21-35-12A greater than 90 percent on
Panel 3~9-8.
Initials Date Time
[94] REMOVE Shift Manager Hold Order and CLOSE knife blade switches CS-1,
CS-2, and CS-3, prior to rolling Main Turbine.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[95] VERIFY all outage work activities are dispositioned per SPP 7.2, Outage
Management.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Outage and Site Scheduling
Manager or Designee
(R)
Initials Time Date
Maintenance Mods Manager or Designee
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 118 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
With the feedwater heaters not in service each bypass valve is worth approximately 4%.
Therefore, with 7 bypass valves open, Reactor power has the potential to exceed 25%.
[96] WHEN 5 to 6 turbine bypass valves are open (being careful NOT to exceed
25% Reactor power), THEN
[96.1] ROLL Turbine-Generator REFER TO 3-01-47.
Initials Date Time
[96.2] RAISE speed to rated while observing Main Turbine loading limitations.
REFER TO 3-01-47.
Initials Date Time
[97] VERIFY MAIN TURBINE SHUTDOWN, 3-XA-55-8A, window 11, is reset.
Initials Date Time
[98] SYNCHRONIZE Turbine-Generator to grid and APPLY initial load.
REFER TO 3-01-47.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 119 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Steps 5.0[99]and 5.0[100] may be N/A'd during a load reduction, when the Main Turbine is
removed from service and the following conditions are met:
- Main Turbine was removed from service for a short time.
- The Unit Supervisor evaluated and determines that no work has occurred on any
systems or components affecting Steps 5.0[99] and 5.0[100].
[99] COORDINATE with Mechanical Engineering Support to INSPECT the
Moisture Separator Room for steam leaks that would NOT have been
detected prior to the Turbine Roll. (N/A if recovering from a load reduction
and the turbine remained on line.)
Initials Date Time
NOTE
Step 5.0[100] may be accomplished by placing a 2 inch by 2 inch thin piece of metal or
similar device over the vent hole and verifying that it is not held in place by in-leakage.
Other methods may be used as directed by 3-POI-2-1.
[1 00] COORDINATE with Mechanical Engineering Support to CHECK steam seal
regulator relief valves for in-leakage. (N/A if recovering from a load reduction
and the turbine remained on line.)
Initials Date Time
[101] PLACE Feedwater Heaters and Moisture Separator Drain System in
Warm-up Mode. REFER TO 3-01-6.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 120 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[102] VERIFY alignment of steamline drain valves for normal operation.
REFER TO 3-01-1.
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
Exceeding 150 MVARS incoming reactive load may result in slipping a generator pole
during periods of low excitation.
[103] [INPO/C] CHECK the following parameters to ensure proper operation and
COMPARE to indicated APRM power for agreement during any power
change:
- Reactor Pressure. D
- Feedwater Flow. D
- Reactor Water Level. D
- Steam Flow. D
- Reactor Power. D
- Generator MW. D
- Core Flow. D
- Bypass Valve Position. [INPO SOER 90-003] D
Initials Date Time
[104] MAINTAIN Reactor power and core flow within limits of Unit 3 Power/Flow
Map. REFER TO ICS and/or 0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 121 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[105] WHEN Reactor power as indicated on APRMs is greater than 15%, but less
than 25%, THEN
PERFORM or VERIFY within required periodicity
- 3-SR-3.3.2.1.1, Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Functional Test.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
- 3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(A), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional
Test.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
- 3-SR-3.3.2.1.4(B), Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Calibration and Functional
Test.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally is required to be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[106] WHEN total steam flow exceeds 19°1b, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[106.1] VERIFY Condensate System flow being maintained within the limits of
3-01-2 using CNDS FLOW CONTROL SHORT CYCLE, 3-FC-2-29, on
Panel 3-9-6, in AUTO/BAL.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 122 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[106.2] VERIFY charcoal adsorbers are in service. REFER TO 3-01-66.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[106.3] Prior to reaching 25% power, VERIFY 3-SR-3.3.2.2.4, Reactor
Feedwater and Main Turbine High Water Level Trip Logic System
Functional Test is completed.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[107] BEFORE exceeding 25% power (0-TI-248, Station Reactor
Engineer, and Illustration 1), PERFORM the following:
[107.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for reactor
power approaching 25%. RECORD time Radiation Protection notified in
the NOMS Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[107.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A in
accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec 5.7, SOER 01-1,
BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[107.3] VERIFY the following:
[107.3.1] All operable Main Steam Isolation Valves open.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[107.3.2] Reactor Feedwater Temperature greater than 160°F.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[107.3.3] Restart of Core Monitoring System on ICS.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 123 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[107.3.4] Core Monitoring Software available.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
NOTE
Steps 5.0[107.3.5]and 5.0[1 07.3.6]are performed to ensure that all required data is
obtained prior to mode change per LCO 3.0.4 and SR-3.0.4.
[107.3.5] 3-SR-2 data for 25°A> RTP has been performed.
Initials Date Time
NOTE
Step 5.0[107.3.6] SHALL be verified by the STA.
[107.3.6] All 3-SR-2 data meets the requirements for exceeding 25°A>
Reactor power per LCO 3.0.4 and SR-3.0.4.
Initials Date Time
[108] PERFORM 3-SR-3.3.2.1.5, Verification of RWM Automatic Bypass Setpoint.
(N/A if not required)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 124 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
[109] WHEN Reactor power is greater than 25°1b, THEN
[109.1] PERFORM 3-SR-3.3.1.1.2, APRM Output Signal Adjustment. (not
required to be performed until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after thermal power greater
than or equal to 25% RTP.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[109.2] VERIFY Thermal Limits are set to meet the following requirements:
- Administrative limits as required for Feedwater
Temperature
(R)
Initials Time Date
Reactor Engineer
[109.3] VERIFY the Main Turbine Bypass system operable per Tech Specs 3.7.5.
(R)
,Initials Time Date
[109.4] VERIFY RFPT and Main Turbine High Water Level Trip OPERABLE
per Tech Specs 3.3.2.2.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[110] PLACE Hydrogen Water Chemistry System in service. REFER TO 3-01-4.
(N/A if system is unavailable or not required to be in service.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 125 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Verification of control rod following the drive by observing a response in the nuclear
instrumentation is required each time a control rod is moved.
2) Thermal power changes of 15°Jb of rated power or more occurring within one hour
requires Chemistry be notified to determine if sampling in accordance with Tech Specs 3.4.6 and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1 is required.
[111] VERIFY CLOSED all TURBINE BYPASS valves prior to exceeding 30 0Jb
Reactor power.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[112] CONTINUE control rod withdrawals in combination with core flow changes, as
recommended by Reactor Engineer, until approximately 30 0Jb Reactor power.
Initials Date Time
[113] PERFORM a Recombiner performance evaluation. REFER TO 3-01-66.
Initials Date Time
BFN- Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 126 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
NOTE
Per Unit 3 TRM COLR the CPR limits and off-rated corrections are provided for
Recirculation Pump Trip out-of-service and/or Turbine Bypass out-of-service conditions.
These events are analyzed for separate and concurrent for operability.
[114] WHEN Reactor power exceeds 30°R> , THEN
[114.1] TRANSFER Reactor Feedwater Control System to three-element
control. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[114.2] VERIFY the EOC-RPT Trips are operable per Tech Specs 3.3.4.1.
(N/A if disabled per 3-01-68)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[114.3] VERIFY annunciator TURB CV FAST CLOSURE TURB SV CLOSURE
SCRAM/RPT TRIP LOGIC BYPASS, 3-XA-55-5B, window 16 resets.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[114.4] VERIFY that the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve
Fast Closure, Trip Oil Pressure-Low scrams are OPERABLE per
(R)
Initials Time Date
[114.5] VERIFY Turbine First Stage Pressure Permissive pressure switches
(R)
Initials Time Date
[115] VERIFY Generator Hydrogen purity greater than 97%. REFER TO 3-01-35.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 127 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[116] VERIFY Generator Hydrogen pressure in the pressure band required in
3-01-35.
Initials Date Time
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[117] PLACE additional condensate demineralizers in service as required to
support starting a second Reactor Feedpump. REFER TO 3-01-2A.
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
Placing a second Reactor Feed pump in service prior to 30% power or 4 x 106 lbm/hr
feedwater flow may cause fluctuations in Feedwater Level Control System.
[118] PLACE a second Reactor Feedpump in service. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[119] BEGIN warming the third Reactor Feedpump. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[120] VERIFY Condensate System flow being maintained within the limits of 3-01-2
using CNDS FLOW CONTROL SHORT CYCLE, 3-FC-2-29, on Panel 3-9-6,
in AUTO/BAL.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 128 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTE
Step 5.0[121] is to be performed prior to placing feedwater heaters in service.
[121] VERIFY all outage work activities are dispositioned in accordance with
SPP-7.2, Outage Management.
(R)
Initials Time Date
Outage and Site Scheduling
Manager or Designee
(R)
Initials Time Date
Maintenance Mods Manager or Designee
[122] BEFORE placing feedwater heaters and moisture separators in service,
PERFORM the following:
[122.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for the
impending action to place Feedwater Heaters and Moisture Separators
in service. RECORD time Radiation Protection notified in the NOMS
Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[122.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A in
accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec 5.7, SOER 01-1,
BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI~1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 129 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[123] WHEN reactor power is approximately 40 0Jb, THEN
BEGIN placing Feedwater Heaters and Moisture Separator Drain System in
service. REFER TO 3-01-6.
[123.1] WHEN all Feedwater Heaters and Moisture Separator Drain System
are in service, THEN
At AW-51 , VERIFY that the Feedwater Heater alarms are NOT
bypassed. REFER TO 3-01-6.
Initials Date Time
[124] WHEN reactor power is approximately 45°Jb, but BEFORE 50 0Jb reactor
power, THEN
[124.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for reactor
power approaching 50 0/ 0 . RECORD time Radiation Protection notified in
the NOMS Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[124.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A in
accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec 5.7, SOER 01-1,
BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[125] REQUEST the Unit Operator to frequently Monitor the Power to Flow Map on
les and/or 0-TI-248, Station Reactor Engineer, during power ascension.
AND
TAKE actions as appropriate.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 130 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[126] VERIFY ALL high radiation areas required to be locked are locked or posted.
REFER TO RCI-17.
Initials Date Time
[127] PLACE additional condensate demineralizers in service to support starting
third Condensate Pump, Condensate Booster Pump, and Reactor Feedpump.
REFER TO 3-01-2A.
Initials Date Time
[128] START third Condensate and Condensate Booster Pump.
REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
[129] VERIFY Condensate System flow is being maintained within the limits of
3-01-2 using CNDS FLOW CONTROL SHORT CYCLE, 3-FC-2-29, on
Panel 3-9-6, in AUTO/BAL.
Initials Date Time
[130] PLACE third Reactor Feedpump in service. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 131 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NOTES
1) Average thermal power for an 8-hour period is limited to 3458 MWt.
2) Exceeding a thermal power of 3526 MWt under any conditions is unacceptable.
[131] IF heat balance indicates a thermal power greater than 3458 MWt, THEN
PERFORM the following:
- REDUCE Reactor power to 3458 MWt or less using
Reactor Recirc flow. D
- CHECK average CMWT. D
- NOTIFY Reactor Engineer at Shift Manager direction. D
Initials Date Time
[132] VERIFY Drywell and Torus are N2 inerted within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering LCO in
Step 5.0[84] (15% RTP)
Initials Date Time
[133] VERIFY Drywell to Torus differential pressure is greater than or equal to
1.1 psig within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of entering LCO in Step 5.0[84]. (15% RTP)
Initials Date Time
[134] VERIFY 3-SI-4.7.A.2.a, Primary Containment Nitrogen Consumption and
Leakage has been commenced.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 132 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
[135] CONTINUE control rod withdrawal in combination with core flow changes, as
recommended by the Reactor Engineer, while monitoring Core Thermal
Limits (Illustration 1), until desired power level is reached.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[136] [NRC/C] WHEN the plant is operating at rated thermal power or Maximum
Obtainable Load, THEN
VERIFY CV POSITION LIMIT, 3-XI-47-157, is set at approximately 66.
REFER TO 3-01-47. [GE SIL 589]
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 133 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
NAME (print) INITIALS
Performed by:
Reviewed by:
Shift Manager Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 134 of 167
5.0 INSTRUCTION STEPS (continued)
REMARKS:
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 135 of 167
Illustration 1
(Page 1 of 1)
Reactor Thermal Limits
Administrative Reactor Thermal Limits for MFLPD, MFLCPR, MAPRAT, and CTP (MWt) are
listed in 0-TI-248, Appendix for Administrative Limits. These limits should be reviewed with
Reactor Engineer.
Monitoring of core thermal limits at the following frequencies is recommended:
A. During startups as recommended by the Reactor Engineer using 0-TI-248, Appendix for
Core Thermal Limits Monitoring.
B. Following completion of planned power rise with control rods or recirc flow.
C. Following any unexpected power change.
D. Once every two hours during steady state operation.
If core monitoring software becomes unavailable, the Shift Manager and Reactor Engineer
will determine the appropriate frequency for monitoring core thermal limits using the backup
core monitoring computer taking into consideration current core conditions and margin to
thermal limits. Power changes should not normally be made without the core monitoring
software being available.
Maximum steady-state power averaged over 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> is 3458 MWt. However, the Reactor
should not be operated such that the steady state power (as indicated by 30 min avg, 1 hr
avg, or 2 hr avg) is above 3458 MWt
Minor variations in process parameter inputs to the process computer may result in individual
edits or indications above 3458 MWt while true steady-state core thermal power is ~3458.
Normal variation is within 5 MWt of steady-state core thermal power. Running averages
(from core thermal power summary on the nuclear heat balance display) are not as sensitive.
The following guidance is provided:
RESUL T (MWt) GUIDANCE
> 3463 REDUCE power.
3458 to 3463 ALLOW time for recent perturbations to
settle. EVALUATE trend.
IF the trend indicates steady state core
thermal power will be above 3458, THEN
REDUCE power. EVALUATE trend.
> 3458 (any running avg) REDUCE power.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 136 of 167
Illustration 2
(Page 1 of 1)
Core Quadrants/Octants
<,
59
<,
<,
OCTANT 2 OCTANT 3
n
55
<, H
r-, / n-
-.<,
51
"
47 / n N
43-
/
39-
- OCTANT 1 -
-.
- QUADRANT
/
QUADRANT -
-
OCTANT 4
35-
A B
.... I I 1 ...... / 1 I I
oJl I I I ~ .....
QUADRANT r-- QUADRANT
27- C
D r--
23- OCTANT 8
V <, OCTANT 5
19-
15
/
/ -.-. I---
11
V I~ f--- '---
07
/
V
/'
OCTANT 7 OCTANT 6
r----
I" <,
r-,
03 f---
/
02 06 10 14
I I I I I I
18 22 26 30
I I I I I I
34 38 42 46 50 54 58
"
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 138 of 167
Illustration 4
(Page 1 of 2)
Percent Power vs. Time
(To obtain 4000 MWt-minutes)
IRM SCALE PERCENT
RANGE FACTOR RATED POWER
10 0.39 0-48.75
9 0.1248 0-15.6
8 0.039 0-4.875
7 0.01248 0-1.56
6 0.0039 0-0.4875
5 0.001248 0-0.156
4 0.00039 0-0.04875
3 0.0001248 0-0.0156
2 0.000039 0-0.004875
1 0.00001248 0-0.00156
PERCENT POWER (IRM READING) (SCALE FACTOR)
10000
1
I
\
MINUTES
OF
OPERATION 1000
\~ ...
BETWEEN
VENTING '""-
" ~
'<;
r-,
I "~
...............
~
~
~
100
o 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
PERCENT POWER
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 139 of 167
Illustration 4
(Page 2 of 2)
Percent Power vs. Time
(To obtain 4000 MWt-minutes)
IRM SCALE PERCENT
RANGE FACTOR RATED POWER
10 0.39 0-48.75
9 0.1248 0-15.6
8 0.039 0-4.875
7 0.01248 0-1.56
6 0.0039 0-0.4875
5 0.001248 0-0.156
4 0.00039 0-0.04875
3 0.0001248 0-0.0156
2 0.000039 0-0.004875
1 0.00001248 0-0.00156
PERCENT 'POWER = (IRM READING) (SCALE FACTOR)
140
,
\
120
100
1
,
eo \
eo \
.~.
-,
20
r-,
~
~-
o
o 2 e I 10 12 14 18
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 140 of 167
Attachment 1
(Page 1 of 1)
Environmentally Qualified Barrier Doors
VERIFY the following doors meet the requirements of 0-GOI-300-5, Environmentally
Qualified Doors prior to exceeding 200°F:
DOOR NO. LOCATION INITIALS
36/41 EI 519' between Unit 2 and Unit 3 Core Spray pump
rooms
37/40 EI 519' between Unit 2 and Unit 3 RHR pump rooms
44/45 EI 541' between Unit 2 and Unit 3 RHR pump rooms
253 EI 565' TIP Room door
505 EI 593' RWCU Heat Exchanger Room (SW)
508 EI 593' RWCU Pump Room 3A
509. EI 593' RWCU Pump Room 3B
512 EI 593' RWCU Heat Exchanger Room (NW)
513/514 EI 593' Emergency exit lock - Electric boardroom 3B
657/658 EI 621' Emergency exit lock - Electric boardroom 3A
250/251 EI 565' Equipment Lock between Unit 3 Reactor Bldg and
Turbine Bldg
244/248/249 EI 565' Personnel access between Unit 2 and Unit 3
COMMENTS:
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 141 of 167
Attachment 2
(Page 1 of 4)
Temperature Verifications from Cold Shutdown to 212°F
NOTES
1) Lower Reactor coolant temperatures yield higher concentrations of oxygen (0 2 ) and
hydrogen peroxide (H 2 0 2 ) . O 2 and H2 0 2,when combined withheat and stress promote
intergranular stress cracking and corrosion. Therefore, heat-up is limited to less than
or equal to 50°F/hr until Reactor Recirc loop water temperatures reach 215°F as
indicated on RECIRC PUMPS DISCH TEMP, 3-TR-68-2.
2) This attachment can be performed in any order as long as the steps are completed
prior to required temperature.
3) Attachment 1 must be performed prior to exceeding 200°F. The signoff for this is in
the Prestartup Checklist Step 4.1 [124]and Step 1.0[3] of this attachment.[PER 120826]
1.0 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION FROM COLD SHUTDOWN TO
212°F
[1] INITIATE 3-SR-3.4.9.1 (1), Reactor Heatup and Cooldown Rate Monitoring,
using a licensed unit operator, at least 15 minutes prior to heatup and
pressurization. Copies of Illustration 3 should be used to plot heatup rate.
(N/A, if performing a startup not requiring heatup.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) Step 1.0[2] should be performed as soon as practical. This will ensures that all
required 3-SR-2 data is obtained to allow a mode/condition change per LCO 3.0.4 and
2) Step 1.0[2] SHALL be verified by the STA.
[2] VERIFY all 3-SR-2 data meets the requirements for exceeding 212°F Reactor
Coolant Temperature. (N/A if the Reactor Startup is being performed greater
than 212°F.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 142 of 167
Attachment 2
(Page 2 of 4)
Temperature Verifications from Cold Shutdown to 212°F
1.0 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION FROM COLD SHUTDOWN TO
212°F (continued)
[3] PERFORM Attachment 1 prior to exceeding 200°F to verify EO doors in
proper position.
(R)
Initials Time Date
NOTES
1) Valves in this step may already be in the required position due to plant conditions, e.g.
MODE 3. In this case, Step 1.0[4] of this attachment verifies stated conditions.
2) When CRD is the only source of makeup, steam drains may be closed as required to
maintain Reactor vessel level during heatup.
[4] PERFORM the following prior to reaching 210°F Reactor Coolant
Temperature. (N/A Section 1.0[4] of this attachment if the Reacror Startup is
being performed greater than 212°F.)
[4.1] VERIFY OPEN the following valves on Panel 3-9-7:
- 3-FCV-6-100 using STOP VALVE 1 BEFORE SEAT DR VLV,
3-HS-6-100A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-6-101 using STOP VALVE 2 BEFORE SEAT DR VLV,
3-HS-6-101A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-6-102 using STOP VALVE 3 BEFORE SEAT DR VLV,
3-HS-6-102A.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 143 of 167
Attachment 2
(Page 3 of 4)
Temperature Verifications from Cold Shutdown to 212°F
1.0 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION FROM COLD SHUTDOWN TO
212°F (continued)
- 1-FCV-6-103 using STOP VALVE 4 BEFORE SEAT DR VLV,
3-HS-6-103A.
Initials Date Time
[4.2] VERIFY CLOSED the following valves on Panel 3-9-3:
3-HS-3-98A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
VALVE,3-HS-3-99A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[4.3] IF Drywell entry was performed, THEN:
[4.3.1] At Unit Supervisor discretion, VERIFY RPV HEAD VENT
SHUTOFF VLV, 3-SHV-01 0-0100, is either LOCKED OPEN or
LOCKED CLOSED (DW EL. 563' NW Side along biological
shield.).
(R)
Initials Time Date
1ST
(R)
Initials Time Date
2ND
[4.3.2] RECORD position of RPV HEAD VENT SHUTOFF VLV,
3-SHV-01 0-01 00, in narrative log.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 144 of 167
Attachment 2
(Page 4 of 4)
Temperature Verifications from Cold Shutdown to 212°F
1.0 TEMPERATURE VERIFICATION FROM COLD SHUTDOWN TO
212°F (continued)
[4.4] [TOE 0-97-064-08231 IF Containment lnertinq is in progress, THEN
VERIFY Drywell and Suppression Chamber are NOT being Inerted in
parallel. (Otherwise N/A)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[4.5] IF performing initial startup after a refueling outage, THEN
VERIFY 3-SR-3.1.1.1, Reactivity Margin Test, is complete. (Otherwise
N/A.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[5] WHEN moderator temperature is approximately 212°F, THEN
NOTIFY Chemistry to commence startup of the Durability Monitor.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 145 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 1 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
NOTE
When Reactor water temperature is greater than 215°F, heatup is limited to gO°F/Hr.
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED
[1] IF Reactor coolant oxygen content can not be maintained less than 300 ppb
when coolant temperature is greater than 285°F, THEN
PERFORM the following: (N/A if less than 300 ppb.)
[1.1] SHUT DOWN Reactor. REFER TO 3-GOI-100-12A.
(R)
Initials Time Date
CAUTION
During Reactor Cooldown, the optimum rate is 20°F every 15 minutes. This will ensure the
administrative limit of 90°F/Hr is not exceeded. Do not attempt to "makeup" for time
intervals which fall short of 20°.
[1.2] COOL DOWN Reactor at a rate not to exceed gO°F/hr.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[1.3] REQUEST Chemistry to sample for dissolved oxygen every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />
until MODE 4 is achieved.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[2] IF MSIV's will be opened prior to 215°F, THEN (Otherwise N/A)
RECOMMENCE this procedure at Step 5.0[42].
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 146 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 2 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
NOTES
1) If RCIC will be used for Reactor Vessel Level/Pressure Control, N/A Step 1.0[3] in this
attachment.
2) Step 1.0[3] of this attachment is performed more than once if prolonged operation in
Hot Standby without RCIC in operation is anticipated.
[3] WHEN extended operation in Hot Standby with MSIVs closed is anticipated,
THEN
VENT Reactor every 4000 MWt minutes as follows: (REFER TO Illustration 4
to determine time interval between venting.)
[3.1] VERIFY Reactor Feedpump Turbines are on turning gear.
REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[3.2] VERIFY Main Turbine on turning gear. REFER TO 3-01-47.
Initials Date Time
[3.3] VERIFY Auxiliary Boilers in service. REFER TO 0-01-12.
Initials Date Time
[3.4] VERIFY Steam Seals on Main Turbine and Reactor Feedpump
Turbines. REFER TO 3-01-47C.
Initials Date Time
[3.5] VERIFY condenser vacuum established. REFER TO 3-01-66.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 147 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 3 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[3.6] OPEN the following valves to vent the Reactor on Panel 3-9-3:
- 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO CONDENSER,
3-HS-1-58A.
Initials Date Time
3-HS-1-55A.
Initials Date Time
VLV,3-HS-1-56A.
Initials Date Time
[3.7] CONTINUE venting until at least 4000 cubic feet of steam has been
released. (Times are approximate for the pressures indicated.)
Reactor Pressure Vent Time
ill§lg} (minutes)
1000# 15
900# 16
800# 17
700# 18
600# 20
500# 22
400# 24
300# 28
200# 34
100# 48
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 148 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 4 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[3.8] WHEN venting is complete, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[3.8.1] BREAK condenser vacuum. REFER TO 3-01-66. (N/A if desired
to maintain vacuum).
Initials Date Time
[3.8.2] SHUT DOWN Auxiliary Boilers. REFER TO 0-01-12. (N/A if
desired to leave Auxiliary Boilers in operation).
Initials Date Time
[3.8.3] CLOSE the following valves on panel 3-9-3:
VLV,3-HS-1-55A.
Initials Date Time
VLV,3-HS-1-56A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO
CONDENSER,3-HS-1-58A.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 149 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 5 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
NOTE
Step 1.0[4] may be marked N/A if Reactor pressure was not lowered below the RCIC low
pressure isolation setpoint during the unit shut down.
[4] WHEN PRESS A, 3-PI-3-54, on Panel 3-9-5, indicates approximately 70 psig,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[4.1] VERIFY RESET RCIC steam line low pressure isolation.
REFER TO 3-01-71.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[4.2] WARM and PRESSURIZE RCIC steam line. (N/A if already
performed.) REFER TO 3-01-71.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[4.3] VERIFY RCIC in Prestartup/Standby Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-71.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 150 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 6 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) RWCU blowdown is limited to maintain WATER TO RWCU DEMINS, 3-XS-69-6
point 3, temperature less than 130°F, as indicated by RWCU SYSTEM
TEMPERATURES, 3-TI-69-6, located on Panel 3-9-4.
2) At Reactor vessel pressures less than rated, as much as a 13 inch level discrepancy
can exist between the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) uncompensated narrow range level
instruments and the 3-LI-3-53(60)(206)(253) compensated narrow range level
instruments. The 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments are not temperature
compensated and the lower the pressure on the Reactor vessel, the higher the
3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments will read. Failure to maintain the RPV level
indicated on the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments less than 48 inches can result
in unnecessary turbine trips (i.e., RFPTs, HPCI, RCIC, and Main Turbine).
[5] MAINTAIN Reactor water level between 28 and 38 inches as indicated by RX
LVL (Red Pen) on RX VESSEL LEVEL/TOTAL FW FLOW recorder,
3-XR-3-53, AND less than 48" on 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D), using the following
vessel makeup and level control systems:
- CRD System (40 to 65 gpm). (Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System
Startup section of 3-01-85).
section of 3-01-85).
- RWCU System. (3-01-69).
- Condensate System. (3-01-2).
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 151 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 7 of 21)
Startup with. MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
NOTE
Step 1.0[6] may be marked N/A if Reactor pressure was not lowered below the HPCllow
Pressure isolation setpoint during the unit shut down.
[6] WHEN PRESS A, 3-PI-3-54, indicates greater than 110 psig, THEN
[6.1] VERIFY RESET HPCI steam line low pressure isolation.
REFER TO 3-01-73.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[6.2] WARM and PRESSURIZE HPCI steam line. REFER TO 3-01-73. (N/A
if previously performed.)
(R)
Initials Time Date
[6.3] VERIFY HPCI in Prestartup/standby Readiness. REFER TO 3-01-73.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[7] VENT the drywell, as necessary, to maintain drywell pressure less than
1.33 psig. REFER TO 3-01-64.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 152 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 8 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
MODE/CONDITION CHANGE
CAUTION
[II/F] Prior to initiating any event which adds, or has the potential to add, heat energy to the
suppression chamber, the Unit Supervisor will evaluate the necessity of placing
suppression pool cooling in service. This is due to the potential for developing thermal
stagnation during sustained heat additions. [11-8-91-129]
NOTES
1) If not previously performed, HPCI and RCIC must be proven operable within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />
after reaching 150 psig Reactor pressure.
2) Step 1.0[8] is performed to ensure HPCI and RCIC are proven operable prior to
exceeding shutoff head of RHR and Core spray pumps.
[8] WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than 150 psig, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[8.1] RECORD Time LCO entered. (N/A, if no LCO entry is required.)
Date Time
(R)
Initials Time Date
[8.2] VERIFY the following are complete for the current operating cycle prior
to exceeding 165 psig. (N/A if not Required:
(R)
Initials Time Date
- 3-SR-3.5.1.8, HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set Developed Head
and Flow Rate Test at 150 psig Reactor pressure.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 153 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 9 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[8.3] VERIFY HPCI and RCIC are operable within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> of entering
LCO in Step 1.0[8.1] per Tech Specs 3.5.1 and 3.5.3, respectively and
enter in NOMS Narrative Log.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[8.4] VERIFY operability of EHC Control System by allowing a bypass valve
to THROTTLE OPEN.
(R)
Initials Time Date
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[9] ESTABLISH level control with RFW START-UP LEVEL CONTROL,
3-LIC-3-53 on Panel 3-9-5. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 154 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 10 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[10] WHEN Reactor Water Cleanup Slowdown Operation is no longer required for
vessel level control, THEN
STOP Reactor Water Cleanup Slowdown' Operation. REFER TO 3-01-69.
Initials Date Time
CAUTIONS
1) Operation of the RCIC Turbine below 2100 RPM may result in turbine damage.
2) [NER/C] Extended RCIC system operation may raise Suppression Chamber O2
concentration above Tech Specs limits because of air in-leakage from RCIC Turbine
Gland Seal System. [GE SIL 548]
[11] IF CRD flow will be inadequate when Reactor pressure is too high for
Condensate System, THEN
PERFORM the following as necessary:
[11.1] RAISE CRD flow to a maximum of 80 gpm if NOT already performed.
REFER TO 3-01-85, CRD Pump Operation at Elevated Flow section.
Initials Date Time
[11.2] START RCIC on CST-TO-CST Flow path. REFER TO 3-01-71.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 155 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 11 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) While in Mode 2, 950 psig Reactor pressure and 1010 Reactor power is the maximum
limit when the unit is dependent on RCIC for level control.
2) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
3) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[12] CONTINUE to withdraw control rods to raise Reactor power and pressure to
the levels directed by the Unit Supervisor.
Initials Date Time
[13] WHEN the following conditions exist:
- Condensate System cannot inject into Reactor vessel,
AND
- CRD flow cannot maintain Reactor vessel water level.
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[13.1] VERIFY RCIC on CST-TO-CST Flow path. REFER TO 3-01-71.
Initials Date Time
[13.2] OPEN 3-FCV-71-39 using RCIC PUMP INJECTION VALVE,
3-HS-71-39A.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 156 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 12 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[13.3] SLOWLY THROTTLE CLOSE 3-FCV-71-38 using RCIC PUMP CST
TEST VLV, 3-HS-71-38A, until flow is established to Reactor vessel
and water level is stable.
Initials Date Time
[14] WHEN desired power level or pressure is reached, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[14.1] STABILIZE Reactor vessel level by throttling 3-FCV-71-38 using RCIC
PUMP CST TEST VLV, 3-HS-71-38A.
Initials Date Time
[14.2] MANIPULATE control rods to maintain desired power level.
Initials Date Time
[14.3] STABILIZE Reactor pressure using control rods and by throttling
3-FCV-71-38 using RCIC PUMP CST TEST VLV, 3-HS-71-38A.
Initials Date Time
[15] PERFORM any Surveillances required in MODE 2.
(R)
Initials Time Date
[NRC/C] Work Control
(R)
Initials Time Date
Unit Supervisor
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 157 of 167
Attachment 3
(Paqe 13 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[16] WHEN ready to continue startup to full power, THEN
[16.1] IF MSIV's are closed, THEN
OPEN MSIV's. REFER TO 3-01-1.
Initials Date Time
[16.2] CONTINUE at Step 1.0[17] of this attachment.
Initials Date Time
NOTES
1) When Reactor water temperature is greater than 215°F, heatup is limited to gO°F/Hr.
2) Main turbine shell warming or chest warming may be performed concurrently with
pressurizing the Reactor provided it is accomplished prior to exceeding 350 psig. If
additional shell warming or chest warming is desired after exceeding 350 psig, it may
only be conducted parallel to raising Reactor pressure to rated, with the approval of
OPS Superintendent/OPS Manager. IF the CRD system cannot maintain inventory,
then shell warming or chest warming is resumed after placing the first Reactor
, Feedpump in service.
[17] IF EHC is available, THEN
BEGIN shell warming high pressure turbine at the Unit Supervisor's
discretion. REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if not performed at this time.)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 158 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 14 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[18] IF EHC is available, and chest warming is required, THEN
COMMENCE Chest warming, if desired, when shell warming is complete.
(N/A if not performed at this time.)
Initials Date Time
CAUTIONS
1) When the pressure control swaps from "HEADER PRESSURE CONTROL" to
"REACTOR PRESSURE CONTROL" the pressure set will be actual Reactor pressure
at the time the swap is done, regardless of any previously raised Reactor pressure set
done during a Reactor startup.
2) At Reactor vessel pressures less than rated, as much as a 13 inch level discrepancy
can exist between the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) uncompensated narrow range level
instruments and the 3-LI-3-53(60)(206)(253) compensated narrow range level
instruments. The 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments are not temperature
compensated and the lower the pressure on the Reactor vessel, the higher the
3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments will read. Failure to maintain the RPV level
indicated on the 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D) level instruments less than 48 inches can result
in unnecessary turbine trips (i.e., RFPTs, HPCI, RCIC, and Main Turbine).
[19] CONCURRENTLY PERFORM the following:
[19.1] MAINTAIN Reactor water level between +12 and +50 inches on RX
VESSEL LEVELITOTAL FW FLOW (Red Pen), 3-XR-3-53, AND less
than +48 inches on 3-LI-3-208A(B)(C)(D).
[19.2] DEPRESS Pressure Setpoint RAISE, 3-HS-47-162B pushbutton on
Panel 3-9-7, as necessary to maintain EHC SETPOINT, 3-PI-47-162
above Reactor pressure until reaching approximately 950 psig.
(R)
Initials Time Date
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 159 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 15 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[20] CLOSE the following valves on Panel 3-9-3:
3-HS-1-55A.
Initials Date Time
3-HS-1-56A.
Initials Date Time
- 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO CONDENSER,
3-HS-1-58A.
Initials Date Time
[21] IF shell warming or chest warming are not to be performed in parallel with
Reactor pressurization, THEN
STOP shell warming and chest warming the high pressure turbine prior to
exceeding 350 psig. REFER TO 3-01-47. (N/A if warming is not in progress
or is to be performed in parallel with Reactor pressurization).
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 160 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 16 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
CAUTION
If not adjusted accordingly, turbine first stage pressure will rise as Reactor pressure rises
while in shell warming or chest warming. Extreme caution must be exercised to ensure
turbine first stage pressure is maintained in the pressure band dictated by 3-01-47 to
prevent a Reactor scram.
NOTE
Chest warming or shell warming may be conducted parallel to raising Reactor pressure to
rated with the approval of the OPS Supt/OPS Manager (3-01-47). CRD system injection to
the Reactor at 60 to 80 gpm will support approximately 30,000 to 40,000 Ibm/hr steam flow
and maintain normal Reactor water level.
[22] IF EHC is available, and chest warming is to be performed parallel to Reactor
pressurization, THEN
VERIFY the following prior to exceeding 350 psig: (Otherwise N/A)
- Main steam line drain valves CLOSED:
- 3-FCV-1-55 using MN STM LINE DRAIN INSD
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-55A. D
- 3-FCV-1-56 using MN STM LINE DRAIN OUTSD
ISOLATION VLV, 3-HS-1-56A. D
- 3-FCV-1-58 using UPSTREAM MSL DRAIN TO
CONDENSER,3-HS-1-58A. D
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 161 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 17 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
- Stop valve before seat drains CLOSED:
- 3-FCV-6-100 using STOP VALVE 1 BEFORE SEAT
DR VLV, 3-HS-6-100A. 0
- 3-FCV-6-101 using STOP VALVE 2 BEFORE SEAT
DR VLV, 3-HS-6-101A. 0
- 3-FCV-6-102 using STOP VALVE 3 BEFORE SEAT
DR VLV, 3-HS-6-102A. 0
- 3-FCV-6-103 using STOP VALVE 4 BEFORE SEAT
DR VLV, 3-HS-6-103A. 0
Initials Date Time
- All RFP turbine warming drains CLOSED with the exception of the drains
on the first RFP to be placed in service.
Initials Date Time
- Turbine steam seals ISOLATED from the Reactor steam supply.
Initials Date Time
- Offgas Preheaters ISOLATED from Reactor steam supply.
Initials Date Time
- SJAEs ISOLATED from the Reactor steam supply.
Initials Date Time
- Turbine bypass valves CLOSED.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 162 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 18 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
CAUTIONS
1) Failure to monitor SJAE/OG CNDR CNDS FLOW, 3-FI-2-42, on Panel 3-9-6 for proper
flow may result in SJAE isolation.
2) Changes in condensate system flow may require adjustment to SPE CNDS BYPASS,
3-FCV-002-0190, either in the Control Room or locally. Personnel adjusting this valve
locally must be in direct communication with the Control Room.
[23] WHEN Reactor pressure is greater than 450 psig, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[23.1] VERIFY two condensate and two condensate booster pumps running.
REFER TO 3-01-2.
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
If proper care is not exercised while placing a feedpump in service, over filling the Reactor
vessel or quick charging the high pressure feedwater heaters may occur.
[23.2] PLACE first RFP in service. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[23.3] VERIFY Condensate System flow being maintained within the limits of
3-01-2 using CNDS FLOW CONTROL SHORT CYCLE, 3-FC-2-29, on
Panel 3-9-6, in AUTO/BAL.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 163 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 19 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[23.4] IF RFP operation and/or level control is unstable, THEN
REMOVE RFP from service and CONTINUE to raise Reactor power
and pressure. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
CAUTION
If proper care is not exercised while placing a feedpump in service, over filling the Reactor
vessel or quick charging the high pressure feedwater heaters may occur.
[23.5] IF a RFP had to be removed from service due to unstable operation
AND Reactor pressure is approximately 750 psig, THEN
PLACE RFP back in service. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
[24] BEFORE placing Seal Steam System, SJAE and Preheaters on nuclear
steam, PERFORM the following: [BFN PER 126211]
[24.1] NOTIFY Radiation Protection that an RPHP is in effect for the
impending action to transfer Seal Steam System, SJAE, and
Preheaters to nuclear steam. RECORD time Radiation Protection
notified in the NOMS Narrative Log. [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
[24.2] VERIFY appropriate data and signatures recorded on Appendix A in
accordance with Appendix A Instructions [Tech Spec5.?] [BFN PER 126211]
(R)
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-100-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 164 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 20 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
NOTE
Prompt performance of Step 1.0[25] should stabilize Feedpump operation.
[25] WHEN a RFP is placed in service, THEN
PERFORM the following:
- TRANSFER Sealing Steam System from auxiliary steam to
nuclear steam. REFER TO 3-01-47C. (N/A if previously placed on
Nuclear steam)
Initials Date Time
- TRANSFER SJAE and Preheaters from auxiliary steam to nuclear
steam. REFER TO 3-01-66. (N/A if previously placed on Nuclear
steam)
Initials Date Time
- BEGIN warm-up of a second RFP. REFER TO 3-01-3.
Initials Date Time
- VERIFY CRD flow 40 to 65 gpm. REFER TO 3-01-85.
Initials Date Time
- VERIFY RCIC in standby readiness. REFER TO
3-01-71.
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 165 of 167
Attachment 3
(Page 21 of 21)
Startup with MSIV's Closed
1.0 REACTOR STARTUP WITH MSIV'S CLOSED (continued)
[26] CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 5.0[62] and N/A Steps 5.0[42]
through 5.0[61].
Initials Date Time
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 166 of 167
Appendix A
(Page 1 of 2)
Radiation Protection Notifications
INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPENDIX A DATA ENTRY
This appendix provides record of Radiation Protection notifications, RPHPs, and required
signatures made during the performance of this GOL Each notification step in this procedure,
or in any referenced support procedure, that requires Appendix A be entered requires the
following instructions to be used to complete the appropriate parts of the data entry page.
Copies are made as needed to support this data entry.
B. Ops ENTER name of the Radiation Protection Representative notified with date and time
of notification. Time of notification is also required in NOMS narrative log.
C. Ops ENTER step number (including Section number) associated with notification
requirement. If the notification is directed from a support procedure, then enter the
procedure number and current revision number
D. For all RPHP notifications, Radiation Protection DETERMINE if the RPHP is required to
prevent unintended exposures and/or to implement RCI-17, Control of High Radiation
Areas and Very High Radiation Area controls. IF RPHP is identified in a support
procedure to this GOI, THEN DETERMINE if an RPHP is also necessary for the GOL
CONFER with Operations, as necessary.
E. For each identified procedure RPHP, Radiation Protection Supervisor's signature is
required to release the RPHP for the action associated with affected step. This signature
signifies one of two conditions: [SOER 01-1, Tech Spec 5.7, BFN PER 126211]
1. Radiation Protection actions are completed to prevent unintended exposures
and/or RCI-17 requirements have been met and any personnel working within
affected areas are on an appropriate RWP for the anticipated radiological
conditions.
2. No actions were necessary because appropriate controls were already in place.
F. WHEN the use of this procedure is completed, FORWARD copies of the completed
appendix pages to the Radiation Protection Supervisor.
If, while performing this procedure, or while performing a support procedure, Radiation
Protection personnel, Unit Operator, Unit Supervisor, or other knowledgeable shift member
identifies the need for a RPHP, then "RPHP" is written to the left of the affected procedure
step number (this GOI or the support procedure. If the RPHP is identified for a support
procedure, then RPHP is also placed to the left of the step in this GOI that initiates the
support procedure and then A through E above is performed, as applicable.
BFN Unit Startup 3-GOI-1 00-1 A
Unit 3 Rev. 0074
Page 167 of 167
Appendix A
(Page 2 of 2)
Name Of Radiation Protection Person Notified:
Date: / Time: _
Step# Procedure: (if not this procedure) Rev: _
RPHP Required by Ol? _ _(V) _ _(N) RPHP Required For Gal? _ _(V) __(N)
RCI-17 Controls Necessary? _ _(V) _ _(N)
Radiation Protection Supervisor Signature for Release
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date: / _ Time: _
Comments:
Name Of Radiation Protection Person Notified: _
Date: / Time: _
Step# Procedure: (if not this procedure) Rev: _
RPHP Required by Ol? _ _(V) _ _(N) RPHP Required For Gal? _ _(V) __(N)
RCI-17 Controls Necessary? _ _(V) _ _(N)
Radiation Protection Supervisor Signature for Release
- - - - - - - - - - - - Date: - - / - - / - - - Time: - - - - - - -
Comments:
FORWARD copies of completed Appendix pages to Radiation Protection
Supervisor.